UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
 
     
     
þ
  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
    For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2008
OR
     
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File No.: 0-50231
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Fannie Mae
 
     
Federally chartered corporation
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  52-0883107
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
3900 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
Washington, DC
(Address of principal executive offices)
  20016
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(202) 752-7000
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer  þ
  Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
As of June 30, 2008, there were 1,076,594,797 shares of common stock outstanding.
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
    1  
      Financial Statements     91  
      Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets     91  
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations     92  
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows     93  
      Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity     94  
        Note 1— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies     95  
        Note 2—  Consolidations     100  
        Note 3—  Mortgage Loans     100  
        Note 4—  Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guaranty Losses     103  
        Note 5—  Investments in Securities     105  
        Note 6—  Financial Guarantees     107  
        Note 7—  Acquired Property, Net     109  
        Note 8—  Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt     110  
        Note 9—  Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities     111  
        Note 10— Income Taxes     113  
        Note 11— Earnings (Loss) Per Share     115  
        Note 12— Employee Retirement Benefits     116  
        Note 13— Segment Reporting     117  
        Note 14— Stockholders’ Equity     119  
        Note 15— Regulatory Capital Requirements     120  
        Note 16— Concentrations of Credit Risk     122  
        Note 17— Fair Value of Financial Instruments     124  
        Note 18— Commitments and Contingencies     135  
        Note 19— Subsequent Events     139  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     1  
      Introduction     1  
      Selected Financial Data     2  
      Executive Summary     5  
      Legislation Relating to Our Regulatory Framework     9  
      Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates     11  
      Consolidated Results of Operations     16  
      Business Segment Results     37  
      Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis     41  
      Supplemental Non-GAAP Information—Fair Value Balance Sheets     58  
      Liquidity and Capital Management     63  
      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Variable Interest Entities     69  
      Risk Management     71  
      Impact of Future Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements     88  
      Forward-Looking Statements     88  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     140  
      Controls and Procedures     140  


i


 

                 
    140  
      Legal Proceedings     140  
      Risk Factors     142  
      Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds     151  
      Defaults Upon Senior Securities     154  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     154  
      Other Information     155  
      Exhibits     155  
      Signatures
      Index to Exhibits


ii


 

 
MD&A TABLE REFERENCE
 
             
Table
 
Description
  Page
 
  Selected Financial Data     2  
  Level 3 Recurring Assets at Fair Value     13  
  Summary of Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations     16  
  Analysis of Net Interest Income and Yield     17  
  Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income     19  
  Guaranty Fee Income and Average Effective Guaranty Fee Rate     21  
  Investment Gains (Losses), Net     23  
  Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net     24  
  Derivatives Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net     25  
  Credit-Related Expenses     28  
  Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guaranty Losses     28  
  Statistics on Seriously Delinquent Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts Subject to SOP 03-3     30  
  Activity of Seriously Delinquent Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts Subject to SOP 03-3     31  
  Re-performance Rates of Seriously Delinquent Single-Family Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts     31  
  Re-performance Rates of Seriously Delinquent Single-Family Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts and Modified     32  
  Required and Optional Purchases of Loans from MBS Trusts     33  
  Credit Loss Performance Metrics     34  
  Single-Family Credit Loss Sensitivity     36  
  Single-Family Business Results     38  
  HCD Business Results     39  
  Capital Markets Group Results     40  
  Mortgage Portfolio Activity     41  
  Mortgage Portfolio Composition     42  
  Trading and AFS Investment Securities     44  
  Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities and Mortgage Revenue Bonds     45  
  Investments in Alt-A Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities, Excluding Wraps     49  
  Investments in Subprime Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities, Excluding Wraps     51  
  Alt-A and Subprime Private-Label Wraps     53  
  Debt Activity     55  
  Outstanding Debt     56  
  Changes in Risk Management Derivative Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value, Net     57  
  Purchased Options Premiums     58  
  Supplemental Non-GAAP Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets     59  
  Non-GAAP Estimated Fair Value of Net Assets (Net of Tax Effect)     61  
  Selected Market Information     62  
  Fannie Mae Credit Ratings     67  
  Composition of Mortgage Credit Book of Business     71  
  Risk Characteristics of Conventional Single-Family Business Volume and Mortgage Credit Book of Business     73  


iii


 

             
Table
 
Description
  Page
 
  Serious Delinquency Rates     77  
  Nonperforming Single-Family and Multifamily Loans     78  
  Single-Family and Multifamily Foreclosed Properties     79  
  Mortgage Insurance Coverage     81  
  Credit Loss Exposure of Risk Management Derivatives Instruments     83  
  Activity and Maturity Data for Risk Management Derivatives     84  
  Fair Value Sensitivity of Net Portfolio to Changes in Level and Slope of Yield Curve     86  
  Interest Rate Sensitivity of Financial Instruments     87  


iv


 

 
PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Item 2.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
You should read this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) in conjunction with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the more detailed information contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (“2007 Form 10-K”). The results of operations presented in our interim financial statements and discussed in MD&A are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Please refer to “Glossary of Terms Used in This Report” in our 2007 Form 10-K for an explanation of key terms used throughout this discussion.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
Fannie Mae is a government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”), owned by private shareholders (NYSE: FNM) and chartered by Congress to support liquidity and stability in the secondary mortgage market. Our business includes three integrated business segments—Single-Family Credit Guaranty (“Single-Family”), Housing and Community Development (“HCD”), and Capital Markets—that work together to provide services, products and solutions to our lender customers and a broad range of housing partners. Together, our business segments contribute to our chartered mission objectives, helping to increase the total amount of funds available to finance housing in the United States and to make homeownership more available and affordable for low-, moderate- and middle-income Americans. We also work with our customers and partners to increase the availability and affordability of rental housing. Although we are a corporation chartered by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. government does not guarantee, directly or indirectly, our securities or other obligations. Our business is self-sustaining and funded exclusively with private capital.
 
Our Single-Family business works with our lender customers to securitize single-family mortgage loans into Fannie Mae mortgage-backed securities (“Fannie Mae MBS”) and to facilitate the purchase of single-family mortgage loans for our mortgage portfolio. Our HCD business works with our lender customers to securitize multifamily mortgage loans into Fannie Mae MBS and to facilitate the purchase of multifamily mortgage loans for our mortgage portfolio. Our HCD business also makes debt and equity investments to increase the supply of affordable housing. Our Capital Markets group manages our investment activity in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and other investments, our debt financing activity, and our liquidity and capital positions. We fund our investments primarily through proceeds from our issuance of debt securities in the domestic and international capital markets.


1


 

 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The selected financial data presented below is summarized from our condensed consolidated results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, as well as from selected condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. This data should be read in conjunction with this MD&A, as well as with the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this report and with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our 2007 Form 10-K.
 
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007 (1)     2008     2007 (1)  
    (In millions, except per share amounts)  
 
Statement of operations data:
                               
Net interest income
  $ 2,057     $ 1,193     $ 3,747     $ 2,387  
Guaranty fee income
    1,608       1,120       3,360       2,218  
Losses on certain guaranty contracts
          (461 )           (744 )
Trust management income
    75       150       182       314  
Fair value gains (losses), net (2)
    517       1,424       (3,860 )     858  
Other income (expenses), net (3)
    (889 )     (3 )     (1,059 )     397  
Credit-related expenses (4)
    (5,349 )     (518 )     (8,592 )     (839 )
Net income (loss)
    (2,300 )     1,947       (4,486 )     2,908  
Preferred stock dividends and issuance costs at redemption
    (303 )     (118 )     (625 )     (253 )
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
    (2,603 )     1,829       (5,111 )     2,655  
                                 
Per common share data:
                               
Earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Basic
  $ (2.54 )   $ 1.88     $ (5.11 )   $ 2.73  
Diluted
    (2.54 )     1.86       (5.11 )     2.72  
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    1,025       973       1,000       973  
Diluted
    1,025       1,001       1,000       1,001  
Cash dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.35     $ 0.50     $ 0.70     $ 0.90  
                                 
New business acquisition data:
                               
Fannie Mae MBS issues acquired by third parties (5)
  $ 137,731     $ 134,440     $ 293,433     $ 259,642  
Mortgage portfolio purchases (6)
    61,347       48,676       97,670       84,833  
                                 
New business acquisitions
  $ 199,078     $ 183,116     $ 391,103     $ 344,475  
                                 
 


2


 

                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007 (1)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Balance sheet data:
               
Investments in securities:
               
Trading
  $ 99,562     $ 63,956  
Available-for-sale
    245,226       293,557  
Mortgage loans:
               
Loans held for sale
    6,931       7,008  
Loans held for investment, net of allowance
    411,300       396,516  
Total assets
    885,918       879,389  
Short-term debt
    240,223       234,160  
Long-term debt
    559,279       562,139  
Total liabilities
    844,528       835,271  
Preferred stock
    21,725       16,913  
Total stockholders’ equity
    41,226       44,011  
                 
Regulatory capital data:
               
Core capital (7)
  $ 46,964     $ 45,373  
Total capital (8)
    55,568       48,658  
                 
Book of business data:
               
Mortgage portfolio (9)
  $ 754,116     $ 727,903  
Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties (10)
    2,252,282       2,118,909  
Other guarantees (11)
    31,812       41,588  
                 
Mortgage credit book of business
  $ 3,038,210     $ 2,888,400  
                 
Guaranty book of business (12)
  $ 2,898,207     $ 2,744,237  
                 
 
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007 (1)     2008     2007 (1)  
 
Ratios:
                               
Return on assets ratio (13) *
    (1.20 )%     0.86 %     (1.16 )%     0.62 %
Return on equity ratio (14) *
    (50.3 )     22.6       (43.9 )     16.6  
Equity to assets ratio (15) *
    4.6       4.8       4.8       4.8  
Dividend payout ratio (16)
    N/A       26.8       N/A       33.1  
Average effective guaranty fee rate (in basis points) (17)
    26.3 bp     21.5 bp     27.9 bp     21.6 bp
Credit loss ratio (in basis points) (18)
    17.5 bp     4.0 bp     15.1 bp     3.7 bp
 
 
  (1) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
 
  (2) Consists of the following: (a) derivatives fair value gains (losses), net; (b) trading securities gains (losses), net; (c) hedged mortgage assets gains (losses), net; (d) debt foreign exchange gains (losses), net; and (e) debt fair value gains (losses), net.
 
  (3) Consists of the following: (a) investment gains (losses), net; (b) debt extinguishment gains (losses), net; (c) losses from partnership investments; and (d) fee and other income.
 
  (4) Consists of provision for credit losses and foreclosed property expense.
 
  (5) Unpaid principal balance of Fannie Mae MBS issued and guaranteed by us during the reporting period less: (a) securitizations of mortgage loans held in our portfolio during the reporting period and (b) Fannie Mae MBS purchased for our investment portfolio during the reporting period.

3


 

 
  (6) Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities we purchased for our investment portfolio during the reporting period. Includes mortgage-related securities acquired through the extinguishment of debt and capitalized interest.
 
  (7) The sum of (a) the stated value of outstanding common stock (common stock less treasury stock); (b) the stated value of outstanding non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock; (c) paid-in capital; and (d) our retained earnings. Core capital excludes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
  (8) The sum of (a) core capital and (b) the total allowance for loan losses and reserve for guaranty losses, less (c) the specific loss allowance (that is, the allowance required on individually impaired loans).
 
  (9) Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities held in our portfolio.
 
(10) Unpaid principal balance of Fannie Mae MBS held by third-party investors. The principal balance of resecuritized Fannie Mae MBS is included only once in the reported amount.
 
(11) Includes single-family and multifamily credit enhancements that we have provided and that are not otherwise reflected in the table.
 
(12) Unpaid principal balance of: mortgage loans held in our mortgage portfolio; Fannie Mae MBS (whether held in our mortgage portfolio or held by third parties); and other credit enhancements that we provide on mortgage assets. Excludes non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities held in our investment portfolio for which we do not provide a guaranty. The principal balance of resecuritized Fannie Mae MBS is included only once in the reported amount.
 
(13) Annualized net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by average total assets during the period.
 
(14) Annualized net income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by average outstanding common equity during the period.
 
(15) Average stockholders’ equity divided by average total assets during the period.
 
(16) Common dividends declared during the period divided by net income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period.
 
(17) Annualized guaranty fee income as a percentage of average outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees during the period.
 
(18) Annualized (a) charge-offs, net of recoveries and (b) foreclosed property expense, as a percentage of the average guaranty book of business during the period. We exclude from our credit loss ratio any initial losses recorded on delinquent loans purchased from MBS trusts pursuant to Statement of Position No. 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer (“SOP 03-3”), when the purchase price of seriously delinquent loans that we purchase from Fannie Mae MBS trusts exceeds the fair value of the loans at the time of purchase. Also excludes the difference between the unpaid principal balance of HomeSaver Advance tm loans at origination and the estimated fair value of these loans. Our credit loss ratio including the effect of these initial losses recorded pursuant to SOP 03-3 and related to HomeSaver Advance loans was 22.6 basis points and 4.7 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and 21.7 basis points and 4.4 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We previously calculated our credit loss ratio based on credit losses as a percentage of our mortgage credit book of business, which includes non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities held in our mortgage investment portfolio that we do not guarantee. Because losses related to non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities are not reflected in our credit losses, we revised the calculation of our credit loss ratio to reflect credit losses as a percentage of our guaranty book of business. Our credit loss ratio calculated based on our mortgage credit book of business would have been 16.7 basis points and 3.8 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and 14.3 basis points and 3.5 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Note:
 
* Average balances for purposes of the ratio calculations are based on beginning and end of period balances.


4


 

 
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
 
Our “Executive Summary” presents a high-level overview of the most significant factors focused on by our management in currently evaluating our business and financial position and prospects.
 
Conditions in the Housing and Mortgage Markets
 
The housing and mortgage markets have experienced unprecedented challenges during 2008 and those challenges have driven our financial results. The housing market downturn that began in 2006 continued through 2007 and has further deteriorated in 2008. The market continues to experience declines in new and existing home sales, mortgage originations and home prices, as well as increases in inventories of unsold homes, mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures. Growth in U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding slowed to an estimated annual rate of 2.9% based on the first three months of 2008, compared with an estimated annual rate of 8.0% based on the first three months of 2007. We estimate that home prices declined by 0.6% on a national basis during the second quarter of 2008, which translates to an 8% total national decline since the beginning of the downturn in the second quarter of 2006. We have seen more severe declines in certain states, such as California, Florida, Nevada and Arizona, which have experienced home price declines of 24% or more since their 2006 peaks. While we continue to expect home price declines in 2008 to be within our estimated 7% to 9% range, and peak-to-trough home price declines to be within our estimated 15% to 19% range, we see the trend moving toward the high end of those ranges, driven in particular by higher home price declines in certain regions.
 
Summary of Our Financial Results for the Second Quarter of 2008
 
The challenges experienced in the housing and mortgage markets during 2008 have impacted our financial results. For the second quarter of 2008, we recorded a net loss of $2.3 billion and a diluted loss per share of $2.54, compared with a net loss of $2.2 billion and a diluted loss per share of $2.57 for the first quarter of 2008. We recorded net income of $1.9 billion and diluted earnings per share of $1.86 for the second quarter of 2007. The $114 million increase in our net loss for the second quarter of 2008 compared with the first quarter of 2008 was driven principally by credit-related expenses. During the quarter, net deferred tax assets increased by $2.8 billion from $17.8 billion at March 31, 2008 to $20.6 billion at June 30, 2008, due primarily to the increase in our combined loan loss reserves. As we have continued to serve the market, we have seen growth in our book of business and market share since December 31, 2007. Our mortgage credit book of business increased to $3.0 trillion as of June 30, 2008, up from $2.9 trillion as of December 31, 2007. Our estimated market share of new single-family mortgage-related securities issuances remains high at approximately 45.4% for the second quarter of 2008, compared with an estimated 50.1% in the first quarter, and an estimated 27.9% for the second quarter of 2007.
 
We provide a more detailed discussion of key factors affecting changes in our results of operations and financial condition in “Consolidated Results of Operations,” “Business Segment Results,” “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis,” “Supplemental Non-GAAP Information—Fair Value Balance Sheets,” and “Risk Management—Credit Risk Management—Mortgage Credit Risk Management—Mortgage Credit Book of Business.”
 
Market Events of July 2008
 
In mid-July, following the close of the second quarter, liquidity and trading levels in the capital markets became extremely volatile, and the functioning of the markets was disrupted. The market value of our common stock dropped rapidly, to its lowest level since October 1990, and we experienced reduced demand for our unsecured debt and MBS products. This market disruption caused a significant increase in our cost of funding and a substantial increase in mark-to-market losses on our trading securities arising from a significant widening of credit spreads. In addition, during July, credit performance continued to deteriorate, and we recorded charge-offs and foreclosed property expenses that were higher than we had experienced in any month during the second quarter and higher than we expected, driven by higher defaults and higher loan loss


5


 

severities in markets most affected by the steep home price declines. Greater credit losses in July not only reduce our July net income through our actual realized losses, but also affect us as we expect that we will need to make further increases to our combined loss reserves in the second half of 2008 to incorporate our experience in July.
 
Credit
 
As noted above, the housing and mortgage market downturn negatively impacted us in the second quarter. Our quarterly default rate increased from 12 basis points in the first quarter of 2008 to 14 basis points in the second quarter of 2008, with particular acceleration in defaults from states, such as California, Arizona, Nevada and Florida, and certain vintages (2006 and 2007) that carry a higher than average unpaid principal balance. Average initial charge-off severity has also increased, with our average initial charge-off severity rate increasing from 19% in the first quarter of 2008 to 23% in the second quarter of 2008. Increases in our default and initial charge-off severity rates are both driven primarily by losses on our Alt-A loans in markets most affected by the steep home price declines. The deterioration in the credit performance of our higher risk loans is especially pronounced in our Alt-A mortgage book, with particular pressure on loans with layered risk, such as loans with subordinate financing and interest-only payment terms. As of June 30, 2008, our Alt-A mortgage loans represented approximately 11% of our total single-family mortgage credit book of business, and accounted for 49% of our credit losses for the second quarter of 2008.
 
Because we use our most recent actual experience to make projections, we are incorporating the July events described above into our current forecasts. In light of our experience during the second quarter and our credit performance in July, we are increasing our forecast for our credit loss ratio (which excludes SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance tm fair value losses) to 23 to 26 basis points for 2008, as compared with our previous guidance of 13 to 17 basis points. We continue to anticipate that our credit loss ratio will increase further in 2009 compared with 2008. We also expect significant additions to our combined loss reserves through the remainder of 2008. Finally, while we expect that 2008 will be our peak year for credit-related expenses as we build our combined loss reserves in anticipation of charge-offs we expect to incur in 2009 and 2010, the total amount of credit-related expenses will be significant in 2009.
 
One significant offset to credit-related expenses is the revenue we earn. We have two main sources of revenue: the guaranty fee income we generate over time from our existing guaranty book of business and from new guaranty business, and the net interest income we earn on the assets we hold in our portfolio. We generated $7.7 billion of revenue in the first half of 2008 and expect to generate revenues in the second half of the year similar to those generated in the first half of the year.
 
In light of continued deterioration in credit performance, we have been, and are continuing, to take steps designed to mitigate our credit losses. During the second quarter, we took a variety of steps to address credit losses using a variety of tools.
 
  •  Underwriting Changes.   We have continued to review and revise our underwriting standards through eligibility changes, including those implemented through our most recent release of DesktopUnderwriter ® , which tightens existing standards. These revisions have resulted in a significant reduction in the volume of the types of loans that currently represent a majority of our credit losses. Effective January 1, 2009, we are discontinuing the purchase of newly originated lender-channel Alt-A loans. In addition, we will continue to review our underwriting standards and may in the future make additional changes as necessary to reflect future changes in the market.
 
  •  Workout Rates of Delinquent Loans.   We have increased our workout rate from approximately 50% of problem loans in 2007 to 56% in the first half of the year. We are targeting a workout ratio goal of 60% by the end of the year, reflecting a substantial expansion of our loss mitigation activities, personnel and initiatives.
 
  •  Review of Defaulted Loans.   We have increased efforts to pursue recoveries from lenders, focusing especially on our Alt-A book, by expanding loan reviews in cases where we incurred a loss or


6


 

  could incur a loss due to fraud or improper lending practices. We expect this effort is likely to increase our recoveries in 2008 and 2009.
 
  •  REO Inventory Management.   As our foreclosure rates have increased, our inventory of REO properties has increased. We are enhancing our REO inventory management capabilities by opening offices in the hardest hit regions, such as California and Florida, and increasing our local resources devoted to property management and sales efforts. We have expanded our network of firms to assist in property disposition to ensure we have adequate capacity to sell the additional properties we expect to acquire through foreclosure. Finally, we are evaluating various proposals we have received from third parties involving the sale of properties in bulk transactions.
 
In addition to these specific activities, we are continuing to develop strategies designed to mitigate the increase in our credit losses. We have formed a multi-disciplinary team in credit risk, operations and financial management devoted to supporting loss mitigation and foreclosure prevention and have significantly increased the level of internal management and staff resources engaged in that effort.
 
For a further description of our credit risk management, refer to “Consolidated Results of Operations—Credit-Related Expenses” and “Risk Management—Credit Risk Management—Mortgage Credit Risk Management.”
 
Capital
 
As noted above, the market conditions that we experienced during the second quarter were more negative than we anticipated, and that trend accelerated in July. Our core capital as of June 30, 2008 was $47.0 billion, $14.3 billion above our statutory minimum capital requirement and $9.4 billion above our regulator-directed 15% surplus requirement. We currently expect that we will remain above our regulatory capital requirement for the remainder of 2008. (Our “regulatory capital requirement” is equal to our statutory minimum capital requirement plus any additional surplus above that statutory minimum that we expect our regulator will require us to hold.) Due to the volatile market conditions, we now have less visibility into our capital position in 2009. We currently have internally prepared scenarios, derived from our own statistical models and management’s judgment, that indicate that we will remain above our regulatory capital requirement through 2009, and others that show that we may not. There are a variety of current uncertainties that make estimates for 2009 challenging, including:
 
  •  the credit performance of the loans in our mortgage credit book of business;
 
  •  the pace at which we realize credit losses;
 
  •  the impact of the recently passed housing legislation, and the timing of that impact;
 
  •  the amount and pace of home price declines;
 
  •  the impact of other factors, such as unemployment rates and energy prices, on overall economic conditions and borrower behavior;
 
  •  the amount of impairments we are required to take on our securities;
 
  •  the impact of credit spreads on mark-to-market values;
 
  •  changes in state laws and judicial actions with respect to foreclosure;
 
  •  the cost of our funding;
 
  •  the amount of mortgage insurance claims that are paid;
 
  •  the ability to recover our deferred tax asset;
 
  •  the amount of revenue we generate; and
 
  •  the inter-relationship among and between these factors in the current mortgage market.


7


 

For more information regarding risks to our business that may impact performance and capital levels, refer to “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors.”
 
Our capital position, and whether we are classified as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory purposes, also depends on the level of capital we are required to hold by our regulator. In May 2008, the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”) indicated its intention to reduce our capital surplus requirement by five percentage points to a 10% surplus requirement in September 2008, based upon our continued maintenance of excess capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse change to our ongoing regulatory compliance. Under the recently enacted Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Regulatory Reform Act”), our new regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Authority (“FHFA”), has new authority to increase our regulatory capital requirement pursuant to a formal rulemaking process and consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but we do not yet know what those capital levels will be. In addition, OFHEO has recently finalized rules modifying our regulatory risk-based capital stress test which will be applied beginning with the third quarter of 2008. The uncertainties that make 2009 estimates challenging also impact the calculation of this requirement, adding additional uncertainty to the regulatory requirements for capital. We are in ongoing dialogue with our regulator regarding our capital position. For more information regarding our regulatory capital requirements, including the newly finalized risk-based capital requirements, refer to “Liquidity and Capital Management—Capital Management—Regulatory Capital Requirements.”
 
In light of volatile market conditions, it is critical that we manage our capital levels to maintain a capital cushion well in excess of our regulatory capital requirement. To that end, we use strategies designed to preserve and protect our capital. In addition, we may, from time to time, raise capital opportunistically. Management continues to carefully monitor our capital and dividend positions and the trends impacting those positions and, if necessary, intends to take actions designed to help mitigate the impacts of a worsening environment on those positions. In this environment, conditions that negatively impact capital can develop rapidly and are based on a variety of factors. Therefore, we may need to take action quickly to respond.
 
We have already begun to take some of those actions. Today, the Board of Directors announced that the company is decreasing the dividend on our common stock to five cents per share. On August 4, 2008, we announced an increase in our guaranty fee pricing on new acquisitions commensurate with the risks in the current market. We are also prudently managing the size of our balance sheet. Finally, we are evaluating our costs and expenses and expect to reduce ongoing operating costs by 10% by year end 2009. Additional steps we could take include: reducing or eliminating our dividends; slowing growth; decreasing the size of the balance sheet; further raising guaranty fees; and raising additional capital (which could be dilutive). Some of these actions could have negative consequences, including decreased revenue due to growth limitations, or increased mark-to-market charges associated with the decreased liquidity for mortgage assets that could arise from a reduction in our market activity. If our capital fails to meet standards set by our regulator, our regulator could require us to enter into a capital restoration plan or take other actions. As discussed below, the U.S. Treasury is authorized to buy Fannie Mae’s debt, equity and other securities, subject to our agreement.
 
For more information regarding our capital management, including our recent capital raises, refer to “Liquidity and Capital Management—Capital Management—Capital Activity—Capital Management Actions.” For more information regarding our capital measures, refer to “Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 15, Regulatory Capital Requirements.”
 
Legislative and Regulatory Actions
 
On July 30, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 that included GSE regulatory reform legislation. The legislation, which is described in more detail in “Legislation Relating to Our Regulatory Framework,” establishes FHFA as our new safety, soundness and mission regulator, replacing OFHEO and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) for this purpose.
 
In general, the legislation strengthens the existing safety and soundness oversight of the GSEs, providing FHFA with safety and soundness authority that is comparable to and in some respects broader than that of the


8


 

federal bank regulatory agencies. For example, FHFA will have enhanced powers to raise capital levels above statutory minimum levels, to regulate the size and content of our portfolio, and to approve new mortgage products. The legislation also increases the financial and administrative cost of our affordable housing mission.
 
In addition, the legislation includes provisions that were initially proposed by Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson, Jr. on July 13, 2008. These provisions:
 
  •  Authorize U.S. Treasury to buy Fannie Mae’s debt, equity and other securities, subject to our agreement; and
 
  •  Give the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System a consultative role in our regulator’s process for setting capital requirements and other safety and soundness standards.
 
Both provisions lapse at the end of 2009.
 
For a further description of the new legislation, including a discussion of its potential impact on us, refer to “Legislation Relating To Our Regulatory Framework” and “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors.”
 
LEGISLATION RELATING TO OUR REGULATORY FRAMEWORK
 
The Regulatory Reform Act was signed into law by President Bush on July 30, 2008, and became effective immediately. The legislation establishes FHFA as an independent agency with general supervisory and regulatory authority over Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the 12 Federal Home Loan Banks. FHFA assumes the duties of our former regulators, OFHEO and HUD, with respect to safety, soundness and mission oversight of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. We expect that our new regulator will implement the various provisions of the legislation over the next several months, generally though rulemaking. In general, we remain subject to existing regulations, orders and determinations until new ones are issued or made. Refer to “Item 1. Business—Our Charter and Regulation of Our Activities” in our 2007 Form 10-K for a description of our regulation prior to enactment of this legislation.
 
Safety and Soundness Provisions
 
Capital.   The legislation provides significant new authority to FHFA with respect to our risk-based and minimum capital requirements. FHFA has broad authority to establish risk-based capital standards for us and Freddie Mac to ensure that we operate in a safe and sound manner and maintain sufficient capital and reserves. FHFA also has broad authority to increase the level of our required minimum capital and to establish capital or reserve requirements for specific products and activities, so as to ensure that we operate in a safe and sound manner.
 
Portfolio.   The legislation requires FHFA to establish standards governing our portfolio holdings, to ensure that they are backed by sufficient capital and consistent with our mission and safe and sound operations. The legislation further requires FHFA to monitor our portfolio and, in some circumstances, authorizes FHFA to require us to dispose of or acquire assets.
 
Prudential Standards.   The legislation requires FHFA to establish prudential management and operations standards, including standards for internal controls, risk management, and investments and acquisitions.
 
Prompt Corrective Action.   The legislation strengthens FHFA’s prompt corrective action authority, including its discretionary authority to change our capital classification under certain circumstances and to restrict our growth and activities if we are not adequately capitalized.
 
Conservatorship and Receivership.   The legislation provides FHFA new authority to place us into receivership, and enhanced authority to place us into conservatorship, based on certain specified grounds. Further, FHFA must place us into receivership if it determines that our debts have exceeded our assets for 60 days, or we have not been paying our debts as they become due for 60 days.


9


 

Enforcement Powers.   The legislation provides FHFA with enhanced enforcement powers, including greater cease-and-desist authority and increased civil monetary penalties, and new authority to suspend or remove directors and management.
 
Mission Provisions
 
Products and Activities.   The legislation requires us, with some exceptions, to obtain the approval of FHFA before we initially offer a product. The process for obtaining FHFA’s approval includes a 30-day public notice and comment period relating to the product. A product may be approved only if it is authorized by our charter, in the public interest, and consistent with the safety and soundness of the enterprise and the mortgage finance system. We must provide written notice to FHFA before commencing any new activity.
 
Affordable Housing Allocations.   The legislation requires us and Freddie Mac to make annual allocations to fund government affordable housing programs, based on the dollar amount of our total new business purchases, at the rate of 4.2 basis points per dollar. If this requirement had been in effect in 2007, our contribution for that year would have been approximately $300 million. For the first three years, a diminishing portion (100%, 50%, 25%) of our allocation will be used to pay for the Federal Housing Administration’s (“FHA”) HOPE for Homeowners Program. The legislation requires FHFA to temporarily suspend our allocation upon finding that it: is contributing or would contribute to our financial instability; is causing or would cause us to be classified as undercapitalized; or is preventing or would prevent us from successfully completing a capital restoration plan. FHFA must issue regulations prohibiting us from redirecting the cost of our allocations, through increased charges or fees, or decreased premiums, or in any other manner, to the originators of mortgages that we purchase or securitize.
 
Affordable Housing Goals and Duty to Serve.   The legislation restructures our affordable housing goals and creates a new duty for us and Freddie Mac to serve three underserved markets—manufactured housing, affordable housing preservation, and rural housing. With respect to these markets, we are required to “provide leadership to the market in developing loan products and flexible underwriting guidelines to facilitate a secondary market for mortgages for very low-, low-, and moderate-income families.” Both the restructured goals and the new duty to serve take effect in 2010. The legislation provides that the housing goals established by HUD for 2008 will remain in effect for 2009, except that by April 2009, FHFA must review the 2009 goals to determine their feasibility given the market conditions current at such time and, after seeking public comment for up to 30 days, FHFA may make appropriate adjustments to the 2009 goals consistent with such market conditions.
 
Temporary Provisions
 
Enhanced Authority of U.S. Treasury to Purchase GSE Securities.   The Secretary of the Treasury has long had authority to purchase up to $2.25 billion in our obligations. The legislation provides the Secretary of the Treasury with additional temporary authority to purchase our obligations and other securities on terms that the Secretary may determine, subject to our agreement. This expanded authority expires on December 31, 2009. To exercise this authority, the Secretary must determine that such a purchase is necessary to provide stability to the financial markets, prevent disruptions in the availability of mortgage finance, and protect taxpayers. In connection with exercising this authority, the Secretary must consider: the need for preferences or priorities regarding payments to the government; limits on maturity or disposition of obligations or securities to be purchased; the company’s plan for orderly resumption of private market funding or capital market access; the probability of our fulfilling the terms of the obligations or other securities, including repayment; the need to maintain our status as a private shareholder-owned company; and restrictions on the use of our resources, including limitations on the payment of dividends and executive compensation.
 
Consultation with the Federal Reserve.   Until December 31, 2009, our regulator must consult with the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve on risks posed by the GSEs to the financial system before taking certain regulatory actions such as issuance of regulations regarding capital or portfolio, or appointment of a conservator or receiver.


10


 

Other Provisions
 
Conforming Loan Limits.   The legislation permanently increases our conforming loan limit in high cost areas, to the lower of 115% of the median home price for comparable properties in the area, or 150% of the otherwise applicable loan limit (currently $625,500). This provision takes effect on January 1, 2009, upon expiration of the loan limit provisions contained in the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008.
 
SEC Registration.   The legislation provides that no class of equity securities of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac shall be treated as exempted securities for purposes of section 12, 13, 14, or 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Fannie Mae voluntarily registered its common stock with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 31, 2003. We registered our preferred stock on July 29, 2008, in accordance with the legislation.)
 
Executive Compensation.   FHFA may at any time review the reasonableness of executive compensation, and may prohibit payment to the officer during such review. In addition, FHFA is authorized to prohibit or limit certain golden parachute and indemnification payments to directors, officers, and certain other parties. Until December 31, 2009, FHFA shall have the power to approve, disapprove or modify executive compensation.
 
Board of Directors.   The legislation eliminates the five presidential appointees from our board of directors, and provides that our board shall consist of 13 persons elected by the shareholders, or such other number as the Director of FHFA determines appropriate. The legislation leaves in place the requirement that our board shall at all times have as members at least one person from the homebuilding, mortgage lending, and real estate industries, and at least one person from an organization representing consumer or community interests or one person who has demonstrated a career commitment to the provision of housing for low-income households.
 
For a description of how this GSE regulatory reform legislation could materially adversely affect our business and earnings, see “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of this report.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the consolidated financial statements. Understanding our accounting policies and the extent to which we use management judgment and estimates in applying these policies is integral to understanding our financial statements. We have identified the following as our most critical accounting policies and estimates:
 
  •  Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
  •  Other-than-temporary Impairment of Investment Securities
 
  •  Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guaranty Losses
 
  •  Deferred Tax Assets
 
We describe below significant changes in the judgments and assumptions we made during the first six months of 2008 in applying our critical accounting policies and estimates. Also see “Part II—Item 7—MD&A—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of our 2007 Form 10-K for additional information about our critical accounting policies and estimates.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
We adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and outlines a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value, effective January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). SFAS 157 categorizes fair value measurements into a three-level hierarchy based on the extent to which the measurement relies on observable


11


 

market inputs in measuring fair value. Level 1, which is the highest priority in the fair value hierarchy, is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 is based on observable market-based inputs, other than quoted prices, in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 3, which is the lowest priority in the fair value hierarchy, is based on unobservable inputs. Assets and liabilities are classified within this hierarchy in their entirety based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
The use of fair value to measure our financial instruments is fundamental to our financial statements and is a critical accounting estimate because a substantial portion of our assets and liabilities are recorded at estimated fair value. The majority of our financial instruments carried at fair value fall within the level 2 category and are valued primarily utilizing inputs and assumptions that are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable market data or corroborated by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Because items classified as level 3 are generally based on unobservable inputs, the process to determine fair value is generally more subjective and involves a high degree of management judgment and assumptions. These assumptions may have a significant effect on our estimates of fair value, and the use of different assumptions as well as changes in market conditions could have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition. We provide additional information regarding our level 3 assets below.
 
Fair Value Hierarchy—Level 3 Assets
 
Level 3 is primarily comprised of financial instruments whose fair value is estimated based on valuation methodologies utilizing significant inputs and assumptions that are generally less observable because of limited market activity or little or no price transparency. We typically classify financial instruments as level 3 if the valuation is based on inputs from a single source, such as a dealer quotation, where we are not able to corroborate the inputs and assumptions with other available, relevant market information. Our level 3 financial instruments include certain mortgage- and asset-backed securities and residual interests, certain performing residential mortgage loans, non-performing mortgage-related assets, our guaranty assets and buy-ups, our master servicing assets and certain highly structured, complex derivative instruments.
 
Some of our financial instruments, such as our trading and available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities and our derivatives, are measured at fair value on a recurring basis in periods subsequent to initial recognition. We measure some of our other financial instruments at fair value on a non-recurring basis in periods subsequent to initial recognition, such as held-for-sale mortgage loans. Table 1 presents, by balance sheet category, the amount of financial assets carried in our condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as level 3 as of June 30, 2008. We also identify the types of financial instruments within each asset category that are based on level 3 measurements and describe the valuation techniques used for determining the fair value of these financial instruments. The availability of observable market inputs to measure fair value varies based on changes in market conditions, such as liquidity. As a result, we expect the financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as level 3 to vary each period.


12


 

 
Table 1:  Level 3 Recurring Assets at Fair Value
 
             
    As of June 30, 2008
    Estimated
     
Balance Sheet Category
  Fair Value    
Description and Valuation Technique
(Dollars in millions)
 
Trading securities
  $ 14,325     Primarily consists of mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans and subprime loans. We generally have estimated the fair value based on the use of average prices obtained from multiple pricing services. In the absence of such information or if we are not able to corroborate these prices by other available, relevant market information, we estimate the fair value based on broker or dealer quotations or using internal calculations that incorporate inputs that are implied by market prices for similar securities and structure types. These inputs may be adjusted for various factors, such as prepayment speeds and credit spreads.
AFS securities
    40,033     Primarily consists of mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans and subprime loans and mortgage revenue bonds. The valuation techniques are the same as those noted above for trading securities.
Derivatives assets
    270     Primarily consists of a limited population of certain highly structured, complex interest rate risk management derivatives. Examples include certain swaps with embedded caps and floors that reference non-standard indexes. We determine the fair value of these derivative instruments using indicative market prices obtained from large, experienced dealers. Indicative market prices from a single source that cannot be corroborated are classified as level 3.
Guaranty assets and buy-ups
    1,947     Represents the present value of the estimated compensation we expect to receive for providing our guaranty related to portfolio securitization transactions. We generally estimate the fair value based on internal models that calculate the present value of expected cash flows. Key model inputs and assumptions include prepayment speeds, forward yield curves and discount rates that are commensurate with the level of estimated risk.
             
Level 3 recurring assets
  $ 56,575      
             
Total assets
  $ 885,918      
Total recurring assets measured at fair value
  $ 347,748      
Level 3 recurring assets as a percentage of total assets
    6 %    
Level 3 recurring assets as a percentage of total recurring assets measured at fair value
    16 %    
Total recurring assets measured at fair value as a percentage of total assets
    39 %    
 
Level 3 recurring assets totaled $56.6 billion, or 6% of our total assets, as of June 30, 2008, compared with 7% of our total assets as of March 31, 2008. The balance of level 3 recurring assets increased by $451 million and $15.3 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively. These level 3 balance increases were principally driven by an increase in the portion of mortgage assets for which there is a lack of market liquidity and limited availability of external pricing data, resulting in transfers of these assets from level 2 to level 3. These transfers reflect the ongoing effects of the significant disruption in the mortgage market and severe reduction in market liquidity for certain mortgage products, such as private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A loans or subprime loans. Because of the reduction in recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, the market inputs for these instruments are less observable.


13


 

Financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and classified as level 3, which are not presented in the table above, include held-for-sale (“HFS”) loans that are measured at lower of cost or market and that were written down to fair value as of the end of the period. The fair value of these loans totaled $812 million as of June 30, 2008. In addition, certain financial assets measured at cost that have been written down to fair value during the period due to impairment are classified as non-recurring. The fair value of these level 3 non-recurring financial assets, which primarily consisted of certain guaranty assets and acquired property, totaled $8.2 billion as of June 30, 2008. Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as level 3 as of June 30, 2008 consisted of long-term debt with a fair value of $3.3 billion and derivatives liabilities with a fair value of $107 million. See “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 17, Fair Value of Financial Instruments” for further information regarding SFAS 157, including the classification within the three-level hierarchy of all of our assets and liabilities carried in our condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value as of June 30, 2008.
 
Fair Value Control Processes
 
We employ control processes to validate the fair value of our financial instruments. These control processes are designed to ensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. If observable market-based inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to ensure that the valuation approach used is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. Our control processes provide for segregation of duties and oversight of our fair value methodologies and valuations by our Valuation Oversight Committee. Valuations are performed by personnel independent of our business units. A price verification group reviews selected valuations and compares the valuations to alternative external market data ( e.g., quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, pricing services, recent trading activity and comparative analyses to similar instruments) for reasonableness. The price verification group also performs independent reviews of the assumptions used in determining the fair value of products with material estimation risk for which observable market-based inputs do not exist. Valuation models are regularly reviewed and approved for use for specific products by the Chief Risk Office, which also is independent from our business units. Any changes to the valuation methodology or pricing are reviewed by the Valuation Oversight Committee to confirm the changes are appropriate.
 
We continue to refine our valuation methodologies as markets and products develop and the pricing for certain products becomes more or less transparent. While we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a materially different estimate of fair value as of the reporting date.
 
Change in Measuring the Fair Value of Guaranty Obligations
 
Beginning January 1, 2008, as part of the implementation of SFAS 157, we changed our approach to measuring the fair value of our guaranty obligations. Specifically, we adopted a measurement approach that is based upon an estimate of the compensation that we would require to issue the same guaranty in a standalone arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party. When we initially recognize a guaranty issued in a lender swap transaction after December 31, 2007, we measure the fair value of the guaranty obligation based on the fair value of the total compensation we receive, which primarily consists of the guaranty fee, credit enhancements, buy-downs, risk-based price adjustments and our right to receive interest income during the float period in excess of the amount required to compensate us for master servicing. Because the fair value of those guaranty obligations now equals the fair value of the total compensation we receive, we do not recognize losses or record deferred profit in our financial statements at inception of those guaranty contracts issued after December 31, 2007.
 
We also changed how we measure the fair value of our existing guaranty obligations, as disclosed in “Supplemental Non-GAAP Information—Fair Value Balance Sheets” and in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” to be consistent with our new approach for measuring guaranty obligations at initial recognition. The fair value of all guaranty obligations measured after their initial recognition represents our estimate of a hypothetical transaction price we would receive if we were to issue


14


 

our guarantees to an unrelated party in a standalone arm’s-length transaction at the measurement date. To measure this fair value, we continue to use the models and inputs that we used prior to our adoption of SFAS 157 and calibrate those models to our current market pricing.
 
Prior to January 1, 2008, we measured the fair value of the guaranty obligations that we recorded when we issued Fannie Mae MBS based on market information obtained from spot transaction prices. In the absence of spot transaction data, which was the case for the substantial majority of our guarantees, we used internal models to estimate the fair value of our guaranty obligations. We reviewed the reasonableness of the results of our models by comparing those results with available market information. Key inputs and assumptions used in our models included the amount of compensation required to cover estimated default costs, including estimated unrecoverable principal and interest that we expected to incur over the life of the underlying mortgage loans backing our Fannie Mae MBS, estimated foreclosure-related costs, estimated administrative and other costs related to our guaranty, and an estimated market risk premium, or profit, that a market participant of similar credit standing would require to assume the obligation. If our modeled estimate of the fair value of the guaranty obligation was more or less than the fair value of the total compensation received, we recognized a loss or recorded deferred profit, respectively, at inception of the guaranty contract. See “Part II—Item 7—MD&A—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Fair Value of Guaranty Assets and Guaranty Obligations—Effect on Losses on Certain Guaranty Contracts” of our 2007 Form 10-K for additional information.
 
The accounting for our guarantees in our condensed consolidated financial statements is unchanged with our adoption of SFAS 157. Accordingly, the guaranty obligation amounts recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets attributable to guarantees issued prior to January 1, 2008 will continue to be amortized in accordance with our established accounting policy. This change, however, affects how we determine the fair value of our existing guaranty obligations as of each balance sheet date. See “Supplemental Non-GAAP Information—Fair Value Balance Sheets” and “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding the impact of this change.
 
Deferred Tax Assets
 
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for tax credits. Our net deferred tax assets totaled $20.6 billion and $13.0 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We evaluate our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on available evidence, including assumptions about future profitability. We are required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Such a charge likely would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income based on management approved business plans and ongoing tax planning strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period based on changes in tax laws or variances between our future projected operating performance and our actual results. Accordingly, we have included the assessment of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a critical accounting policy.
 
We are in a cumulative book taxable loss position as of the three-year period ended June 30, 2008. The realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income. For purposes of establishing a deferred tax valuation allowance, this cumulative book taxable loss position is considered significant, objective evidence that we may not be able to realize some portion of our deferred tax assets in the future. In assessing the nature of our cumulative book taxable loss position, we evaluated the factors contributing to these losses and analyzed whether these factors were temporary or indicative of a permanent decline in our earnings. We determined that our current cumulative book taxable loss position was caused primarily by an increase in our credit losses due to the current housing and credit market conditions. Prior to 2007, we had generated pre-tax book income for over 20 consecutive years. Based on our forecasts of future taxable income, which include assumptions about the depth and severity of home price depreciation and credit losses, we anticipate that it is more likely than not that our results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to allow us to realize our deferred tax assets. Therefore, we did not record a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2008 or December 31, 2007.


15


 

Although current market conditions have created significant volatility in our pre-tax book income, our current forecasts of future taxable income reflect sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize our deferred tax assets based on the nature of our book-to-tax differences and the stability of our core business model. Included in our forecasts are credit assumptions regarding our estimate of future expected credit losses, which we believe is the most variable component of our current forecasts of future taxable income. If future events differ from our current forecasts, a valuation allowance may need to be established, which likely would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position. We will continue to update our assumptions and forecasts of future taxable income and assess the need for a valuation allowance.
 
We provide additional detail on the components of our deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2007 in our 2007 Form 10-K in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 11, Income Taxes” and we provide information on the increase in our deferred tax assets since December 31, 2007 in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 10, Income Taxes” of this report.
 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion of our condensed consolidated results of operations is based on a comparison of our results between the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2007. Table 2 presents a summary of our unaudited condensed consolidated results of operations for each of these periods.
 
Table 2:  Summary of Condensed Consolidated Results of Operations
 
                                                                 
    For the
    For the
             
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
    Quarterly
    Year-to-Date
 
    June 30,     June 30,     Variance     Variance  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     $     %     $     %  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  
 
Net interest income
  $ 2,057     $ 1,193     $ 3,747     $ 2,387     $ 864       72 %   $ 1,360       57 %
Guaranty fee income
    1,608       1,120       3,360       2,218       488       44       1,142       51  
Trust management income
    75       150       182       314       (75 )     (50 )     (132 )     (42 )
Fee and other income (1)
    225       257       452       534       (32 )     (12 )     (82 )     (15 )
                                                                 
Net revenues
    3,965       2,720       7,741       5,453       1,245       46       2,288       42  
Losses on certain guaranty contracts
          (461 )           (744 )     461       100       744       100  
Investment gains (losses), net (1)
    (883 )     (93 )     (994 )     202       (790 )     (849 )     (1,196 )     (592 )
Fair value gains (losses), net (1)
    517       1,424       (3,860 )     858       (907 )     (64 )     (4,718 )     (550 )
Losses from partnership investments
    (195 )     (215 )     (336 )     (380 )     20       9       44       12  
Administrative expenses
    (512 )     (660 )     (1,024 )     (1,358 )     148       22       334       25  
Credit-related expenses (2)
    (5,349 )     (518 )     (8,592 )     (839 )     (4,831 )     (933 )     (7,753 )     (924 )
Other non-interest expenses (1)(3)
    (286 )     (60 )     (791 )     (164 )     (226 )     (377 )     (627 )     (382 )
                                                                 
Income (loss) before federal income taxes and extraordinary losses
    (2,743 )     2,137       (7,856 )     3,028       (4,880 )     (228 )     (10,884 )     (359 )
Benefit (provision) for federal income taxes
    476       (187 )     3,404       (114 )     663       355       3,518       3,086  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (33 )     (3 )     (34 )     (6 )     (30 )     (1,000 )     (28 )     (467 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,300 )   $ 1,947     $ (4,486 )   $ 2,908     $ (4,247 )     (218 )%   $ (7,394 )     (254 )%
                                                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (2.54 )   $ 1.86     $ (5.11 )   $ 2.72     $ (4.40 )     (237 )%   $ (7.83 )     (288 )%
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
(2) Consists of provision for credit losses and foreclosed property expense.
 
(3) Consists of debt extinguishment gains (losses), net, minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries and other expenses.


16


 

 
Our business generates revenues from four principal sources: net interest income, guaranty fee income, trust management income, and fee and other income. Other significant factors affecting our results of operations include: fair value gains and losses; the timing and size of investment gains and losses; credit-related expenses; losses from partnership investments; administrative expenses and our effective tax rate. We provide a comparative discussion of the effect of our principal revenue sources and other significant items on our condensed consolidated results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 below.
 
Net Interest Income
 
Table 3 presents an analysis of our net interest income and net interest yield for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
Table 3:  Analysis of Net Interest Income and Yield
 
                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
          Interest
    Average
          Interest
    Average
 
    Average
    Income/
    Rates
    Average
    Income/
    Rates
 
    Balance (1)     Expense     Earned/Paid     Balance (1)     Expense     Earned/Paid  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Mortgage loans (2)
  $ 418,504     $ 5,769       5.51 %   $ 390,034     $ 5,625       5.77 %
Mortgage securities
    318,396       4,063       5.10       325,303       4,460       5.48  
Non-mortgage securities (3)
    57,504       400       2.75       68,515       928       5.36  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    26,869       186       2.74       15,301       205       5.31  
Advances to lenders
    3,332       46       5.46       6,056       48       3.12  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 824,605     $ 10,464       5.07 %   $ 805,209     $ 11,266       5.59 %
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Short-term debt
  $ 242,453     $ 1,685       2.75 %   $ 159,817     $ 2,193       5.43 %
Long-term debt
    550,940       6,720       4.88       611,777       7,879       5.15  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    303       2       2.61       37       1       4.58  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 793,696     $ 8,407       4.23 %   $ 771,631     $ 10,073       5.21 %
                                                 
Impact of net non-interest bearing funding
  $ 30,909               0.16 %   $ 33,578               0.22 %
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest yield (4)
          $ 2,057       1.00 %           $ 1,193       0.60 %
Taxable-equivalent adjustment on tax-exempt investments (5)
            82       0.04 %             90       0.04 %
                                                 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income/taxable-equivalent net interest yield (6)
          $ 2,139       1.04 %           $ 1,283       0.64 %
                                                 
 


17


 

                                                 
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
          Interest
    Average
          Interest
    Average
 
    Average
    Income/
    Rates
    Average
    Income/
    Rates
 
    Balance (1)     Expense     Earned/Paid     Balance (1)     Expense     Earned/Paid  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Mortgage loans (2)
  $ 414,163     $ 11,431       5.52 %   $ 388,095     $ 11,010       5.67 %
Mortgage securities
    317,107       8,207       5.18       328,288       9,027       5.50  
Non-mortgage securities (3)
    62,067       1,078       3.44       65,355       1,764       5.37  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    31,551       579       3.63       14,484       387       5.31  
Advances to lenders
    3,780       111       5.81       5,159       84       3.24  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 828,668     $ 21,406       5.16 %   $ 801,381     $ 22,272       5.56 %
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Short-term debt
  $ 249,949     $ 4,243       3.36 %   $ 161,022     $ 4,406       5.44 %
Long-term debt
    548,244       13,411       4.89       607,399       15,475       5.10  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    371       5       2.67       123       4       5.22  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 798,564     $ 17,659       4.41 %   $ 768,544     $ 19,885       5.17 %
                                                 
Impact of net non-interest bearing funding
  $ 30,104               0.16 %   $ 32,837               0.21 %
                                                 
Net interest income/net interest yield (4)
          $ 3,747       0.91 %           $ 2,387       0.60 %
Taxable-equivalent adjustment on tax-exempt investments (5)
            165       0.04 %             182       0.04 %
                                                 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income/taxable-equivalent net interest yield (6)
          $ 3,912       0.95 %           $ 2,569       0.64 %
                                                 
 
 
(1) For mortgage loans, average balances have been calculated based on the average of the amortized cost amounts at the beginning of the year and at the end of each month in the period. For all other categories, average balances have been calculated based on a daily average. The average balance for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 for advances to lenders also has been calculated based on a daily average.
 
(2) Average balance amounts include nonaccrual loans with an average balance totaling $8.4 billion and $5.7 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $8.3 billion and $5.9 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Interest income amounts include interest income related to SOP 03-3 loans returned to accrual status of $168 million and $115 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and of $313 million and $219 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Of these amounts recognized into interest income, $53 million and $15 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $88 million and $22 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to the accretion of the fair value loss recorded upon purchase of SOP 03-3 loans.
 
(3) Includes cash equivalents.
 
(4) Net interest yield computed by dividing annualized net interest income for the period by the average balance of total interest-earning assets during the period.
 
(5) Represents adjustment to permit comparison of yields on tax-exempt and taxable assets calculated using a 35% marginal tax rate for each of the periods presented.
 
(6) Taxable-equivalent net interest yield is computed by dividing annualized taxable-equivalent net interest income for the period by the average balance of total interest-earning assets during the period.

18


 

Table 4 presents the total variance, or change, in our taxable-equivalent net interest income between the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, and the extent to which that variance is attributable to (1) changes in the volume of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities or (2) changes in the interest rates of these assets and liabilities.
 
Table 4:  Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income
 
                                                 
    For the Three Months
    For the Six Months
 
    Ended June 30,
    Ended June 30,
 
    2008 vs. 2007     2008 vs. 2007  
    Total
    Variance Due to: (1)     Total
    Variance Due to: (1)  
    Variance     Volume     Rate     Variance     Volume     Rate  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Interest income:
                                               
Mortgage loans (2)
  $ 144     $ 399     $ (255 )   $ 421     $ 725     $ (304 )
Mortgage securities
    (397 )     (93 )     (304 )     (820 )     (301 )     (519 )
Non-mortgage securities (3)
    (528 )     (131 )     (397 )     (686 )     (85 )     (601 )
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    (19 )     109       (128 )     192       343       (151 )
Advances to lenders
    (2 )     (28 )     26       27       (27 )     54  
                                                 
Total interest income
    (802 )     256       (1,058 )     (866 )     655       (1,521 )
                                                 
Interest expense:
                                               
Short-term debt
    (508 )     848       (1,356 )     (163 )     1,886       (2,049 )
Long-term debt
    (1,159 )     (756 )     (403 )     (2,064 )     (1,464 )     (600 )
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    1       1             1       4       (3 )
                                                 
Total interest expense
    (1,666 )     93       (1,759 )     (2,226 )     426       (2,652 )
                                                 
Net interest income
    864     $ 163     $ 701       1,360     $ 229     $ 1,131  
                                                 
Taxable-equivalent adjustment on tax-exempt investments (3)
    (8 )                     (17 )                
                                                 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
  $ 856                     $ 1,343                  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Combined rate/volume variances are allocated to both rate and volume based on the relative size of each variance.
 
(2) Refer to footnote 2 in Table 3.
 
(3) Represents adjustment to permit comparison of yields on tax-exempt and taxable assets calculated using a 35% marginal tax rate for each of the periods presented.
 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income of $2.1 billion for the second quarter of 2008 increased by 67% from the second quarter of 2007, driven by a 63% (40 basis points) expansion of our taxable-equivalent net interest yield to 1.04% and a 2% increase in our average interest-earning assets. Taxable-equivalent net interest income of $3.9 billion for the first six months of 2008 increased by 52% from the first six months of 2007, driven by a 48% (31 basis points) expansion of our taxable-equivalent net interest yield to 0.95% and a 3% increase in our average interest-earning assets.
 
The increase in our taxable-equivalent net interest income and net interest yield for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 was mainly driven by the reduction in short-term borrowing rates, which reduced the average cost of our debt, and wider mortgage-to-debt spreads on acquisitions. Also contributing to the lower cost of funds was the redemption of step-rate debt securities, which provided an annualized benefit to our net interest yield of approximately 4 basis points and 11 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively. Instead of having a fixed coupon for the life of the security, step-rate debt securities allow for the interest rate to increase at predetermined rates according to a specified schedule, resulting in increased interest payments. However, the interest expense on step-rate debt securities is recognized at a constant effective rate over the term of the security. Because we redeemed these securities prior to maturity, we reversed a portion of the interest expense that we had previously accrued.


19


 

The increase in our average interest-earning assets for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 was attributable to an increase in our portfolio purchases during the first six months of 2008, particularly in the second quarter of 2008, as mortgage-to-debt spreads reached historic highs. OFHEO’s reduction in our capital surplus requirement provided us with more flexibility to take advantage of opportunities to purchase mortgage assets at attractive prices and spreads.
 
Although we consider the periodic net contractual interest accruals on our interest rate swaps to be part of the cost of funding our mortgage investments, these amounts are not reflected in our taxable-equivalent net interest income and net interest yield. Instead, the net contractual interest accruals on our interest rate swaps are reflected in our condensed consolidated statements of operations as a component of “Fair value gains (losses), net.” As indicated in Table 8 below, we recorded net contractual interest expense on our interest rate swaps totaling $304 million and $330 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively, which had the economic effect of increasing our funding costs by approximately 15 basis points and 8 basis points for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively. We recorded net contractual interest income on our interest rate swaps of $64 million and $98 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively, which had the economic effect of reducing our funding costs by approximately 3 basis points for each period.
 
During July 2008, our cost of short-term funding as compared with the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) was less favorable than it was during the second quarter of 2008, which could result in a taxable equivalent net interest yield that is flat or lower for the remainder of 2008 depending on future market conditions. Our taxable-equivalent net interest yield may be offset, as it was during the second quarter of 2008, by accrual of higher payments on our net pay-fixed swap positions due to low short-term LIBOR rates.


20


 

Guaranty Fee Income
 
Table 5 shows the components of our guaranty fee income, our average effective guaranty fee rate, and Fannie Mae MBS activity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
Table 5:  Guaranty Fee Income and Average Effective Guaranty Fee Rate (1)
 
                                         
    For the Three Months Ended June 30,        
    2008     2007     Amount
 
    Amount     Rate (2)     Amount     Rate (2)     Variance  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Guaranty fee income/average effective guaranty fee rate, excluding certain fair value adjustments and buy-up impairment
  $ 1,458       23.8 bp   $ 1,104       21.2 bp     32 %
Net change in fair value of buy-ups and guaranty assets
    152       2.5       17       0.3       794  
Buy-up impairment
    (2 )           (1 )           100  
                                         
Guaranty fee income/average effective guaranty fee rate (3)
  $ 1,608       26.3 bp   $ 1,120       21.5 bp     44 %
                                         
Average outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees (4)
  $ 2,442,886             $ 2,080,676               17 %
Fannie Mae MBS issues (5)
    177,763               149,879               19  
 
                                         
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,        
    2008     2007     Amount
 
    Amount     Rate (2)     Amount     Rate (2)     Variance  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Guaranty fee income/average effective guaranty fee rate, excluding certain fair value adjustments and buy-up impairment
  $ 3,177       26.4 bp   $ 2,204       21.5 bp     44 %
Net change in fair value of buy-ups and guaranty assets
    214       1.8       19       0.1       1,026  
Buy-up impairment
    (31 )     (0.3 )     (5 )           520  
                                         
Guaranty fee income/average effective guaranty fee rate (3)
  $ 3,360       27.9 bp   $ 2,218       21.6 bp     51 %
                                         
Average outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees (4)
  $ 2,407,296             $ 2,050,797               17 %
Fannie Mae MBS issues (5)
    346,355               282,302               23  
 
 
(1) Guaranty fee income primarily consists of contractual guaranty fees related to Fannie Mae MBS held in our portfolio and held by third-party investors, adjusted for (1) the amortization of upfront fees and impairment of guaranty assets, net of a proportionate reduction in the related guaranty obligation and deferred profit, and (2) impairment of buy-ups. The average effective guaranty fee rate reflects our average contractual guaranty fee rate adjusted for the impact of amortization of deferred amounts and buy-up impairment. Losses recognized at inception on certain guaranty contracts for periods prior to January 1, 2008 are excluded from guaranty fee income and the average effective guaranty fee rate; however, as described in footnote 3 below, the accretion of these losses into income over time is included in our guaranty fee income and average effective guaranty fee rate.
 
(2) Presented in basis points and calculated based on annualized amounts of our guaranty fee income components divided by average outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees for each respective period.
 
(3) Losses recognized at inception on certain guaranty contracts for periods prior to January 1, 2008, which are excluded from guaranty fee income, are recorded as a component of our guaranty obligation. We accrete a portion of our guaranty obligation, which includes these losses, into income each period in proportion to the reduction in the guaranty asset for payments received. This accretion increases our guaranty fee income and reduces the related guaranty obligation. Effective January 1, 2008, we no longer recognize losses at inception of our guaranty contracts due to a change in our method for measuring the fair value of our guaranty obligations. Although we will no longer recognize losses at inception of our guaranty contracts, we will continue to accrete previously recognized losses into our guaranty fee income over the remaining life of the mortgage loans underlying the Fannie Mae MBS.
 
(4) Other guarantees includes $31.8 billion and $41.6 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, and $35.3 billion and $19.7 billion as of June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively, related to long-term standby commitments we have issued and credit enhancements we have provided.
 
(5) Reflects unpaid principal balance of Fannie Mae MBS issued and guaranteed by us, including mortgage loans held in our portfolio that we securitized during the period and Fannie Mae MBS issued during the period that we acquired for our portfolio.


21


 

 
The 44% increase in guaranty fee income for the second quarter of 2008 over the second quarter of 2007 resulted from a 17% increase in average outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees, and a 22% increase in the average effective guaranty fee rate to 26.3 basis points from 21.5 basis points. The 51% increase in guaranty fee income for the first six months of 2008 over the first six months of 2007 resulted from a 17% increase in average outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees, and a 29% increase in the average effective guaranty fee rate to 27.9 basis points from 21.6 basis points.
 
The increase in average outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 reflected the significant growth in our market share of mortgage-related securities issuances, due in large part to the disruption in the credit and mortgage markets and dramatic shift in market dynamics, including a significant reduction in the issuances of private-label mortgage-related securities.
 
The increase in our average effective guaranty fee rate in the second quarter and first six months of 2008 was driven primarily by the accelerated recognition of deferred amounts into income as interest rates were lower in the second quarter and first six months of 2008, relative to the level of interest rates during the comparable prior year periods. Our guaranty fee income also includes accretion of deferred amounts on guaranty contracts where we recognized losses at the inception of the contract, which totaled an estimated $127 million and $424 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, compared with $91 million and $183 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2007. See “Part II—Item 7—MD&A—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of our 2007 Form 10-K for additional information on our accounting for these losses and the impact on our financial statements.
 
The increase in our average effective guaranty fee rate was also affected by guaranty fee pricing changes that we believe enable us to more accurately price for the current risks in the housing market. These pricing changes include an adverse market delivery charge of 25 basis points for all loans delivered to us, which became effective March 1, 2008. The impact of our guaranty fee pricing changes was partially offset by a shift in the composition of our guaranty book of business to a greater proportion of higher-quality, lower risk and lower guaranty fee mortgages, as we reduced our acquisitions of higher risk, higher fee product categories, such as Alt-A loans. Our average charged guaranty fee on new single-family business was 28.0 basis points and 26.9 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with 28.2 basis points and 27.1 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. The average charged guaranty fee on our new single-family business represents the average contractual fee rate for our single-family guaranty arrangements and the recognition of any upfront cash payments ratably over an estimated life of four years.
 
We expect the changes in our risk assessment and eligibility criteria to continue to enhance the risk profile of our new business. We also believe that our single-family guaranty book of business will continue to grow in 2008 and 2009 at a faster rate than the overall growth in U.S. single-family mortgage debt outstanding. We recently announced new pricing changes for loans delivered to us effective October 1, 2008. The new pricing changes increase our adverse market delivery charge to 50 basis points from 25 basis points and update our standard pricing adjustments for mortgage loans with certain risk characteristics. We believe that our guaranty fee income will grow in 2008 compared with 2007 due to an increase in our guaranty business volumes and prices in 2008 compared with 2007.
 
Trust Management Income
 
Trust management income decreased to $75 million and $182 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from $150 million and $314 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. The decrease during each period was attributable to significantly lower short-term interest rates during the first six months of 2008 relative to the first six months of 2007, which reduced the amount of float income derived from the cash flows between the date of remittance of mortgage and other payments to us by servicers and the date of distribution of these payments to MBS certificateholders.


22


 

Fee and Other Income
 
Fee and other income decreased to $225 million and $452 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from $257 million and $534 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. The decrease during each period was primarily attributable to lower multifamily fees due to a reduction in multifamily loan liquidations for the first six months of 2008.
 
Losses on Certain Guaranty Contracts
 
Effective January 1, 2008 with our adoption of SFAS 157, we no longer recognize losses or record deferred profit in our consolidated financial statements at inception of our guaranty contracts for MBS issued subsequent to December 31, 2007 because the estimated fair value of the guaranty obligation at inception now equals the estimated fair value of the total compensation received. For further discussion of this change, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Fair Value of Financial Instruments—Change in Measuring the Fair Value of Guaranty Obligations” and “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” We recorded losses on certain guaranty contracts totaling $461 million and $744 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively. These losses reflected the increase in the estimated market risk premium that a market participant would require to assume our guaranty obligations due to the decline in home prices and deterioration in credit conditions.
 
Investment Gains (Losses), Net
 
We summarize the components of investment gains (losses), net for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 below in Table 6 and discuss significant changes in these components between periods.
 
Table 6:  Investment Gains (Losses), Net
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Other-than-temporary impairment on AFS securities (1)
  $ (507 )   $     $ (562 )   $ (3 )
Lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on HFS loans
    (240 )     (115 )     (311 )     (118 )
Gains (losses) on Fannie Mae portfolio securitizations, net
    (67 )     (11 )     (25 )     38  
Gains (losses) on sale of AFS securities, net
    (20 )     55       13       326  
Other investment losses, net
    (49 )     (22 )     (109 )     (41 )
                                 
Investment gains (losses), net
  $ (883 )   $ (93 )   $ (994 )   $ 202  
                                 
 
 
(1) Excludes other-than-temporary impairment on guaranty assets and buy-ups as these amounts are recognized as a component of guaranty fee income. Refer to Table 5: Guaranty Fee Income and Average Effective Guaranty Fee Rate.
 
The increase in investment losses for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 over the second quarter and first six months of 2007 was primarily attributable to the following:
 
  •  A significant increase in other-than-temporary impairment on AFS securities, principally for Alt-A and subprime private-label securities, reflecting a reduction in expected cash flows due to higher expected defaults and loss severties on the underlying mortgages, which resulted in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment on these securities totaling $492 million in the second quarter of 2008.
 
  •  An increase in losses resulting from lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on HFS loans primarily, attributable to higher interest rates during the second quarter of 2008.
 
  •  A decrease in gains on the sale of AFS securities, net. The investment gains recorded during the first six months of 2007 were attributable to the recovery in value of securities we sold that we had previously written down due to other-than-temporary impairment.


23


 

 
Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net
 
Beginning in mid-April 2008, we implemented fair value hedge accounting with respect to a portion of our derivatives to hedge, for accounting purposes, the interest rate risk related to some of our mortgage assets. Under fair value hedge accounting, we offset the fair value gains or losses on some of our derivative instruments against the corresponding fair value losses or gains attributable to changes in interest rates on the specific hedged mortgage assets. Although our implementation of hedge accounting does not affect our exposure to volatility in our financial results that is attributable to changes in spreads on the fair value of securities designated as trading, we believe this hedging strategy will reduce the level of volatility in our earnings, attributable to changes in interest rates, for our interest rate risk management derivatives. In addition, we generally expect that gains and losses on our trading securities, to the extent they are attributable to changes in interest rates, will offset a portion of the losses and gains on our derivatives because changes in the fair value of our trading securities typically move inversely to changes in the fair value of our derivatives. We also seek to eliminate our exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates by entering into foreign currency swaps that effectively convert debt denominated in a foreign currency to debt denominated in U.S. dollars. The foreign currency exchange gains and losses on our foreign-denominated debt are offset in part by corresponding losses and gains on foreign currency swaps.
 
Table 7 summarizes the components of fair value gains (losses), net for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007. Fair value gains and losses, net consists of (1) derivatives fair value gains and losses, including gains and losses on derivatives designated as accounting hedges; (2) trading securities gains and losses; (3) fair value adjustments to the carrying value of mortgage assets designated for hedge accounting that are attributable to changes in interest rates; (4) foreign exchange gains and losses on our foreign-denominated debt and (5) fair value gains and losses on certain debt securities carried at fair value. By presenting these items together in our condensed consolidated results of operations, we are able to show the net impact of mark-to-market adjustments that generally result in offsetting gains and losses attributable to changes in interest rates. We provide additional information below on the most significant components of the fair value gains (losses), net line item.
 
Table 7:  Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net
                                 
          For the
 
    For the
    Six Months
 
    Three Months Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Derivatives fair value gains (losses), net
  $ 2,293     $ 1,916     $ (710 )   $ 1,353  
Trading securities losses, net
    (965 )     (501 )     (2,192 )     (440 )
Hedged mortgage assets losses, net (1)
    (803 )           (803 )      
                                 
Fair value gains (losses) on derivatives, trading securities and hedged mortgage assets, net
    525       1,415       (3,705 )     913  
Debt foreign exchange gains (losses), net
    (12 )     9       (169 )     (55 )
Debt fair value gains, net
    4             14        
                                 
Fair value gains (losses), net
  $ 517     $ 1,424     $ (3,860 )   $ 858  
                                 
 
 
(1) Represents adjustments to the carrying value of mortgage assets designated for hedge accounting that are attributable to changes in interest rates.
 
We recorded net fair value gains of $517 million for the second quarter of 2008, attributable to an increase in swap interest rates and a tightening of spreads. The increase in swap interest rates resulted in fair value gains on our derivatives and losses on our trading securities and hedged mortgage assets. The decrease in value of our trading securities from the increase in interest rates was partially offset by gains that resulted from the tightening of spreads during the quarter. The net fair value gains of $1.4 billion for the second quarter of 2007 were attributable to an increase in swap interest rates during the second quarter of 2007, which resulted in fair value gains on our derivatives.


24


 

We recorded net fair value losses of $3.9 billion for the first six months of 2008. The net losses for the first six months reflected the impact of the decrease in swap interest rates during the first quarter of 2008, which resulted in net fair value losses on our derivatives that more than offset net fair value gains on our derivatives during the second quarter of 2008 that resulted from the increase in swap interest rates. We also experienced fair value losses on our trading securities that were attributable to the significant widening of spreads during the first quarter of 2008 and the increase in interest rates during the second quarter of 2008. In addition, we recorded losses on hedged mortgage assets during the second quarter of 2008 in connection with our implementation of fair value hedge accounting. In contrast, we recorded fair value gains of $858 million for the first six months of 2007, due to an increase in swap interest rates during the period, which resulted in net fair value gains on our derivatives. We did not apply hedge accounting during this period.
 
The fair value of our trading securities may not always move inversely to changes in the fair value of our derivatives because the fair values of these financial instruments are affected not only by interest rates, but also by other factors such as spreads and changes in implied volatility. Consequently, the gains and losses on our trading securities may not result in partially offsetting losses and gains on our derivatives.
 
Derivatives Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net
 
Table 8 presents, by type of derivative instrument, the fair value gains and losses on our derivatives for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007. Table 8 also includes an analysis of the components of derivatives fair value gains and losses attributable to net contractual interest accruals on our interest rate swaps, the net change in the fair value of terminated derivative contracts through the date of termination and the net change in the fair value of outstanding derivative contracts.
 
Table 8:  Derivatives Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months
    Six Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
          (Dollars in millions)        
 
Risk management derivatives:
                               
Swaps:
                               
Pay-fixed
  $ 15,782     $ 6,206     $ (113 )   $ 5,720  
Receive-fixed
    (11,092 )     (3,241 )     1,700       (2,878 )
Basis
    (73 )     (111 )     (68 )     (125 )
Foreign currency (1)
    (20 )     (63 )     126       (43 )
Swaptions:
                               
Pay-fixed
    270       392       81       269  
Receive-fixed
    (2,499 )     (1,356 )     (2,226 )     (1,659 )
Interest rate caps
    4       7       3       8  
Other (2)
    (13 )     2       51       1  
                                 
Total risk management derivatives fair value gains (losses), net
    2,359       1,836       (446 )     1,293  
Mortgage commitment derivatives fair value gains (losses), net
    (66 )     80       (264 )     60  
                                 
Total derivatives fair value gains (losses), net
  $ 2,293     $ 1,916     $ (710 )   $ 1,353  
                                 
Risk management derivatives fair value gains (losses) attributable to:
                               
Net contractual interest income (expense) on interest rate swaps
  $ (304 )   $ 64     $ (330 )   $ 98  
Net change in fair value of terminated derivative contracts from end of prior period to date of termination
    (108 )     (29 )     174       (93 )
Net change in fair value of outstanding derivative contracts, including derivative contracts entered into during the period
    2,771       1,801       (290 )     1,288  
                                 
Risk management derivatives fair value gains, net (3)
  $ 2,359     $ 1,836     $ (446 )   $ 1,293  
                                 
 


25


 

                 
    2008     2007  
 
5-year swap rate:
               
As of January 1
    4.19 %     5.10 %
As of March 31
    3.31       4.99  
As of June 30
    4.26       5.50  
 
 
(1) Includes the effect of net contractual interest income of approximately $6 million and interest expense of $16 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and interest income of $3 million and interest expense of $34 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The change in fair value of foreign currency swaps excluding this item resulted in a net loss of $26 million and a net loss of $47 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and a net gain of $123 million and a net loss of $9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
(2) Includes MBS options, swap credit enhancements and mortgage insurance contracts.
 
(3) Reflects net derivatives fair value losses, excluding mortgage commitments, recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
The derivatives fair value gains of $2.3 billion for the second quarter of 2008, which includes $754 million of gains on pay-fixed swaps designated as fair value hedges, reflected the impact of an increase in swap interest rates during the quarter. The 5-year swap interest rate, which is presented in Table 8, rose by 95 basis points to 4.26% as of June 30, 2008 from 3.31% as of March 31, 2008. This increase in swap interest rates resulted in fair value gains on our pay-fixed swaps that exceeded the fair value losses on our receive-fixed swaps. The derivatives fair value gains of $1.9 billion for the second quarter of 2007 also was attributable to an increase in swap interest rates during the quarter, which resulted in fair value gains on our pay-fixed swaps.
 
The derivatives fair value losses of $710 million for the first six months of 2008 was largely attributable to losses resulting from a combination of the time decay of our purchased options and rebalancing activities. These losses were partially offset by net fair value gains on our swaps. The derivatives fair value gains of $1.4 billion for the first six months of 2007 was attributable to an increase in swap interest rates during the period, which resulted in fair value gains on our pay-fixed swaps.
 
For additional discussion of the effect of our derivatives on our consolidated financial statements, see “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Derivative Instruments.” For information on changes in our derivatives activity and the outstanding notional amounts of our derivatives, see “Risk Management—Interest Rate Risk Management and Other Market Risks—Derivatives Activity.”
 
Trading Securities Gains (Losses), Net
 
Our portfolio of trading securities increased to $99.6 billion as of June 30, 2008, from $64.0 billion as of December 31, 2007. We recorded net losses on trading securities of $965 million and $2.2 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively. The losses for the second quarter of 2008 were primarily due to an increase in long-term interest rates during the quarter, partially offset by gains resulting from the tightening of spreads during the quarter relative to the first quarter of 2008. The losses for the first six months of 2008 were attributable to the significant widening of spreads during the first quarter of 2008, particularly related to private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and subprime loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) backed by multifamily mortgage loans, and the increase in interest rates during the second quarter of 2008. In comparison, we recorded losses of $501 million and $440 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, which were attributable to the combined effect of an increase in long-term interest rates and widening of spreads during the second quarter of 2007.
 
We provide additional information on our trading and AFS securities in “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Trading and Available-for-Sale Investment Securities” and disclose the sensitivity of changes in the fair value of our trading securities to changes in interest rates in “Risk Management—Interest Rate Risk Management and Other Market Risks—Measuring Interest Rate Risk.”

26


 

Hedged Mortgage Assets Losses, Net
 
Our hedge accounting relationships during the second quarter of 2008 consisted of pay-fixed interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the fair value, attributable to changes in the LIBOR benchmark interest rate, of specified mortgage assets. As of June 30, 2008, we had a notional amount of $68.6 billion of pay-fixed swaps designated as fair value hedges of specified mortgage assets. We include changes in fair value of hedged mortgage assets attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate in our assessment of hedge effectiveness. These fair value accounting hedges resulted in losses on the hedged mortgage assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 of $803 million, which were partially offset by gains of $789 million on the pay-fixed swaps designated as hedging instruments. The gains on these pay-fixed swaps are included as a component of derivatives fair value gains (losses), net. We also record as a component of derivatives fair value gains (losses), net the ineffectiveness, or the portion of the change in the fair value of our derivatives that was not effective in offsetting the change in the fair value of the designated hedged mortgage assets. Included in our derivatives fair value gains (losses), net was a loss of $14 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 representing the ineffectiveness of our fair value hedges. We provide additional information on our application of hedge accounting in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 9—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”
 
Losses from Partnership Investments
 
Losses from partnership investments decreased to $195 million and $336 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from $215 million and $380 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007. The decrease in losses during each period was due to a reduction in net operating losses attributable to a decrease in our tax-advantaged partnership investments and gains from the sale of some of our low income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) investments, which was partially offset by increases in losses from our non-tax-advantaged investments.
 
Administrative Expenses
 
Administrative expenses decreased to $512 million and $1.0 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from $660 million and $1.4 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, reflecting significant reductions in restatement and related regulatory expenses and a reduction in our ongoing operating costs due to efforts we undertook in 2007 to increase productivity and lower our administrative costs. We are actively managing our administrative expenses with the intent to maintain our ongoing operating costs for 2008, which exclude costs associated with our restatement, such as regulatory examinations and litigation related to the restatement, near the $2.0 billion level that we achieved in 2007.
 
Credit-Related Expenses
 
Credit-related expenses included in our condensed consolidated statements of operations consist of the provision for credit losses and foreclosed property expense. We detail the components of our credit-related expenses in Table 9. The significant increase in credit-related expenses for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 compared with the second quarter and first six months of 2007 was driven by a substantial increase in our provision for credit losses due to higher charge-offs and to build our loss reserves and an increase in foreclosed property expense.


27


 

 
Table 9:  Credit-Related Expenses
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Provision attributable to guaranty book of business
  $ 4,591     $ 368     $ 6,927     $ 548  
Provision attributable to SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses
    494       66       1,231       135  
                                 
Total provision for credit losses (1)
    5,085       434       8,158       683  
Foreclosed property expense
    264       84       434       156  
                                 
Credit-related expenses
  $ 5,349     $ 518     $ 8,592     $ 839  
                                 
 
 
(1) Reflects total provision for credit losses reported in Table 10 below under “Combined loss reserves.”
 
Provision Attributable to Guaranty Book of Business
 
Our allowance for loan losses and reserve for guaranty losses, which we collectively refer to as our combined loss reserves, provide for probable credit losses inherent in our guaranty book of business as of each balance sheet date. The change in our combined loss reserves each period is driven by the provision for credit losses recognized in our condensed consolidated statements of operations and the net charge-offs recorded against our loss reserves. Table 10 below summarizes changes in our combined loss reserves for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
Table 10:  Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guaranty Losses
 
                                 
          For the
 
    For the
    Six Months
 
    Three Months Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Changes in loss reserves:
                               
Allowance for loan losses:
                               
Beginning balance
  $ 993     $ 312     $ 698     $ 340  
Provision
    880       73       1,424       90  
Charge-offs (1)
    (495 )     (64 )     (774 )     (126 )
Recoveries
    98       16       128       33  
                                 
Ending balance (2)
  $ 1,476     $ 337     $ 1,476     $ 337  
                                 
Reserve for guaranty losses:
                               
Beginning balance
  $ 4,202     $ 618     $ 2,693     $ 519  
Provision
    4,205       361       6,734       593  
Charge-offs (3)
    (989 )     (168 )     (2,026 )     (321 )
Recoveries
    32       10       49       30  
                                 
Ending balance
  $ 7,450     $ 821     $ 7,450     $ 821  
                                 
Combined loss reserves:
                               
Beginning balance
  $ 5,195     $ 930     $ 3,391     $ 859  
Provision
    5,085       434       8,158       683  
Charge-offs (1)(3)
    (1,484 )     (232 )     (2,800 )     (447 )
Recoveries
    130       26       177       63  
                                 
Ending balance (2)
  $ 8,926     $ 1,158     $ 8,926     $ 1,158  
                                 
 


28


 

                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Allocation of combined loss reserves:
               
Balance at end of each period attributable to:
               
Single-family
  $ 8,866     $ 3,318  
Multifamily
    60       73  
                 
Total
  $ 8,926     $ 3,391  
                 
Single-family and multifamily loss reserve ratios: (4)
               
Single-family loss reserves as % of single-family guaranty book of business
    0.32 %     0.13 %
Multifamily loss reserves as % of multifamily guaranty book of business
    0.04       0.05  
Combined loss reserves as a percentage of:
               
Total guaranty book of business
    0.31       0.12  
Total nonperforming loans (5)
    19.4       9.5  
 
 
(1) Includes accrued interest of $161 million and $27 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $239 million and $52 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
(2) Includes $114 million and $28 million as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for acquired loans subject to the application of SOP 03-3.
 
(3) Includes charges recorded at the date of acquisition of $380 million and $66 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $1.1 billion and $135 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for acquired loans subject to the application of SOP 03-3 where the acquisition cost exceeded the fair value of the acquired loan. Also includes charges recorded for our HomeSaver Advance initiative of $114 million and $123 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively.
 
(4) Represents loss reserves amount attributable to each loan type as a percentage of the guaranty book of business for each loan type.
 
(5) Loans are classified as nonperforming at the earlier of when payment of principal and interest is three months or more past due according to the loan’s contractual terms (unless we have recourse against the seller of the loan in the event of default) or when, in our opinion, collectability of interest or principal on the loan is not reasonably assured. See Table 39: Nonperforming Single-Family and Multifamily Loans for detail on nonperforming loans as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
We have continued to build our combined loss reserves through provisions that have been well in excess of our charge-offs. The provision for credit losses attributable to our guaranty book of business totaled $4.6 billion and $6.9 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively. These amounts consisted of charge-offs, net of recoveries, totaling $860 million and $1.4 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, and an incremental provision of $3.7 billion and $5.5 billion, respectively, to build our combined loss reserves. In comparison, we recorded a provision for credit losses attributable to our guaranty book of business of $368 million and $548 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007. As a result of our higher loss provisioning levels, we have substantially increased our combined loss reserves both in absolute terms and as a percentage of our guaranty book of business, to $8.9 billion, or 0.31% of our guaranty book of business, as of June 30, 2008, from $3.4 billion, or 0.12% of our guaranty book of business, as of December 31, 2007.
 
The increase in our loss provisioning levels and combined loss reserves reflects our current estimate of inherent losses in our guaranty book of business as of June 30, 2008. The increased estimate of inherent losses is due to the continued decline in home prices, which worsened during the second quarter of 2008 and resulted in higher delinquencies and defaults and an increase in the average loan loss severity or charge-off per default. Our conventional single-family serious delinquency rate has doubled over the past year, increasing to 1.36% as of June 30, 2008, from 0.98% as of December 31, 2007 and 0.64% as of June 30, 2007. The average default rate and loan loss charge-off severity, excluding fair value losses related to SOP 03-3 loans, was 0.13% and 23%, respectively, for the second quarter of 2008, compared with 0.07% and 9% for the second quarter of 2007. These worsening credit performance trends have been most notable in certain states, certain higher risk loan categories and our 2006 and 2007 loan vintages. The Midwest, which has experienced prolonged

29


 

economic weakness, and California, Florida, Arizona and Nevada, which previously experienced rapid home price increases and are now experiencing steep home price declines, have accounted for a disproportionately large share of our seriously delinquent loans and charge-offs. Our Alt-A book, particularly the 2006 and 2007 loan vintages, has exhibited early stage payment defaults and represented a disproportionate share of our seriously delinquent loans and charge-offs for the first six months of 2008.
 
We expect our credit-related expenses to peak during 2008. In addition, we expect that the majority of the credit-related expenses that we will realize from our 2006 and 2007 vintages will be recognized by the end of 2008 through a combination of charge-offs, foreclosed property expense and increases to our combined loss reserves, although we expect that the total amount of our credit-related expenses will be significant in 2009. We also expect that a significant portion of the anticipated charge-offs from the 2006 and 2007 vintages will be provided for in our combined loss reserves by the end of 2008.
 
Provision Attributable to SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance Fair Value Losses
 
We experienced a substantial increase in the SOP 03-3 fair value losses recorded upon the purchase of seriously delinquent loans from MBS trusts for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 relative to the second quarter and the first six months of 2007, due to the significant disruption in the mortgage market and severe reduction in market liquidity for certain mortgage products, such as delinquent loans, that has persisted since July 2007. As indicated in Table 9 above, SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses increased to $494 million and $1.2 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from $66 million and $135 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. We describe how we account for SOP 03-3 fair value losses and the process we use to value loans subject to SOP 03-3 in “Part II—Item 7—MD&A—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Fair Value of Financial Instruments—Fair Value of Loans Purchased with Evidence of Credit Deterioration—Effect on Credit-Related Expenses” of our 2007 Form 10-K.
 
Seriously Delinquent Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts
 
Table 11 provides a quarterly comparison of the average market price, as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance and accrued interest, of seriously delinquent loans subject to SOP 03-3 purchased from MBS trusts and additional information related to these loans. Beginning in November 2007, we decreased the number of optional delinquent loan purchases from our single-family MBS trusts in order to preserve capital in compliance with our regulatory capital requirements. HomeSaver Advance, which is a loss mitigation tool discussed below that we implemented in the first quarter of 2008, has affected our optional delinquent loan purchases. The significant reduction in liquidity in the mortgage markets, along with the increase in mortgage credit risk, that was observed in the second half of 2007 has persisted and continued to exert downward pressure on the valuations of these loans.
 
Table 11:  Statistics on Seriously Delinquent Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts Subject to SOP 03-3
 
                                                 
    2008     2007  
    Q2     Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1  
 
Average market price (1)
    53 %     60 %     70 %     72 %     93 %     94 %
Unpaid principal balance and accrued interest of loans purchased (dollars in millions)
  $ 807     $ 1,704     $ 1,832     $ 2,349     $ 881     $ 1,057  
Number of seriously delinquent loans purchased
    4,618       10,586       11,997       15,924       6,396       8,009  
 
 
(1) The value of primary mortgage insurance is included as a component of the average market price.
 
Table 12 presents activity related to seriously delinquent loans subject to SOP 03-3 purchased from MBS trusts under our guaranty arrangements for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and June 30, 2008.


30


 

 
Table 12:  Activity of Seriously Delinquent Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts Subject to SOP 03-3
 
                                         
                Allowance
             
    Contractual
    Market
    for Loan
    Net
       
    Amount (1)     Discount     Losses     Investment        
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 8,096     $ (991 )   $ (39 )   $ 7,066          
Purchases of delinquent loans
    1,704       (728 )           976          
Provision for credit losses
                (35 )     (35 )        
Principal repayments
    (180 )     46       1       (133 )        
Modifications and troubled debt restructurings
    (915 )     331       5       (579 )        
Foreclosures, transferred to REO
    (619 )     169       18       (432 )        
                                         
Balance as of March 31, 2008
  $ 8,086     $ (1,173 )   $ (50 )   $ 6,863          
Purchases of delinquent loans
    807       (380 )           427          
Provision for credit losses
                (86 )     (86 )        
Principal repayments
    (192 )     28       2       (162 )        
Modifications and troubled debt restructurings
    (582 )     240       5       (337 )        
Foreclosures, transferred to REO
    (471 )     129       15       (327 )        
                                         
Balance as of June 30, 2008
  $ 7,648     $ (1,156 )   $ (114 )   $ 6,378          
                                         
 
 
(1) Reflects contractually required principal and accrued interest payments that we believe are probable of collection.
 
Tables 13 and 14 provide information about the re-performance, or cure rates, of seriously delinquent single-family loans we purchased from MBS trusts during the first and second quarters of 2008, each of the quarters for 2007 and each of the years 2004 to 2007, as of both (1) June 30, 2008 and (2) the end of each respective period in which the loans were purchased. Table 13 includes all seriously delinquent loans we purchased from our MBS trusts, while Table 14 includes only those seriously delinquent loans that we purchased from our MBS trusts because we intended to modify the loan.
 
We believe there are inherent limitations in the re-performance statistics presented in Tables 13 and 14, both because of the significant lag between the time a loan is purchased from an MBS trust and the conclusion of the delinquent loan resolution process and because, in our experience, it generally takes at least 18 to 24 months to assess the ultimate re-performance of a delinquent loan. Accordingly, these re-performance statistics, particularly those for more recent loan purchases, are likely to change, perhaps materially. As a result, we believe the re-performance rates as of June 30, 2008 for delinquent loans purchased from MBS trusts during 2008 and 2007, and, to a lesser extent, the latter half of 2006, may not be indicative of the ultimate long-term performance of these loans. In addition, our cure rates may be affected by changes in our loss mitigation efforts and delinquent loan purchase practices.
 
Table 13:  Re-performance Rates of Seriously Delinquent Single-Family Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts (1)
 
                                                                                 
    Status as of June 30, 2008  
    2008     2007                          
    Q2     Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Cured without modification (2)
    10 %     15 %     16 %     19 %     18 %     25 %     20 %     37 %     45 %     43 %
Cured with modification (3)
    35       45       32       18       34       29       26       29       16       15  
                                                                                 
Total cured
    45       60       48       37       52       54       46       66       61       58  
Defaults (4)
    2       5       16       31       21       26       24       23       32       37  
90 days or more delinquent
    53       35       36       32       27       20       30       11       7       5  
                                                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                                                 
 


31


 

                                                                                 
    Status as of the End of Each Respective Period  
    2008     2007                          
    Q2     Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Cured without modification (2)
    10 %     7 %     11 %     10 %     11 %     17 %     16 %     32 %     31 %     33 %
Cured with modification (3)
    35       37       26       12       31       26       26       29       12       12  
                                                                                 
Total cured
    45       44       37       22       42       43       42       61       43       45  
Defaults (4)
    2       2       4       6       3       3       13       9       12       14  
90 days or more delinquent
    53       54       59       72       55       54       45       30       45       41  
                                                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                                                 
 
 
(1) Re-performance rates calculated based on number of loans.
 
(2) Loans classified as cured without modification consist of the following: (1) loans that are brought current without modification; (2) loans that are paid in full; (3) loans that are repurchased by lenders; (4) loans that have not been modified but are returned to accrual status because they are less than 90 days delinquent; (5) loans for which the default is resolved through long-term forbearance; and (6) loans for which the default is resolved through a repayment plan. We do not extend the maturity date, change the interest rate or otherwise modify the principal amount of any loan that we resolve through long-term forbearance or a repayment plan unless we first purchase the loan from the MBS trust.
 
(3) Loans classified as cured with modification consist of loans that are brought current or are less than 90 days delinquent as a result of resolution of the default under the loan through the following: (1) a modification that does not result in a concession to the borrower; or (2) a modification that results in a concession to a borrower, which is referred to as a troubled debt restructuring. Concessions may include an extension of the time to repay the loan beyond its original maturity date or a temporary or permanent reduction in the loan’s interest rate.
 
(4) Consists of foreclosures, preforeclosure sales, sales to third parties and deeds in lieu of foreclosure.
 
Table 14 below presents cure rates only for seriously delinquent single-family loans that have been modified after their purchase from MBS trusts. The cure rates for these modified seriously delinquent loans differ substantially from those shown in Table 13, which presents the information for all seriously delinquent loans purchased from our MBS trusts. Loans that have not been modified tend to start with a lower cure rate than those of modified loans, and the cure rate tends to rise over time as loss mitigation strategies for those loans are developed and then implemented. In contrast, modified loans tend to start with a high cure rate, and the cure rate tends to decline over time. For example, as shown below in Table 14, the initial cure rate for modified loans as of the end of 2007 was 85%, compared with 72% as of June 30, 2008.
 
Table 14:   Re-performance Rates of Seriously Delinquent Single-Family Loans Purchased from MBS Trusts and Modified (1)
 
                                                                                 
    Status as of June 30, 2008  
    2008     2007                          
    Q2     Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Cured
    99 %     90 %     77 %     70 %     68 %     70 %     72 %     79 %     76 %     73 %
Defaults (2)
                1       3       5       6       3       8       12       17  
90 days or more delinquent
    1       10       22       27       27       24       25       13       12       10  
                                                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                                                 
 
                                                                                 
    Status as of the End of Each Respective Period  
    2008     2007                          
    Q2     Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Cured
    99 %     99 %     100 %     100 %     99 %     99 %     85 %     91 %     87 %     88 %
Defaults (2)
                                        1       1       1       1  
90 days or more delinquent
    1       1                   1       1       14       8       12       11  
                                                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                                                 

32


 

 
(1) Re-performance rates calculated based on number of loans.
 
(2) Consists of foreclosures, preforeclosure sales, sales to third parties and deeds in lieu of foreclosure.
 
The substantial majority of the loans reported as cured in Tables 13 and 14 above represent loans for which we believe it is probable that we will collect all of the original contractual principal and interest payments because one or more of the following has occurred: (1) the borrower has brought the loan current without servicer intervention; (2) the loan has paid off; (3) the lender has repurchased the loan; or (4) we have resolved the loan through modification, long-term forbearances or repayment plans. The variance in the cumulative cure rates as of June 30, 2008, compared with the cure rates as of the end of each period in which the loans were purchased from the MBS trust, as displayed in Tables 13 and 14, is primarily due to the amount of time that has elapsed since the loan was purchased to allow for the implementation of a workout solution if necessary.
 
A troubled debt restructuring is the only form of modification in which we do not expect to collect the full original contractual principal and interest amount due under the loan, although other resolutions and modifications may result in our receiving the full amount due, or certain installments due, under the loan over a period of time that is longer than the period of time originally provided for under the loan. Of the percentage of loans reported as cured as of June 30, 2008 for the second and first quarters of 2008 and for the years 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, approximately 74%, 67%, 39%, 15%, 4% and 2%, respectively, represented troubled debt restructurings where we have provided a concession to the borrower.
 
Required and Optional Purchases of Single Family Loans from MBS Trusts
 
Table 15 presents information on our required and optional purchases of single-family loans from MBS trusts.
 
Table 15:  Required and Optional Purchases of Single-Family Loans from MBS Trusts
 
                                         
          Approximate
    Aggregate
             
    Serious
    Number of
    Unpaid
             
    Delinquency
    Loans
    Principal
    Required
    Optional
 
    Rate (1)     Purchased     Balance (2)     Purchases (3)     Purchases (4)  
    (Dollars in billions)  
 
For the quarter ended:
                                       
December 31, 2007
    0.67 %     13,200     $ 2.0       74 %     26 %
March 31, 2008
    0.85       11,400       1.8       97       3  
June 30, 2008
    1.10       5,000       0.9       91       9  
 
 
(1) Represents serious delinquency rates for conventional single-family loans in Fannie Mae MBS trusts.
 
(2) Represents unpaid principal balance and accrued interest for single-family loans purchased from MBS trusts during the quarter.
 
(3) Calculated based on the number of loans purchased that we were required to purchase, including purchases of loans we plan to modify, divided by the total number of loans we purchased from MBS trusts during the quarter.
 
(4) Calculated based on the number of loans purchased on an optional basis divided by the total number of loans we purchased from MBS trusts during the quarter.
 
The proportion of delinquent loans purchased from MBS trusts for the purpose of modification varies from period to period, driven primarily by factors such as changes in our loss mitigation efforts, as well as changes in interest rates and other market factors. HomeSaver Advance, which serves as a loss mitigation tool earlier in the delinquency cycle than a modification can be offered due to our MBS trust constraints, allows borrowers to cure their payment defaults without requiring modification of their mortgage loans. HomeSaver Advance allows servicers to provide qualified borrowers with a 15-year unsecured personal loan in an amount equal to all past due payments relating to their mortgage loan, up to the lesser of $15,000 or 15% of the unpaid principal balance of the delinquent first lien loan. Because HomeSaver Advance does not require modification of the first lien loan, we are not required to purchase the delinquent loans from the MBS trusts. We purchased 17,901 unsecured, outstanding HomeSaver Advances with an unpaid principal balance of $127 million as of June 30, 2008. The average advance made was approximately $7,100. We record these loans, which we report in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as a component of “Other assets,” at their estimated fair value at the date of purchase and assess for impairment subsequent to the date of purchase. The


33


 

carrying value of our HomeSaver Advances was $4 million as of June 30, 2008. The fair value of these loans is less than the outstanding unpaid principal balance for several reasons, including the lack of underlying collateral to secure the loans, the large discount that market participants have placed on mortgage-related financial assets, and the uncertainty about how these loans will perform given the current housing market and insufficient amount of time to adequately assess their performance. Although several months of payment history is generally required to fully assess loan performance, approximately 59% of the first lien mortgage loans associated with the HomeSaver Advances made through the end of May 2008 were current as of June 30, 2008.
 
We expect HomeSaver Advance to continue to reduce the number of delinquent loans that we otherwise would have purchased from our MBS trusts for the remainder of 2008. Although our optional loan purchases have decreased since the end of 2007, we expect that our SOP 03-3 fair value losses for 2008 will be higher than the losses recorded for 2007, based on the number of required and optional loans we purchased from MBS trusts during the first six months of 2008 and the continued weakness in the housing market, which has reduced the price of these loans.
 
Credit Loss Performance Metrics
 
Management views our credit loss performance metrics, which include our historical credit losses and our credit loss ratio, as significant indicators of the effectiveness of our credit risk management strategies. Management uses these metrics together with other credit risk measures to assess the credit quality of our existing guaranty book of business, make determinations about our loss mitigation strategies, evaluate our historical credit loss performance and determine the level of our loss reserves. These metrics, however, are not defined terms within GAAP and may not be calculated in the same manner as similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Because management does not view changes in the fair value of our mortgage loans as credit losses, we exclude SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses that have not yet produced an economic loss from our credit loss performance metrics. However, we include in our credit loss performance metrics the impact of any credit losses we experience on loans subject to SOP 03-3 or first lien loans associated with HomeSaver Advance loans that result in foreclosure.
 
We believe that our credit loss performance metrics are useful to investors because they reflect how management evaluates our credit performance and the effectiveness of our credit risk management strategies and loss mitigation efforts. They also provide a consistent treatment of credit losses for on- and off-balance sheet loans. Moreover, by presenting credit losses with and without the effect of SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses, investors are able to evaluate our credit performance on a more consistent basis among periods.
 
Table 16 below details the components of our credit loss performance metrics, which exclude the effect of SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
Table 16:  Credit Loss Performance Metrics
 
                                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended June 30,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    Amount     Ratio (1)     Amount     Ratio (1)     Amount     Ratio (1)     Amount     Ratio (1)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Charge-offs, net of recoveries
  $ 1,354       18.9 bp   $ 206       3.3 bp   $ 2,623       18.6 bp   $ 384       3.1 bp
Foreclosed property expense
    264       3.7       84       1.4       434       3.1       156       1.3  
Less: SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses (2)
    (494 )     (6.9 )     (66 )     (1.1 )     (1,231 )     (8.7 )     (135 )     (1.1 )
Plus: Impact of SOP 03-3 on charge-offs and foreclosed property expense (3)
    129       1.8       26       0.4       298       2.1       51       0.4  
                                                                 
Credit losses (4)
  $ 1,253       17.5 bp   $ 250       4.0 bp   $ 2,124       15.1 bp   $ 456       3.7 bp
                                                                 


34


 

 
(1) Based on the annualized amount for each line item presented divided by the average guaranty book of business during the period. We previously calculated our credit loss ratio based on annualized credit losses as a percentage of our mortgage credit book of business, which includes non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities held in our mortgage investment portfolio that we do not guarantee. Because losses related to non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities are not reflected in our credit losses, we revised the calculation of our credit loss ratio to reflect credit losses as a percentage of our guaranty book of business. Our credit loss ratio calculated based on our mortgage credit book of business would have been 16.7 basis points and 3.8 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our charge-off ratio calculated based on our mortgage credit book of business would have been 18.0 basis points and 3.1 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our credit loss ratio calculated based on our mortgage credit book of business would have been 14.3 basis points and 3.5 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our charge-off ratio calculated based on our mortgage credit book of business would have been 17.7 basis points and 3.0 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
(2) Represents the amount recorded as a loss when the acquisition cost of a seriously delinquent loan purchased from an MBS trust exceeds the fair value of the loan at acquisition. Also includes the difference between the unpaid principal balance of HomeSaver Advance loans at origination and the estimated fair value of these loans that we record in our condensed consolidated balance sheets.
 
(3) For seriously delinquent loans purchased from MBS trusts that are recorded at a fair value amount at acquisition that is lower than the acquisition cost, any loss recorded at foreclosure would be less than it would have been if we had recorded the loan at its acquisition cost instead of at fair value. Accordingly, we have added back to our credit losses the amount of charge-offs and foreclosed property expense that we would have recorded if we had calculated these amounts based on the purchase price.
 
(4) Interest forgone on nonperforming loans in our mortgage portfolio, which is presented in Table 39, reduces our net interest income but is not reflected in our credit losses total. In addition, other-than-temporary impairment losses resulting from deterioration in the credit quality of our mortgage-related securities and accretion of interest income on loans subject to SOP 03-3 are excluded from credit losses.
 
Our credit loss ratio increased to 17.5 basis points and 15.1 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from 4.0 basis points and 3.7 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. The substantial increase in our credit losses reflected the impact of a further deterioration of conditions in the housing and credit markets. The decline in national home prices and the economic weakness in the Midwest have continued to contribute to higher default rates and loan loss severities, particularly for certain higher risk loan categories, loan vintages and loans within certain states that have had the greatest home price depreciation from their recent peaks. Our credit loss ratio including the effect of SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses was 22.6 basis points and 21.7 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, and 4.7 basis points and 4.4 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively.
 
Certain higher risk loan types, such as Alt-A loans, interest-only loans, loans to borrowers with low credit scores and loans with high loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios, many of which were originated in 2006 and 2007, represented approximately 29% of our single-family conventional mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008, but accounted for approximately 72% and 70% of our credit losses for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with 52% and 51% for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively.
 
The states of California, Florida, Arizona and Nevada, which represented approximately 27% of our single-family conventional mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008, accounted for 48% and 42% of our credit losses for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with 8% and 5% for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. Michigan and Ohio, two key states driving credit losses in the Midwest, represented approximately 6% of our single-family conventional mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008, but accounted for 18% and 23% of our credit losses for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with 46% and 44% for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively.
 
In light of our experience during the second quarter and our credit performance in July, we are increasing our forecast for our credit loss ratio (which excludes SOP 03-3 and HomeSaver Advance fair value losses) of 23 to 26 basis points for 2008, as compared with our previous guidance of 13 to 17 basis points. We continue to anticipate that our credit loss ratio will increase further in 2009 compared with 2008.


35


 

We provide more detailed credit performance information, including serious delinquency rates by geographic region, statistics on nonperforming loans and foreclosed property activity, in “Risk Management—Credit Risk Management—Mortgage Credit Risk Management—Mortgage Credit Book of Business.”
 
Credit Loss Sensitivity
 
Pursuant to our September 2005 agreement with OFHEO, we disclose on a quarterly basis the present value of the change in future expected credit losses from our existing single-family guaranty book of business from an immediate 5% decline in single-family home prices for the entire United States. Table 17 shows the credit loss sensitivity before and after consideration of projected credit risk sharing proceeds, such as private mortgage insurance claims and other credit enhancement, as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 for first lien single-family whole loans we own or that back Fannie Mae MBS. The sensitivity results represent the difference between our base case scenario of the present value of expected credit losses and credit risk sharing proceeds, derived from our internal home price path forecast, and a scenario that assumes an instantaneous nationwide 5% decline in home prices. The increase in the credit loss sensitivities since December 31, 2007 reflects the decline in home prices during the first half of 2008 and the current negative near-term outlook for the housing and credit markets. These higher sensitivities also reflect the impact of updates to our underlying credit loss estimation models to capture the credit risk associated with the rapidly changing and worsening of conditions in the housing market. An environment of continuing lower home prices affects the frequency and timing of defaults and increases the level of credit losses, resulting in greater loss sensitivities. Although the anticipated credit risk sharing proceeds have increased as home prices have declined, the expected amount of proceeds resulting from a 5% home price shock are lower. As home prices decline, the number of loans without mortgage insurance that are projected to default increases and the losses on loans with mortgage insurance that default are more likely to increase to a level that exceeds the level of mortgage insurance.
 
Table 17:  Single-Family Credit Loss Sensitivity (1)
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Gross single-family credit loss sensitivity (2)
  $ 11,300     $ 9,644  
Less: Projected credit risk sharing proceeds
    (3,933 )     (5,102 )
                 
Net single-family credit loss sensitivity (2)
  $ 7,367     $ 4,542  
                 
Outstanding single-family whole loans and Fannie Mae MBS
  $ 2,660,098     $ 2,523,440  
Single-family net credit loss sensitivity as a percentage of outstanding single-family whole loans and Fannie Mae MBS
    0.28 %     0.18 %
 
 
(1) For purposes of this calculation, we assume that, after the initial 5% shock, home price growth rates return to the average of the possible growth rate paths used in our internal credit pricing models. The present value change reflects the increase in future expected credit losses under this shock scenario.
 
(2) Represents total economic credit losses, which consists of credit losses and forgone interest. Calculations are based on approximately 97% of our total single-family guaranty book of business as of both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. The mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities that are included in these estimates consist of: (i) single-family Fannie Mae MBS (whether held in our mortgage portfolio or held by third parties), excluding certain whole loan real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) and private-label wraps; (ii) single-family mortgage loans, excluding mortgages secured only by second liens, subprime mortgages, manufactured housing chattel loans and reverse mortgages; and (iii) long-term standby commitments. We expect the inclusion in our estimates of the excluded products may impact the estimated sensitivities set forth in this table.
 
We generated these sensitivities using the same models that we use to estimate fair value. Because these sensitivities represent hypothetical scenarios, they should be used with caution. They are limited in that they assume an instantaneous uniform nationwide decline in home prices, which is not representative of the historical pattern of changes in home prices. Changes in home prices generally vary on a regional basis. In addition, these sensitivities are calculated independently without considering changes in other interrelated


36


 

assumptions, such as unemployment rates or other economic factors, which would likely have a significant impact on our credit losses.
 
Other Non-Interest Expenses
 
Other non-interest expenses increased to $286 million and $791 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from $60 million and $164 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. The increase in expenses for each period was predominately due to a reduction in the amount of net gains recognized on the extinguishment of debt and interest expense related to an increase in our unrecognized tax benefit.
 
Federal Income Taxes
 
We recorded a tax benefit of $476 million and $3.4 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, which resulted in an effective tax rate, excluding the provision or benefit related to extraordinary amounts of 17% and 43%, respectively. The tax benefit for each period was due in part to the pre-tax loss for the period as well as the tax credits generated from our LIHTC partnership investments. The reduction of our tax benefit as a percentage of pre-tax loss in the three months ended June 30, 2008 as compared with the three months ended March 31, 2008, was due in part to an increase in our projected credit losses for 2008 which is used in computing our annual effective tax rate. In comparison, we recorded a tax provision of $187 million and $114 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, and our effective tax rate was 9% and 4%, respectively.
 
In calculating our interim provision for income taxes, we use an estimate of our annual effective tax rate, which we update each quarter based on actual historical information and forward-looking estimates. The estimated annual effective tax rate may fluctuate each period based upon changes in facts and circumstances, if any, as compared with those forecasted at the beginning of the year and each interim period thereafter.
 
BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS
 
The presentation of the results of each of our three business segments is intended to reflect each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. We describe the management reporting and allocation process that we use to generate our segment results in our 2007 Form 10-K in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 15, Segment Reporting.” We summarize our segment results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 in the tables below and provide a discussion of these results. We include more detail on our segment results in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 13, Segment Reporting.”
 
Single-Family Business
 
Our Single-Family business recorded a net loss of $2.4 billion and $3.4 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with net income of $136 million and $491 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. Table 18 summarizes the financial results for our Single-Family business for the periods indicated.


37


 

 
Table 18:  Single-Family Business Results
 
                                                                 
    For the
    For the
             
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
    Quarterly
    Year-to-Date
 
    June 30,     June 30,     Variance     Variance  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     $     %     $     %  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Statement of operations data:
                                                               
Guaranty fee income
  $ 1,819     $ 1,304     $ 3,761     $ 2,591     $ 515       39 %   $ 1,170       45 %
Trust management income
    74       141       179       295       (67 )     (48 )     (116 )     (39 )
Other income (1)(2)
    197       184       385       360       13       7       25       7  
Losses on certain guaranty contracts
          (451 )           (731 )     451       100       731       100  
Credit-related expenses (3)
    (5,339 )     (519 )     (8,593 )     (845 )     (4,820 )     (929 )     (7,748 )     (917 )
Other expenses (1)(4)
    (461 )     (454 )     (994 )     (922 )     (7 )     (2 )     (72 )     (8 )
                                                                 
Income (loss) before federal income taxes
    (3,710 )     205       (5,262 )     748       (3,915 )     (1,910 )     (6,010 )     (803 )
Benefit (provision) for federal income taxes
    1,304       (69 )     1,848       (257 )     1,373       1,990       2,105       819  
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,406 )   $ 136     $ (3,414 )   $ 491     $ (2,542 )     (1,869 )%   $ (3,905 )     (795 )%
                                                                 
Other key performance data:
                                                               
Average single-family guaranty book of business (5)
  $ 2,704,345     $ 2,349,006     $ 2,668,099     $ 2,318,897     $ 355,339       15 %   $ 349,202       15 %
 
 
(1) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
(2) Consists of net interest income, investment gains and losses, and fee and other income.
 
(3) Consists of the provision for credit losses and foreclosed property expense.
 
(4) Consists of administrative expenses and other expenses.
 
(5) The single-family guaranty book of business consists of single-family mortgage loans held in our mortgage portfolio, single-family Fannie Mae MBS held in our mortgage portfolio, single-family Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties, and other credit enhancements that we provide on single-family mortgage assets. Excludes non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities held in our investment portfolio for which we do not provide a guaranty.
 
Key factors affecting the results of our Single-Family business for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 compared with the second quarter and first six months of 2007 included the following.
 
  •  Increased guaranty fee income, attributable to growth in the average single-family guaranty book of business, coupled with an increase in the average effective single-family guaranty fee rate.
 
  —  We experienced an increase of 15% in our average single-family guaranty book of business for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 over the second quarter and first six months of 2007, reflecting the significant increase in our market share since the end of the second quarter of 2007. Our single-family guaranty book of business increased to $2.7 trillion as of June 30, 2008, from $2.4 trillion as of June 30, 2007. Our estimated market share of new single-family mortgage-related securities issuances, which is based on publicly available data and excludes previously securitized mortgages, increased to approximately 45.4% and 47.6% for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from 27.9% and 26.5% for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively.
 
  —  Our average effective single-family guaranty fee rate increased to 26.9 basis points and 28.2 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, from 22.2 basis points and 22.3 basis points for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. The growth in our average effective single-family guaranty fee rate for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 over the comparable periods in 2007 reflects the accelerated recognition of deferred amounts into income as interest rates were lower in the second quarter and first six months of 2008, relative to the


38


 

  level of interest rates during the comparable prior year periods. Our average effective single-family guaranty fee rate for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 also reflects the impact of guaranty fee pricing changes and a shift in the composition of our guaranty book of business to a greater proportion of higher-quality, lower risk and lower guaranty fee mortgages, as we reduced our acquisitions of higher risk, higher fee product categories, such as Alt-A loans.
 
  •  The elimination of losses on certain guaranty contracts due to the change in measuring the fair value of our guaranty obligation upon adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008.
 
  •  A substantial increase in credit-related expenses, primarily due to an increase in the provision for credit losses due to higher charge-offs, as well as a higher incremental provision to build our loss reserves, reflecting worsening credit performance trends, including significant increases in delinquencies, default rates and average loan loss severities, particularly in certain states and higher risk loan categories. We also experienced an increase in SOP 03-3 fair value losses, which are recorded as a component of our provision for credit losses.
 
  •  A relatively stable effective income tax rate of approximately 35%, which represents our statutory tax rate.
 
HCD Business
 
Our HCD business recorded net income of $72 million and $222 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with net income of $110 million and $273 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. Table 19 summarizes the financial results for our HCD business for the periods indicated.
 
Table 19:  HCD Business Results
 
                                                                 
    For the
    For the
             
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
    Quarterly
    Year-to-Date
 
    June 30,     June 30,     Variance     Variance  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     $     %     $     %  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Statement of operations data:
                                                               
Guaranty fee income
  $ 134     $ 110     $ 282     $ 211     $ 24       22 %   $ 71       34 %
Other income (1)
    52       106       116       200       (54 )     (51 )     (84 )     (42 )
Losses on partnership investments
    (195 )     (215 )     (336 )     (380 )     20       9       44       12  
Credit-related income (expenses) (2)
    (10 )     1       1       6       (11 )     (1,100 )     (5 )     (83 )
Other expenses (3)
    (225 )     (263 )     (479 )     (510 )     38       14       31       6  
                                                                 
Loss before federal income taxes
    (244 )     (261 )     (416 )     (473 )     17       7       57       12  
Benefit for federal income taxes
    316       371       638       746       (55 )     (15 )     (108 )     (14 )
                                                                 
Net income
  $ 72     $ 110     $ 222     $ 273     $ (38 )     (35 )%   $ (51 )     (19 )%
                                                                 
Other key performance data:
                                                               
Average multifamily guaranty book of business (4)
  $ 158,444     $ 126,575     $ 155,173     $ 124,818     $ 31,869       25 %   $ 30,355       24 %
 
 
(1) Consists of trust management income and fee and other income (expense).
 
(2) Consists of provision for credit losses and foreclosed property income (expense).
 
(3) Consists of net interest expense, losses on certain guaranty contracts, administrative expenses, minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries and other expenses.
 
(4) The multifamily guaranty book of business consists of multifamily mortgage loans held in our mortgage portfolio, multifamily Fannie Mae MBS held in our mortgage portfolio, multifamily Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties and other credit enhancements that we provide on multifamily mortgage assets. Excludes non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related securities held in our investment portfolio for which we do not provide a guaranty.


39


 

 
Key factors affecting the results of our HCD business for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 compared with the second quarter and first six months of 2007 included the following.
 
  •  Increased guaranty fee income, attributable to growth in the average multifamily guaranty book of business and an increase in the average effective multifamily guaranty fee rate. These increases reflect the increased investment and liquidity that we are providing to the multifamily mortgage market.
 
  •  A decrease in other income, attributable to lower multifamily fees due to a reduction in multifamily loan liquidations for the first six months of 2008.
 
  •  A decrease in losses on partnership investments, primarily due to a decline in tax-advantaged investments and gains on the sales of some of our LIHTC investments, partially offset by increases in our non-tax advantaged investments.
 
  •  A tax benefit of $316 million and $638 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, driven primarily by tax credits of $229 million and $490 million, respectively. In comparison, we recorded a tax benefit of $371 million and $746 million for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively, driven by tax credits of $277 million and $577 million, respectively.
 
Capital Markets Group
 
Our Capital Markets group recorded net income of $34 million and a net loss of $1.3 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with net income of $1.7 billion and $2.1 billion for the second quarter and first six months of 2007, respectively. Table 20 summarizes the financial results for our Capital Markets group for the periods indicated.
 
Table 20:  Capital Markets Group Results
 
                                                                 
    For the
    For the
             
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
    Quarterly
    Year-to-Date
 
    June 30,     June 30,     Variance     Variance  
    2008     2007     2008     2007     $     %     $     %  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Statement of operations data :
                                                               
Net interest income
  $ 2,003     $ 1,182     $ 3,662     $ 2,391     $ 821       69 %   $ 1,271       53 %
Investment losses, net (1)
    (846 )     (86 )     (909 )     201       (760 )     (884 )     (1,110 )     (552 )
Fair value gains (losses), net (1)
    517       1,424       (3,860 )     858       (907 )     (64 )     (4,718 )     (550 )
Fee and other income (1)
    82       83       145       187       (1 )     (1 )     (42 )     (22 )
Other expenses (2)
    (545 )     (410 )     (1,216 )     (884 )     (135 )     (33 )     (332 )     (38 )
                                                                 
Income (loss) before federal income taxes and extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    1,211       2,193       (2,178 )     2,753       (982 )     (45 )     (4,931 )     (179 )
Benefit (provision) for federal income taxes
    (1,144 )     (489 )     918       (603 )     (655 )     (134 )     1,521       252  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (33 )     (3 )     (34 )     (6 )     (30 )     (1,000 )     (28 )     (467 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 34     $ 1,701     $ (1,294 )   $ 2,144     $ (1,667 )     (98 )%   $ (3,438 )     (160 )%
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
(2) Includes debt extinguishment losses, allocated guaranty fee expense, administrative expenses and other expenses.
 
Key factors affecting the results of our Capital Markets group for the second quarter and first six months of 2008 compared with the second quarter and first six months of 2007 included the following.
 
  •  An increase in net interest income, primarily attributable to an expansion of our taxable-equivalent net interest yield driven by the reduction in short-term interest rates, which reduced the average cost of our debt, and wider mortgage-to-debt spreads on acquisitions. The reversal of accrued interest expense on step-rate debt that we redeemed during the first quarter of 2008 also reduced the average cost of our debt.


40


 

 
  •  A decrease in fair value gains for the second quarter of 2008 compared with the second quarter of 2007, largely due to adjustments on hedged mortgage assets attributable to the increase in interest rates during the quarter. The fair value losses recorded for the first six months of 2008 were primarily attributable to losses on our trading securities resulting from the significant widening of spreads during the first quarter of 2008 and the decrease in interest rates during the first quarter of 2008.
 
  •  A significant increase in investment losses due to other-than-temporary impairment on AFS securities, principally for Alt-A and subprime private-label securities, reflecting a reduction in expected cash flows due to higher expected defaults and loss severities on the underlying mortgages.
 
  •  An effective tax rate of 94% and 42% for the second quarter and first six months of 2008, respectively, compared with an effective tax rate of 22% for both the second quarter and first six months of 2007. Fluctuations in our effective tax rate and variances between the effective tax rate and statutory rate reflect fluctuations in our pre-tax earnings and the relative benefit of tax-exempt income generated from our investments in mortgage revenue bonds. In addition, the effective tax rate for the second quarter of 2008 reflected an adjustment during the quarter to our estimated annual 2008 corporate effective tax rate, which was due in part to the increase in our projected credit losses for 2008.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS
 
Total assets of $885.9 billion as of June 30, 2008 increased by $6.5 billion, or 1%, from December 31, 2007. Total liabilities of $844.5 billion increased by $9.3 billion, or 1%, from December 31, 2007. Stockholders’ equity of $41.2 billion reflected a decrease of $2.8 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2007. Following is a discussion of material changes in the major components of our assets and liabilities since December 31, 2007.
 
Mortgage Investments
 
Table 21 summarizes our mortgage portfolio activity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
Table 21:  Mortgage Portfolio Activity (1)
 
                                                                 
    For the
          For the
       
    Three Months Ended
          Six Months Ended
       
    June 30,     Variance     June 30,     Variance  
    2008     2007     $     %     2008     2007     $     %  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Purchases (2)
  $ 60,315     $ 48,287     $ 12,028       25 %   $ 95,815     $ 84,004     $ 11,811       14 %
Sales
    9,051       8,048       1,003       12       22,580       25,039       (2,459 )     (10 )
Liquidations (3)
    25,020       32,671       (7,651 )     (23 )     48,591       64,908       (16,317 )     (25 )
 
 
(1) Excludes unamortized premiums, discounts and other cost basis adjustments.
 
(2) Excludes advances to lenders and mortgage-related securities acquired through the extinguishment of debt.
 
(3) Includes scheduled repayments, prepayments and foreclosures.
 
For the first two months of 2008, we were subject to an OFHEO-directed limitation on the size of our mortgage portfolio. OFHEO’s mortgage portfolio cap requirement, which is described in our 2007 Form 10-K, was eliminated by OFHEO effective March 1, 2008. OFHEO’s reduction in our capital surplus requirement provided us with more flexibility to take advantage of purchase opportunities. As a result, we were able to increase our portfolio purchases during the first six months of 2008, particularly in the second quarter of 2008, as mortgage-to-debt spreads reached historic highs, which presented more opportunities for us to purchase mortgage assets at attractive prices and spreads. We experienced a decrease in mortgage liquidations during the second quarter and first six months of 2008 relative to the second quarter and first six months of 2007, reflecting a decline in refinancing activity due to the continuing deterioration in the housing market and tightening of credit standards in the primary mortgage market, as well as higher mortgage interest rates.


41


 

Table 22 shows the composition of our net mortgage portfolio by product type and the carrying value as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Our net mortgage portfolio totaled $737.5 billion as of June 30, 2008, reflecting an increase of 2% from December 31, 2007.
 
Table 22:  Mortgage Portfolio Composition (1)
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Mortgage loans: (2)
               
Single-family:
               
Government insured or guaranteed
  $ 36,009     $ 28,202  
Conventional:
               
Long-term, fixed-rate
    191,351       193,607  
Intermediate-term, fixed-rate (3)
    44,124       46,744  
Adjustable-rate
    43,758       43,278  
                 
Total conventional single-family
    279,233       283,629  
                 
Total single-family
    315,242       311,831  
                 
Multifamily:
               
Government insured or guaranteed
    753       815  
Conventional:
               
Long-term, fixed-rate
    5,537       5,615  
Intermediate-term, fixed-rate (3)
    83,296       73,609  
Adjustable-rate
    16,164       11,707  
                 
Total conventional multifamily
    104,997       90,931  
                 
Total multifamily
    105,750       91,746  
                 
Total mortgage loans
    420,992       403,577  
                 
Unamortized premiums (discounts) and other cost basis adjustments, net
    (1,050 )     726  
Lower of cost or market adjustments on loans held for sale
    (235 )     (81 )
Allowance for loan losses for loans held for investment
    (1,476 )     (698 )
                 
Total mortgage loans, net
    418,231       403,524  
                 
Mortgage-related securities:
               
Fannie Mae single-class MBS
    118,069       102,258  
Fannie Mae structured MBS
    75,052       77,905  
Non-Fannie Mae single-class mortgage securities
    28,599       28,129  
Non-Fannie Mae structured mortgage securities (4)
    92,524       96,373  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    15,788       16,315  
Other mortgage-related securities
    3,092       3,346  
                 
Total mortgage-related securities
    333,124       324,326  
                 
Market value adjustments (5)
    (11,531 )     (3,249 )
Other-than-temporary impairments
    (1,189 )     (603 )
Unamortized discounts and other cost basis adjustments, net (6)
    (1,147 )     (1,076 )
                 
Total mortgage-related securities, net
    319,257       319,398  
                 
Mortgage portfolio, net (7)
  $ 737,488     $ 722,922  
                 
 
 
(1) Mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities are reported at unpaid principal balance.
 
(2) Mortgage loans include unpaid principal balance totaling $82.4 billion and $81.8 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, related to mortgage-related securities that were consolidated under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46R (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (an interpretation of ARB No. 51) (“FIN 46R”) , and mortgage-related securities created from


42


 

securitization transactions that did not meet the sales criteria under SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfer and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125) (“SFAS 140”), which effectively resulted in mortgage-related securities being accounted for as loans.
 
(3) Intermediate-term, fixed-rate consists of mortgage loans with contractual maturities at purchase equal to or less than 15 years.
 
(4) Includes private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A or subprime mortgage loans totaling $57.8 billion and $64.5 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Refer to “Trading and Available-for-Sale Investment Securities—Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities” for a description of our investments in Alt-A and subprime securities.
 
(5) Includes unrealized gains and losses on mortgage-related securities and securities commitments classified as trading and available-for-sale.
 
(6) Includes the impact of other-than-temporary impairments of cost basis adjustments.
 
(7) Includes consolidated mortgage-related assets acquired through the assumption of debt. Also includes $736 million and $538 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities that we have pledged as collateral and which counterparties have the right to sell or repledge.
 
Liquid Investments
 
Our liquid assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, funding agreements with our lenders, including advances to lenders and repurchase agreements, and non-mortgage investment securities. Our liquid assets, net of cash equivalents pledged as collateral, decreased to $82.7 billion as of June 30, 2008 from $102.0 billion as of December 31, 2007, as we used funds to redeem a significant amount of higher cost long-term debt.
 
Trading and Available-for-Sale Investment Securities
 
Our mortgage investment securities are classified in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as either trading or AFS and reported at fair value. In conjunction with our January 1, 2008 adoption of SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”), we elected to reclassify all of our non-mortgage investment securities from AFS to trading. Table 23 shows the composition of our trading and AFS securities at amortized cost and fair value as of June 30, 2008, which totaled $356.7 billion and $344.8 billion, respectively. We also disclose the gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses related to our AFS securities as of June 30, 2008, and a stratification of these losses based on securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and for 12 months or longer.


43


 

 
Table 23:  Trading and AFS Investment Securities
 
                                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008  
                            Less Than 12
    12 Consecutive
 
                            Consecutive Months     Months or Longer  
          Gross
    Gross
    Total
    Gross
    Total
    Gross
    Total
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost (1)     Gains     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Trading:
                                                               
Fannie Mae single-class MBS
  $ 42,604     $     $     $ 42,908     $     $     $     $  
Fannie Mae structured MBS
    10,992                   10,945                          
Non-Fannie Mae single-class
mortgage-related securities
    1,122                   1,123                          
Non-Fannie Mae structured
mortgage-related securities
    20,772                   18,338                          
Mortgage revenue bonds
    799                   717                          
Asset-backed securities
    13,077                   12,843                          
Corporate debt securities
    10,193                   10,049                          
Other non-mortgage-related securities
    2,638                   2,639                          
                                                                 
Total trading
  $ 102,197     $     $     $ 99,562     $     $     $     $  
                                                                 
Available for sale:
                                                               
Fannie Mae single-class MBS
  $ 74,659     $ 572     $ (1,100 )   $ 74,131     $ (795 )   $ 42,373     $ (305 )   $ 7,143  
Fannie Mae structured MBS
    63,828       670       (700 )     63,798       (397 )     26,331       (303 )     7,568  
Non-Fannie Mae single-class
mortgage-related securities
    27,267       371       (153 )     27,485       (126 )     7,806       (27 )     1,172  
Non-Fannie Mae structured
mortgage-related securities
    71,045       102       (8,380 )     62,767       (2,359 )     24,757       (6,021 )     32,812  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    14,989       64       (736 )     14,317       (258 )     6,237       (478 )     3,900  
Other mortgage-related securities
    2,711       110       (93 )     2,728       (78 )     1,025       (15 )     93  
                                                                 
Total available for sale
  $ 254,499     $ 1,889     $ (11,162 )   $ 245,226     $ (4,013 )   $ 108,529     $ (7,149 )   $ 52,688  
                                                                 
Total investments in securities
  $ 356,696     $ 1,889     $ (11,162 )   $ 344,788     $ (4,013 )   $ 108,529     $ (7,149 )   $ 52,688  
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Amortized cost includes unamortized premiums, discounts and other cost basis adjustments, as well as other-than-temporary impairment write downs.
 
The estimated fair value of our AFS securities decreased to $245.2 billion as of June 30, 2008 from $293.6 billion as of December 31, 2007. Gross unrealized losses related to these securities totaled $11.2 billion as of June 30, 2008, compared with $4.8 billion as of December 31, 2007. The increase in gross unrealized losses during the first six months of 2008 was primarily due to significantly wider spreads during the period, which reduced the fair value of substantially all of our mortgage-related securities, particularly our private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A, subprime, and commercial multifamily loans. We discuss our process for assessing our AFS investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment below.
 
Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities
 
The non-Fannie Mae mortgage-related security categories presented in Table 23 above include agency mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae and private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A, subprime, multifamily, manufactured housing or other mortgage loans. We do not have any exposure to collateralized debt obligations, or CDOs. We classify private-label securities as Alt-A, subprime, multifamily or manufactured housing if the securities were labeled as such when issued. We also have invested in private-label Alt-A and subprime mortgage-related securities that we have resecuritized to include our guaranty (“wraps”), which we report in Table 23 above as a component of Fannie Mae structured MBS. We generally have focused our purchases of these securities on the highest-rated tranches available at the time of acquisition. Higher-rated tranches typically are supported by credit enhancements to reduce the exposure to losses. The credit enhancements on our private-label security investments generally are in the form of initial subordination provided by lower level tranches of these securities, prepayment proceeds within the trust and secondary guarantees from monoline financial guarantors based on specific performance


44


 

triggers. The characteristics of the subprime securities that we hold are different than the securities underlying the ABX indices. For example, the pass-through securities in our portfolio reflect the entirety of the underlying AAA cash flows, while only a portion of the underlying AAA cash flows backs the securities in the ABX indices.
 
We owned $104.9 billion of private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A, subprime, multifamily, manufactured housing and other mortgage loans and mortgage revenue bonds as of June 30, 2008, down from $111.1 billion as of December 31, 2007, reflecting a reduction of $6.2 billion due to principal payments. Table 24 summarizes, by loan type, the composition of our investments in private-label securities and mortgage revenue bonds as of June 30, 2008 and the average credit enhancement. The average credit enhancement generally reflects the level of cumulative losses that must be incurred before we experience a loss of principal on the tranche of securities that we own. Table 24 also provides information on the credit ratings of our private-label securities as of July 31, 2008. The credit rating reflects the lowest rating as reported by Standard & Poor’s (“Standard & Poor’s”), Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) or Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS, Limited”), each of which is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
 
Table 24:  Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities and Mortgage Revenue Bonds
 
                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008     As of July 31, 2008  
    Unpaid
    Average
                % Below
       
    Principal
    Credit
          % AA
    Investment
    Current %
 
    Balance     Enhancement (1)     % AAA (2)     to BBB- (2)     Grade (2)     Watchlist (3)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Private-label mortgage-related securities backed by:
                                               
Alt-A mortgage loans
  $ 29,507       24 %     96 %     4 %     %     14 %
Subprime mortgage loans
    28,276       37       42       48       10       22  
Multifamily mortgage loans
    25,880       30       100                    
Manufactured housing mortgage loans
    3,065       37       6       39       55       1  
Other mortgage loans
    2,411       6       96       1       3        
                                                 
Total private-label mortgage-related securities
    89,139                                          
Mortgage revenue bonds (4)
    15,788       35       48       50       2       27  
                                                 
Total
  $ 104,927                                          
                                                 
 
 
(1) Average credit enhancement percentage reflects both subordination and financial guarantees. Reflects the ratio of the current amount of the securities that will incur losses in a securitization structure before any losses are allocated to securities that we own. Percentage calculated based on the quotient of the total unpaid principal balance of all credit enhancement in the form of subordination or financial guarantee of the security divided by the total unpaid principal balance of all of the tranches of collateral pools from which credit support is drawn for the security that we own.
 
(2) Reflects credit ratings as of July 31, 2008, calculated based on unpaid principal balance as of June 30, 2008. Investment securities that have a credit rating below BBB- or its equivalent or that have not been rated are classified as below investment grade.
 
(3) Reflects percentage of investment securities, calculated based on unpaid principal balance as of June 30, 2008, that have been placed under review by either Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch or DBRS, Limited.
 
(4) Reflects that 35% of the outstanding unpaid principal balance of our mortgage revenue bonds are guaranteed by third parties.


45


 

 
Investments in Alt-A and Subprime Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities
 
As indicated in Table 24, the unpaid principal balance of our investments in private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and subprime loans totaled $57.8 billion as of June 30, 2008. For our investments in Alt-A and subprime private-label securities, including wraps, classified as trading, we recognized fair value gains of $316 million for the second quarter of 2008 and fair value losses of $763 million for the first six months of 2008. These amounts are included in our condensed consolidated results of operations as a component of “Fair value gains (losses), net.” The gross unrealized losses on our Alt-A and subprime securities, including wraps, classified as AFS were $7.6 billion as of June 30, 2008, compared with $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2007.
 
The substantial majority of our Alt-A private-label mortgage securities, or 96%, continued to be rated AAA as of July 31, 2008, and the remaining 4% were rated AA to BBB- as of July 31, 2008. Approximately $4.1 billion, or 14%, of our Alt-A private-label mortgage-related securities had been placed under review for possible credit downgrade or on negative watch as of July 31, 2008.
 
The percentages of our subprime private-label mortgage-related securities rated AAA and rated AA to BBB- were 42% and 48%, respectively, as of July 31, 2008, compared with 97% and 3%, respectively, as of December 31, 2007. The percentage of our subprime private-label mortgage-related securities rated below investment grade was 10% as of July 31, 2008. None of these securities were rated below investment grade as of December 31, 2007. Approximately $6.2 billion, or 22%, of our subprime private-label mortgage-related securities had been placed under review for possible credit downgrade or on negative watch as of July 31, 2008.
 
Other-than-temporary Impairment Assessment
 
Our policy for determining whether an impairment is other-than-temporary is based on an analysis of our AFS securities in an unrealized loss position as of the end of each quarter. As discussed in our 2007 Form 10-K in “Item 7—MD&A—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Other-than-temporary Impairment of Investment Securities,” the determination that a security has suffered an other-than-temporary decline in value requires management judgment and consideration of various factors, including, but not limited to, the severity and duration of the impairment, recent events specific to the issuer and/or the industry to which the issuer belongs, and external credit ratings, as well as the probability that we will not collect all of the contractual amounts due and our ability and intent to hold the security until recovery. Although external rating agency actions or changes in a security’s external credit rating is one criterion in our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment, a rating action alone is not necessarily indicative of other-than-temporary impairment.
 
We employ models to assess the expected performance of our Alt-A and subprime private-label securities under hypothetical scenarios. These models incorporate particular attributes of the loans underlying our securities and assumptions about changes in the economic environment, such as home prices and interest rates, to predict borrower behavior and the impact on default frequency, loss severity and remaining credit enhancement. We use these models to estimate the expected cash flows (“recoverable amount”) from our securities as part of our process in assessing whether it is probable that we will not collect all of the contractual amounts due. If the recoverable amount is less than the contractual principal and interest due, we may determine, based on this factor in combination with our assessment of other relevant factors, that the security is other-than-temporarily impaired. If we make that determination, the amount of other-than-temporary impairment is determined by reference to the security’s current fair value, rather than the expected cash flows of the security. We write down any other-than-temporarily impaired AFS security to its current fair value, record the difference between the cost basis and the fair value as an other-than-temporary loss in our consolidated statements of operations and establish a new cost basis for the security based on the current fair value. The fair value measurement we use to determine the amount of other- than-temporary impairment to record may be less than the actual amount we expect to realize by holding the security to maturity.
 
The performance of the loans underlying our Alt-A and subprime private-label securities has been adversely impacted by the significant deterioration of conditions in the mortgage and credit markets during the second quarter of 2008, including the rapid acceleration and deepening of home price declines. These conditions have


46


 

contributed to a sharp rise in expected defaults and loss severities and slower voluntary prepayment rates, particularly for the 2006 and 2007 loan vintages. Following is a comparison, based on data provided by Intex, where available, of the 60-plus days or more delinquency rates as of June 30, 2008 for Alt-A and subprime loans backing securities owned or guaranteed by Fannie Mae.
 
         
   
60+ Day Delinquencies (1)
 
Loan Categories
 
As of June 30, 2008
 
 
Option ARM Alt-A loans:
       
2004 and prior
    15.95 %
2005
    17.35  
2006
    21.44  
2007
    10.79  
Other Alt-A loans:
       
2004 and prior
    3.36  
2005
    8.78  
2006
    15.40  
2007
    17.55  
Subprime loans:
       
2004 and prior
    21.51  
2005
    36.51  
2006
    36.13  
2007
    23.87  
 
 
(1) For purposes of consistency, where appropriate, we have adjusted the delinquency data obtained from Intex to include in the delinquency rates all bankruptcies, foreclosures and real estate owned.
 
Our other-than-temporary impairment assessment as of the end of the second quarter of 2008, including an evaluation of the individual performance of the securities and the potential for continued adverse developments, indicated an increased level of uncertainty as to whether we would collect all principal and interest amounts due in accordance with the contractual terms. As a result, we determined that we did not have sufficient persuasive evidence to conclude that the impairment of certain AFS securities was temporary. For these securities, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment totaling $492 million in the second quarter of 2008, of which $116 million related to Alt-A securities with an unpaid principal balance of $449 million as of June 30, 2008, and $376 million related to subprime securities with an unpaid principal balance of $2.4 billion as of June 30, 2008. As of June 30, 2008, we had recognized cumulative other-than-temporary impairment totaling $714 million on our investments in Alt-A and subprime securities classified as AFS, including the $492 million that was recognized in the second quarter of 2008.
 
The current market pricing of Alt-A and subprime securities, which reflects a significant discount to cost, has been adversely affected by a significant reduction in the liquidity of these securities and market perceptions that defaults on the mortgages underlying these securities will increase significantly. As a result, the current fair value of some of these is substantially less than what we believe is indicated by the performance of the collateral underlying the securities and our calculation of the expected cash flows of the securities. Accordingly, although we have recognized other-than-temporary impairment equal to the difference between the cost basis and the fair value of the security, we anticipate at this time, based on the expected cash flows of the securities, that we will recover some of these impairment amounts. For the AFS Alt-A securities for which we recognized other-than-temporary impairment during the second quarter of 2008, the average credit enhancement was approximately 16% and the expected average collateral loss was approximately 17%, resulting in projected expected credit losses of $51 million. For the AFS subprime securities for which we recognized other-than-temporary impairment during the second quarter of 2008, the average credit enhancement was approximately 24% and the expected average collateral loss was approximately 37%, resulting in projected expected credit losses of $172 million. However, the other-than-temporary impairment we recorded on our Alt-A and subprime securities totaled $116 million and $376 million, respectively. We will accrete into interest income the portion of the amounts we expect to recover that exceeds the cost basis of these securities over the remaining life of the securities. The amount accreted into earnings on our Alt-A and subprime securities for which we have recognized other-than-temporary impairment totaled $26 million and $48 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively.


47


 

We will continue to monitor and analyze the performance of these securities to assess the collectability of principal and interest as of each balance sheet date. If there is further deterioration in the housing and mortgage markets and the decline in home prices exceeds our current expectations, we may recognize significant other-than-temporary impairment amounts in the future. See “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of this report for a discussion of the risks related to potential future write-downs of our investment securities.
 
Hypothetical Performance Scenarios
 
Tables 25, 26 and 27 present additional information as of June 30, 2008 for our investments in Alt-A and subprime private-label mortgage-related securities, stratified by year of issuance (vintage) and by credit enhancement quartile for securities issued in 2005, 2006 and 2007. The 2006 and 2007 vintages of loans underlying these securities have experienced significantly higher delinquency rates than other vintages. Accordingly, the year of issuance or origination of the collateral underlying these securities is a significant factor in projecting expected cash flow performance and evaluating the ongoing credit performance. The credit enhancement quartiles presented range from the lowest level of credit enhancement to the highest. A higher level of credit enhancement generally reduces the exposure to loss.
 
We have disclosed for information purposes the net present value of projected losses (“NPV”) of our securities under four hypothetical scenarios, which assume specific cumulative constant default and loss severity rates against the loans underlying our Alt-A and subprime private-label securities. The projected loss results under these scenarios, which are considered stressful based on historical mortgage loan performance, are calculated based on the projected cash flows from each security and include the following additional key assumptions: (i) discount rate, (ii) expected constant prepayment rates (“CPR”) and (iii) average life of the securities. These scenarios assume a discount rate based on LIBOR and constant default and loss severity rates experienced over a six-year period. We assume CPRs of 15% for our Alt-A securities and 10% to 15% for our subprime securities, which vary in each scenario based on the loan age. We experienced a decrease in the NPV loss amounts as of June 30, 2008 from the NPV loss amounts previously disclosed as of March 31, 2008, which was attributable to the reduction in the outstanding principal balance of our securities from principal payments and better than expected performance of the loans underlying the securities.


48


 

 
Table 25:  Investments in Alt-A Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities, Excluding Wraps*
 
                                                                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008  
    Unpaid Principal
                         
    Balance                 Credit Enhancement Statistics     Hypothetical Scenarios (6)  
                                              Monoline
                         
                                              Financial
                         
Vintage and
  Trading
    AFS
    Average
    Fair
    Average
          Minimum
    Guaranteed
    20d/40s
    20d/50s
    30d/40s
    50d/50s
 
CE Quartile (1)
  Securities (2)     Securities (3)     Price     Value     Current (4)     Original (4)     Current (4)     Amount (5)     NPV     NPV     NPV     NPV  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Investments in Alt-A securities: (7)
                                                                                               
Option ARM Alt-A securities:
                                                                                               
2004 and prior
  $     $ 704     $ 82.09     $ 578       22 %     9 %     16 %   $     $     $     $     $ 31  
                                                                                                 
2005-1(1)
          105       78.65       83       19       7       19                               4  
2005-1(2)
          109       78.43       85       20       7       20                               4  
2005-1(3)
          198       80.00       158       24       12       20                               6  
2005-1(4)
          165       78.09       129       42       33       33                                
                                                                                                 
2005-1 subtotal
          577       78.91       455       27       16       19                               14  
                                                                                                 
2005-2(1)
          255       78.84       201       34       24       33                               5  
2005-2(2)
          256       79.10       203       39       32       39                               3  
2005-2(3)
          375       79.64       298       48       36       45                               1  
2005-2(4)
          337       84.76       286       100       100       100       337                          
                                                                                                 
2005-2 subtotal
          1,223       80.77       988       58       51       33       337                         9  
                                                                                                 
2006-1(1)
          135       66.57       90       21       19       11                               30  
2006-1(2)
          419       75.43       316       41       38       40                               3  
2006-1(3)
          389       75.14       292       45       42       45                                
2006-1(4)
          434       75.61       328       88       88       49       335                          
                                                                                                 
2006-1 subtotal
          1,377       74.54       1,026       55       53       11       335                         33  
                                                                                                 
2006-2(1)
                                                                       
2006-2(2)
          215       76.70       165       37       35       37                                
2006-2(3)
          100       76.43       77       42       40       42                                
2006-2(4)
          224       82.22       184       69       68       47       92                          
                                                                                                 
2006-2 subtotal
          539       78.95       426       51       50       37       92                          
                                                                                                 
2007-1 (1)
    209             76.06       159       25       24       24                               10  
2007-1 (2)
    371             75.54       280       46       45       45                                
2007-1(3)
    264             72.75       192       48       47       48                                
2007-1(4)
    529             71.02       376       100       100       100       530                          
                                                                                                 
2007-1 subtotal
    1,373             73.34       1,007       64       64       24       530                         10  
                                                                                                 
2007-2(1)
    296             77.40       229       33       32       25                               10  
2007-2(2)
    216             77.60       167       47       47       47                                
2007-2(3)
    311             78.04       243       48       47       48                                
2007-2(4)
    422             76.74       324       100       100       100       422                          
                                                                                                 
2007-2 subtotal
    1,245             77.37       963       62       62       25       422                         10  
                                                                                                 
2008-1(1)
                                                                       
2008-1(2)
                                                                       
2008-1(3)
                                                                       
2008-1(4)
                                                                       
                                                                                                 
2008-1 subtotal
                                                                       
                                                                                                 
Total Option Arm Alt-A Securities
  $ 2,618     $ 4,420     $ 77.34     $ 5,443       53 %     49 %     11 %   $ 1,716     $     $     $     $ 107  
                                                                                                 
Trading securities with hypothetical NPV losses: (9)
                                                                                               
Fair Value
                                                                  $     $     $     $ 307  
UPB
                                                                                      399  
                                                                                                 
Difference
                                                                  $     $     $     $ (92 )
                                                                                                 
AFS securities with hypothetical NPV losses: (9)
                                                                                               
Fair Value
                                                                  $     $     $ 46       1,735  
UPB
                                                                                66       2,213  
                                                                                                 
Difference
                                                                  $     $     $ (20 )     (478 )
                                                                                                 


49


 

                                                                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008  
    Unpaid Principal
                         
    Balance                 Credit Enhancement Statistics     Hypothetical Scenarios (6)  
                                              Monoline
                         
                                              Financial
                         
Vintage and
  Trading
    AFS
    Average
    Fair
    Average
          Minimum
    Guaranteed
    20d/40s
    20d/50s
    30d/40s
    30d/50s
 
CE Quartile (1)
  Securities (2)     Securities (3)     Price     Value     Current (4)     Original (4)     Current (4)     Amount (5)     NPV     NPV     NPV     NPV  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Investments in Alt-A securities: (7)  
                                                                                               
Other Alt-A securities:
                                                                                               
2004 and prior
  $     $ 9,195     $ 87.97     $ 8,089       12 %     6 %     4 %   $ 29     $ 22     $ 75     $ 170     $ 429  
                                                                                                 
2005-1(1)
          387       87.28       338       9       5       6             1       4       9       20  
2005-1(2)
          471       87.19       410       13       7       12                   1       3       10  
2005-1(3)
          363       91.27       331       14       11       14                   1       5       11  
2005-1(4)
          523       87.35       457       17       12       15                         3       8  
                                                                                                 
2005-1 subtotal
          1,744       88.11       1,536       14       9       6             1       6       20       49  
                                                                                                 
2005-2(1)
          1,022       87.82       898       6       5       4             17       35       54       83  
2005-2(2)
          1,023       85.51       875       11       8       8                   6       20       46  
2005-2(3)
          933       82.74       772       16       14       14                         2       13  
2005-2(4)
          1,194       81.45       972       21       17       18                               4  
                                                                                                 
2005-2 subtotal
          4,172       84.29       3,517       14       11       4             17       41       76       146  
                                                                                                 
2006-1(1)
    34       1,110       91.85       1,051       5       4       5             28       49       71       103  
2006-1(2)
          1,103       86.97       959       10       8       9             5       16       30       51  
2006-1(3)
    51       1,324       85.93       1,182       15       12       12                         2       18  
2006-1(4)
          1,351       76.54       1,034       22       17       19                               3  
                                                                                                 
2006-1 subtotal
    85       4,888       84.97       4,226       13       11       5             33       65       103       175  
                                                                                                 
2006-2(1)
                                                                       
2006-2(2)
          518       77.89       404       11       10       6                         3       11  
2006-2(3)
          284       74.16       210       17       16       17                                
2006-2(4)
          343       77.67       266       18       16       18                                
                                                                                                 
2006-2 subtotal
          1,145       76.90       880       15       13       6                         3       11  
                                                                                                 
2007-1(1)
    76             77.12       59       7       5       7                               2  
2007-1(2)
    189             76.55       145       8       7       7             1       3       4       6  
2007-1(3)
    109             79.08       86       12       11       8                                
2007-1(4)
    236             77.84       183       17       16       16                                
                                                                                                 
2007-1 subtotal
    610             77.57       473       12       11       7             1       3       4       8  
                                                                                                 
2007-2(1)
                                                                       
2007-2(2)
                                                                       
2007-2(3)
                                                                       
2007-2(4)
    457             83.26       381       100       100       100       457                          
                                                                                                 
2007-2 subtotal
    457             83.26       381       100       100       100       457                          
                                                                                                 
2008-1(1)
                                                                       
2008-1(2)
                                                                       
2008-1(3)
                                                                       
2008-1(4)
          173       93.02       161       20       20       20                                
                                                                                                 
2008-1 subtotal (10)
          173       93.02       161       20       20       20                                
                                                                                                 
Total Other Alt-A Securities
  $ 1,152     $ 21,317     $ 85.73     $ 19,263       15 %     11 %     4 %   $ 486     $ 74     $ 190     $ 376     $ 818  
                                                                                                 
Trading securities with hypothetical NPV losses: (9)
                                                                                               
Fair value
                                                                  $ 98     $ 98     $ 157     $ 349  
UPB
                                                                    113       113       189       435  
                                                                                                 
Difference
                                                                  $ (15 )   $ (15 )   $ (32 )   $ (86 )
                                                                                                 
AFS securities with hypothetical NPV losses: (9)
                                                                                               
Fair value
                                                                  $ 5,254     $ 8,150     $ 11,496     $ 13,869  
UPB
                                                                    5,832       9,135       13,016       15,762  
                                                                                                 
Difference
                                                                  $ (578 )   $ (985 )   $ (1,520 )   $ (1,893 )
                                                                                                 
 
 
* The footnotes to this table are presented following Table 26.


50


 

 
Table 26:  Investments in Subprime Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities, Excluding Wraps
 
                                                                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008  
    Unpaid Principal Balance                 Credit Enhancement Statistics     Hypothetical Scenarios (6)  
                                              Monoline
                         
                                              Financial
                         
Vintage and
  Trading
    AFS
    Average
    Fair
    Average
          Minimum
    Guaranteed
    50d/50s
    50d/60s
    60d/50s
    60d/60s
 
CE Quartile (1)
  Securities (2)     Securities (3)     Price     Value     Current (4)     Original (4)     Current (4)     Amount (5)     NPV     NPV     NPV     NPV  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Investments in subprime securities: (8)
                                                                                               
2004 and prior
  $     $ 3,109     $ 86.75     $ 2,697       74 %     54 %     13 %   $ 1,398     $ 2     $ 4     $ 6     $ 23  
                                                                                                 
2005-1(1)
                                                                       
2005-1(2)
          26       94.68       25       69       36       69                                
2005-1(3)
                                                                       
2005-1(4)
          44       83.37       37       78       29       78                                
                                                                                                 
2005-1 subtotal
          70       87.55       62       75       31       69                                
                                                                                                 
2005-2(1)
          95       95.44       91       41       23       37                                
2005-2(2)
          96       90.00       86       54       32       54                                
2005-2(3)
          225       91.23       205       60       32       57                                
2005-2(4)
          166       91.86       153       80       63       65       69                          
                                                                                                 
2005-2 subtotal
          582       91.90       535       62       39       37       69                          
                                                                                                 
2006-1(1)
          1,428       81.35       1,162       26       19       24                               3  
2006-1(2)
          1,770       82.67       1,463       29       20       28                                
2006-1(3)
          1,794       85.33       1,531       36       22       33                                
2006-1(4)
          1,692       82.81       1,401       49       32       40       52                          
                                                                                                 
2006-1 subtotal
          6,684       83.14       5,557       35       23       24       52                         3  
                                                                                                 
2006-2(1)
          2,810       79.69       2,240       22       18       19                         2       105  
2006-2(2)
          3,060       80.27       2,456       25       19       24                               42  
2006-2(3)
          3,273       79.20       2,592       29       23       27                                
2006-2(4)
          3,167       81.25       2,573       35       28       31                                
                                                                                                 
2006-2 subtotal
          12,310       80.10       9,861       28       22       19                         2       147  
                                                                                                 
2007-1(1)
    613             48.17       295       17       16       9             66       162       208       282  
2007-1(2)
    741             81.23       602       27       24       25                               2  
2007-1(3)
    629             81.06       510       28       24       28                                
2007-1(4)
    840             78.71       661       50       45       30       228                          
                                                                                                 
2007-1 subtotal
    2,823             73.27       2,068       32       29       9       228       66       162       208       284  
                                                                                                 
2007-2(1)
    485             64.67       314       25       23       14             8       37       56       122  
2007-2(2)
    399       394       84.72       671       30       28       28                               5  
2007-2(3)
          516       86.76       448       35       33       34                               2  
2007-2(4)
    904             85.95       777       62       60       42       317                          
                                                                                                 
2007-2 subtotal
    1,788       910       81.92       2,210       41       39       14       317       8       37       56       129  
                                                                                                 
2008-1(1)
                                                                       
2008-1(2)
                                                                       
2008-1(3)
                                                                       
2008-1(4)
                                                                       
                                                                                                 
2008-1 subtotal
                                                                       
                                                                                                 
Total subprime securities
  $ 4,611     $ 23,665     $ 81.30     $ 22,990       37 %     28 %     9 %   $ 2,064     $ 76     $ 203     $ 272     $ 586  
                                                                                                 
Trading securities with hypothetical NPV losses: (9)
                                                                                               
Fair Value
                                                                  $ 33     $ 66     $ 207     $ 929  
UPB
                                                                    223       371       558       1,493  
                                                                                                 
Difference
                                                                  $ (190 )   $ (305 )   $ (351 )   $ (564 )
                                                                                                 
AFS securities with hypothetical NPV losses: (9)
                                                                                               
Fair Value
                                                                  $ 36     $ 298     $ 834     $ 4,679  
UPB
                                                                    39       335       1,002       5,823  
                                                                                                 
Difference
                                                                  $ (3 )   $ (37 )   $ (168 )   $ (1,144 )
                                                                                                 
 
 
(1) Reported based on half-year vintages for 2005, 2006 and 2007, with each half-year vintage stratified based on credit enhancement quartiles.
 
(2) For the second quarter 2008, we recognized net fair value gains on our investments in private-label Alt-A securities classified as trading of $5 million and net fair value losses on our private-label subprime securities classified as trading of $118 million. For the first six months of 2008, we recognized net fair value losses on our investments in private-label Alt-A securities and subprime classified as trading of $565 million and $575 million, respectively.


51


 

 
(3) Gross unrealized losses as of June 30, 2008 related to our investments in Alt-A private-label securities and subprime private-label securities classified as AFS totaled $3.9 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively.
 
(4) Average current, original and minimum credit enhancement percentages reflect both subordination and financial guarantees. Reflects the ratio of the current amount of the securities that will incur losses in a securitization structure before any losses are allocated to securities that we own. Percentage calculated based on the quotient of the total unpaid principal balance of all credit enhancement in the form of subordination or financial guaranty of the security divided by the total unpaid principal balance of all of the tranches of collateral pools from which credit support is drawn for the security that we own.
 
(5) Reflects amount of unpaid principal balance supported by financial guarantees from monoline financial guarantors.
 
(6) Reflects the present value of projected losses based on the disclosed hypothetical cumulative default and loss severity rates against the outstanding collateral balance.
 
(7) Consists of private-label securities backed by Alt-A mortgage loans that are reported in our mortgage portfolio as a component of non-Fannie Mae structured securities.
 
(8) Consists of private-label securities backed by subprime loans that are reported in our mortgage portfolio as a component of non-Fannie Mae structured securities. Excludes guaranteed resecuritizations of private-label securities backed by subprime loans held in our mortgage portfolio totaling $8.0 billion as of June 30, 2008, which are presented in Table 27—Alt-A and Subprime Private Label Wraps.
 
(9) Reflects the unpaid principal balance and fair value amounts of all securities for which the expected cash flows of the security under the specified hypothetical scenario were less than the unpaid principal balance of the security as of June 30, 2008.
 
(10) The 2008-1 vintage for other Alt-A securities consists entirely of a security from a resecuritized REMIC transaction whose underlying bonds represent senior bonds from 2007 residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) transactions backed by Alt-A loans. These bonds have a weighted average credit enhancement of 5.03% as of June 30, 2008 and an original weighted average credit enhancement of 4.68%.
 
The projected loss results for the scenarios presented above are for indicative purposes only and should not be construed as a prediction of our future results, market conditions or actual performance of these securities. These scenarios, which are based on numerous assumptions, including specific constant default and severity rates, are not the only way to analyze the performance of these securities. For example, as discussed above, we consider various factors in our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment, the most critical of which is whether it is probable that we will not collect all of the contractual amounts due. This assessment is not based on specific constant default and severity rates, but instead involves assumptions including, but not limited to the following: actual default, prepayment or loss severity rates; the effectiveness of subordination and credit enhancement; the level of interest rates; changes in loan characteristics; the level of losses covered by monoline financial guarantors; the financial condition of other transaction participants; and changes in applicable legislation and regulation that may impact performance.


52


 

Alt-A and Subprime Private-Label Wraps
 
In addition to Alt-A and subprime private-label mortgage-related securities included in our mortgage portfolio, we also have exposure to private-label Alt-A and subprime mortgage-related securities that have been resecuritized (or wrapped) to include our guaranty. The unpaid principal balance of these Fannie Mae guaranteed securities held by third parties is included in outstanding and unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties, which we discuss in “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Variable Interest Entities.” Table 27 presents the unpaid principal balance of our Alt-A and subprime private-label wraps as of June 30, 2008 and additional information to evaluate our potential loss exposure. We held $8.0 billion of these securities in our mortgage portfolio as of June 30, 2008.
 
Table 27:  Alt-A and Subprime Private-Label Wraps
 
                                                                         
    As of June 30, 2008  
          Credit Enhancement Statistics     Hypothetical Scenarios (5)  
                            Monoline
                         
    Unpaid
                      Financial
                         
Vintage and
  Principal
    Average
          Minimum
    Guaranteed
    20d/40s
    20d/50s
    30d/40s
    30d/50s
 
CE Quartile (1)
  Balance (2)     Current (3)     Original (3)     Current (3)     Amount (4)     NPV     NPV     NPV     NPV  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Alt-A wraps:
                                                                       
2005-1(1)
  $       %     %     %   $     $     $     $     $  
2005-1(2)
                                                     
2005-1(3)
                                                     
2005-1(4)
    240       6       4       6                                
                                                                         
2005-1 subtotal
    240       6       4       6                                
                                                                         
2007-1(1)
                                                     
2007-1(2)
                                                     
2007-1(3)
                                                     
2007-1(4)
    319       9       7       9                                
                                                                         
2007-1 subtotal
    319       9       7       9                                
                                                                         
2008-1(1)
                                                     
2008-1(2)
                                                     
2008-1(3)
                                                     
2008-1(4)
                                                     
                                                                         
2008-1 subtotal
                                                     
                                                                         
Total Alt-A wraps
  $ 559       8 %     6 %     6 %   $     $     $     $     $  
                                                                         
 


53


 

                                                                         
    As of June 30, 2008  
          Credit Enhancement Statistics     Hypothetical Scenarios (5)  
                            Monoline
                         
    Unpaid
                      Financial
                         
Vintage and
  Principal
    Average
          Minimum
    Guaranteed
    50d/50s
    50d/60s
    60d/50s
    60d/60s
 
CE Quartile (1)
  Balance (2)     Current (3)     Original (3)     Current (3)     Amount (4)     NPV     NPV     NPV     NPV  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Subprime wraps:
                                                                       
2004 and prior
  $ 885       37 %     14 %     14 %   $ 15     $     $     $     $  
                                                                         
2005-1(1)
    89       58       22       58                                
2005-1(2)
                                                     
2005-1(3)
    319       61       18       59                                
2005-1(4)
    141       84       31       73                                
                                                                         
2005-1 subtotal
    549       66       22       58                                
                                                                         
2005-2(1)
    438       39       25       26                         1       7  
2005-2(2)
    709       46       32       46                                
2005-2(3)
    595       50       26       46                                
2005-2(4)
    611       79       56       55       203                          
                                                                         
2005-2 subtotal
    2,353       54       35       26       203                   1       7  
                                                                         
2007-1(1)
    1,531       19       17       19                   1       30       139  
2007-1(2)
    1,797       23       20       22                         1       70  
2007-1(3)
    1,705       25       22       24                               29  
2007-1(4)
    1,943       32       26       28                         1       33  
                                                                         
2007-1 subtotal
    6,976       25       21       19                   1       32       271  
                                                                         
2007-2(1)
    289       27       24       24                               10  
2007-2(2)
                                                     
2007-2(3)
    439       32       30       32                               11  
2007-2(4)
    497       33       30       33                                
                                                                         
2007-2 subtotal
    1,225       31       29       24                               21  
                                                                         
2008-1(1)
                                                     
2008-1(2)
                                                     
2008-1(3)
                                                     
2008-1(4)
                                                     
                                                                         
2008-1 subtotal
                                                     
                                                                         
Total subprime wraps
  $ 11,988       34 %     24 %     14 %   $ 218     $     $ 1     $ 33     $ 299  
                                                                         
Total Alt-A and subprime wraps
  $ 12,547       33 %     24 %     6 %   $ 218     $     $ 1     $ 33     $ 299  
                                                                         
 
 
(1) Reported based on half-year vintages for 2005, 2006 and 2007, with each half-year vintage stratified based on credit enhancement quartiles.
 
(2) For the second quarter and first six months of 2008, we recognized net fair value gains on our investments in subprime private-label wraps classified as trading of $428 million and $377 million, respectively. We did not recognize any fair value gains or losses on our investments in Alt-A private-label wraps during this period. Gross unrealized losses related to our investments in subprime private-label wraps classified as AFS totaled $14 million as of June 30, 2008. We did not have any gross unrealized gains or losses on our investments in Alt-A private-label wraps as of June 30, 2008.
 
(3) Average current, original and minimum credit enhancement percentages reflect both subordination and financial guarantees. Reflects the ratio of the current amount of the securities that will incur losses in a securitization structure before any losses are allocated to securities that we own. Percentage calculated based on the quotient of the total unpaid principal balance of all credit enhancement in the form of subordination or financial guaranty of the security divided by the total unpaid principal balance of all of the tranches of collateral pools from which credit support is drawn for the security that we own.
 
(4) Reflects amount of unpaid principal balance supported by financial guarantees from monoline financial guarantors.
 
(5) Reflects the present value of projected losses based on the disclosed hypothetical cumulative default and loss severity rates against the outstanding collateral balance.
 
Debt Instruments
 
We issue debt instruments as the primary means to fund our mortgage investments and manage our interest rate risk exposure. Table 28 below provides a summary of our debt activity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.

54


 

 
Table 28:  Debt Activity
 
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
          (Dollars in millions)        
 
Issued during the period: (1)
                               
Short-term: (2)
                               
Amount: (3)
  $ 404,431     $ 346,473     $ 840,884     $ 783,167  
Weighted average interest rate
    2.07 %     5.11 %     2.50 %     5.13 %
Long-term: (4)
                               
Amount: (3)
  $ 83,589     $ 54,160     $ 171,867     $ 113,291  
Weighted average interest rate
    3.71 %     5.58 %     3.88 %     5.57 %
Total issued:
                               
Amount: (3)
  $ 488,020     $ 400,633     $ 1,012,751     $ 896,458  
Weighted average interest rate
    2.35 %     5.17 %     2.73 %     5.19 %
Redeemed during the period: (1)(5)
                               
Short-term: (2)
                               
Amount: (3)
  $ 380,417     $ 340,874     $ 836,047     $ 784,222  
Weighted average interest rate
    2.58 %     5.12 %     3.07 %     5.12 %
Long-term: (4)
                               
Amount: (3)
  $ 65,730     $ 43,576     $ 171,869     $ 97,248  
Weighted average interest rate:
    4.90 %     4.75 %     5.00 %     4.54 %
Total redeemed:
                               
Amount: (3)
  $ 446,147     $ 384,450     $ 1,007,916     $ 881,470  
Weighted average interest rate
    2.92 %     5.08 %     3.40 %     5.06 %
 
 
(1) Excludes debt activity resulting from consolidations and intraday loans.
 
(2) Short-term debt consists of borrowings with an original contractual maturity of one year or less. Includes Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
 
(3) Represents the face amount at issuance or redemption.
 
(4) Long-term debt consists of borrowings with an original contractual maturity of greater than one year.
 
(5) Represents all payments on debt, including regularly scheduled principal payments, payments at maturity, payments as the result of a call and payments for any other repurchases.
 
Despite the significant volatility in the financial markets during the first six months of 2008, including historically high credit spreads, we remained an active issuer of short-term and long-term debt securities to meet our consistent need for funding and rebalancing our portfolio. We issued and redeemed a higher amount of debt during the first six months of 2008 relative to the first six months of 2007, as we continued to rebalance our portfolio.


55


 

Table 29 summarizes our outstanding short-term borrowings and long-term debt as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. We provide additional detail on our outstanding short-term and long-term debt in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 8, Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt.”
 
Table 29:  Outstanding Debt (1)
 
                                 
    June 30, 2008     December 31, 2007  
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
 
          Interest
          Interest
 
    Outstanding     Rate     Outstanding     Rate  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 443       1.84 %   $ 869       3.48 %
Short-term debt (2)
    240,223       2.43       234,160       4.45  
Long-term debt (3)
    559,279       4.86       562,139       5.25  
 
 
(1) Outstanding debt amounts and weighted average interest rates reported in this table include the effect of unamortized discounts, premiums and other cost basis adjustments. Reported amounts as of June 30, 2008 include fair value gains and losses associated with debt that we elected to carry at fair value pursuant to our January 1, 2008 adoption of SFAS 159. The unpaid principal balance of outstanding debt, which excludes unamortized discounts, premiums and other cost basis adjustments and amounts related to debt from consolidation, totaled $809.4 billion and $804.3 billion as June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
(2) Short-term debt consists of borrowings with an original contractual maturity of one year or less.
 
(3) Long-term debt consists of borrowings with an original contractual maturity of greater than one year. Reported amounts include net discount and cost basis adjustments of $14.6 billion and $11.6 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The unpaid principal balance of long-term debt, which excludes unamortized discounts, premiums and other cost basis adjustments and amounts related to debt from consolidation, totaled $567.4 billion and $567.2 billion as June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Our short-term and long-term debt includes callable debt that can be redeemed in whole or in part at our option at any time on or after a specified date. The amount of our outstanding debt that was callable totaled $212.8 billion and had an average interest rate of 4.93% as of June 30, 2008, compared with $215.6 billion and an average interest rate of 5.35% as of December 31, 2007.
 
Derivative Instruments
 
We supplement our issuance of debt with interest rate-related derivatives to manage the prepayment and duration risk inherent in our mortgage investments. We present, by derivative instrument type, the estimated fair value of derivatives recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets and the related outstanding notional amount as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 9, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”


56


 

Table 30 provides an analysis of changes in the estimated fair value of the net derivative asset (liability) amounts, excluding mortgage commitments, recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets between December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008.
 
Table 30:  Changes in Risk Management Derivative Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value, Net (1)
 
         
    For the
 
    Six Months
 
    Ended
 
    June 30,
 
    2008
 
    (Dollars in
 
    millions)  
 
Net derivative liability as of December 31, 2007 (2)
  $ (1,321 )
Effect of cash payments:
       
Fair value at inception of contracts entered into during the period (3)
    713  
Fair value at date of termination of contracts settled during the period (4)
    (573 )
Net collateral posted
    794  
Periodic net cash contractual interest payments (receipts) (5)
    204  
         
Total cash payments (receipts)
    1,138  
         
Income statement impact of recognized amounts:
       
Periodic net contractual interest income (expense) accruals on interest rate swaps
    (330 )
Net change in fair value of terminated derivative contracts from end of prior year to date of termination
    174  
Net change in fair value of outstanding derivative contracts, including derivative contracts entered into during the period
    (290 )
         
Derivatives fair value losses, net (6)
    (446 )
         
Net derivative liability as of June 30, 2008 (2)
  $ (629 )
         
 
 
(1) Excludes mortgage commitments.
 
(2) Reflects the net amount of “Derivative assets at fair value” and “Derivative liabilities at fair value” recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets, excluding mortgage commitments, and reflects our adoption of FASB Staff Position No. 39-1, Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39 .
 
(3) Cash payments made to purchase derivative option contracts (purchased options premiums) increase the derivative asset recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Primarily includes upfront premiums paid or received on option contracts. Also includes upfront cash paid or received on other derivative contracts.
 
(4) Cash payments to terminate and/or sell derivative contracts reduce the derivative liability recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Primarily represents cash paid (received) upon termination of derivative contracts.
 
(5) We accrue interest on our interest rate swap contracts based on the contractual terms and recognize the accrual as an increase to the net derivative liability recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The corresponding offsetting amount is recorded as an expense and included as a component of derivatives fair value losses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Periodic interest payments on our interest rate swap contracts reduce the derivative liability.
 
(6) Reflects net derivatives fair value losses recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of operations, excluding mortgage commitments.
 
The decrease in the net derivative liability to $629 million as of June 30, 2008, from $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2007 was primarily attributable to an increase in the aggregate net fair value of our interest rate swaps due to the increase in swap interest rates during the first six months of 2008. We present, by derivative instrument type, our risk management derivative activity for the six months ended June 30, 2008, along with the stated maturities of our derivatives outstanding as of June 30, 2008, in Table 43 in “Risk Management—Interest Rate Risk Management and Other Market Risks.”


57


 

Table 31 provides information on our option activity for the first six months of 2008 and the amount of outstanding options as of June 30, 2008 based on the original premiums paid.
 
Table 31:  Purchased Options Premiums
 
                         
          Original
       
    Original
    Weighted
    Remaining
 
    Premium
    Average Life
    Weighted
 
    Payments     to Expiration     Average Life  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Outstanding options as of December 31, 2007
  $ 7,843       8.4 years       4.6 years  
Purchases (1)
    723                  
Exercises
    (1,601 )                
Terminations
    (54 )                
Expirations
    (219 )                
                         
Outstanding options as of June 30, 2008
  $ 6,692       7.6 years       4.3 years  
                         
 
 
(1) Amount of purchases is included in Table 30 as a component of the line item “Fair value at inception of contracts entered into during the period.”
 
SUPPLEMENTAL NON-GAAP INFORMATION—FAIR VALUE BALANCE SHEETS
 
Each of the non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets presented below in Table 32 reflects all of our assets and liabilities at estimated fair value. The non-GAAP estimated fair value of our net assets (net of tax effect) is derived from our non-GAAP fair value balance sheet. This measure is not a defined term within GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. The estimated fair value of our net assets (net of tax effect) presented in the non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets is not intended as a substitute for amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe, however, that the non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets and the fair value of our net assets, when used in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, can serve as valuable incremental tools for investors to assess changes in our overall value over time relative to changes in market conditions. In addition, we believe that the non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets are useful to investors because they provide consistency in the measurement and reporting of all of our assets and liabilities. Management uses this information to gain a clearer picture of changes in our assets and liabilities from period to period, to understand how the overall value of the company is changing from period to period and to measure the performance of our investment activities.
 
Cautionary Language Relating to Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
In reviewing our non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets, there are a number of important factors and limitations to consider. The estimated fair value of our net assets is calculated as of a particular point in time based on our existing assets and liabilities and does not incorporate other factors that may have a significant impact on that value, most notably any value from future business activities in which we expect to engage. As a result, the estimated fair value of our net assets presented in our non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets does not represent an estimate of our net realizable value, liquidation value or our market value as a whole. Amounts we ultimately realize from the disposition of assets or settlement of liabilities may vary significantly from the estimated fair values presented in our non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets. Because temporary changes in market conditions can substantially affect the fair value of our net assets, we do not believe that short-term fluctuations in the fair value of our net assets attributable to mortgage-to-debt OAS or changes in the fair value of our net guaranty assets are necessarily representative of the effectiveness of our investment strategy or the long-term underlying value of our business. We believe the long-term value of our business depends primarily on our ability to acquire new assets and funding at attractive prices and to effectively manage the risks of these assets and


58


 

liabilities over time. However, we believe that focusing on the factors that affect near-term changes in the estimated fair value of our net assets helps us evaluate our long-term value and assess whether temporary market factors have caused our net assets to become overvalued or undervalued relative to the level of risk and expected long-term fundamentals of our business.
 
As discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” when quoted market prices or observable market data are not available to estimate fair value, we rely on level 3 inputs to estimate fair value. Because assets and liabilities classified as level 3 are generally based on unobservable inputs, the process to determine fair value is generally more subjective and involves a high degree of management judgment and assumptions. These assumptions may have a significant effect on our estimates of fair value, and the use of different assumptions as well as changes in market conditions could have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
Table 32:  Supplemental Non-GAAP Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets
 
                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008     As of December 31, 2007  
    GAAP
                GAAP
             
    Carrying
    Fair Value
    Estimated
    Carrying
    Fair Value
    Estimated
 
    Value     Adjustment (1)     Fair Value     Value     Adjustment (1)     Fair Value (2)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Assets:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,681     $     $ 13,681 (3)   $ 4,502     $     $ 4,502 (3)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    35,694             35,694 (3)     49,041             49,041 (3)
Trading securities
    99,562             99,562 (3)     63,956             63,956 (3)
Available-for-sale securities
    245,226             245,226 (3)     293,557             293,557 (3)
Mortgage loans:
                                               
Mortgage loans held for sale
    6,931       79       7,010 (4)     7,008       75       7,083 (4)
Mortgage loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses
    411,300       (2,526 )     408,774 (4)     396,516       70       396,586 (4)
Guaranty assets of mortgage loans held in portfolio
          3,925       3,925 (4)(5)           3,983       3,983 (4)(5)
Guaranty obligations of mortgage loans held in portfolio
          (9,074 )     (9,074 ) (4)(5)           (4,747 )     (4,747 ) (4)(5)
                                                 
Total mortgage loans
    418,231       (7,596 )     410,635 (3)(4)     403,524       (619 )     402,905 (3)(4)
Advances to lenders
    9,459       (223 )     9,236 (3)     12,377       (328 )     12,049 (3)
Derivative assets at fair value
    1,013             1,013 (3)     885             885 (3)
Guaranty assets and buy-ups, net
    11,402       5,167       16,569 (3)(5)     10,610       3,648       14,258 (3)(5)
                                                 
Total financial assets
    834,268       (2,652 )     831,616 (3)     838,452       2,701       841,153 (3)
Master servicing assets and credit enhancements
    1,561       5,607       7,168 (5)(6)     1,783       2,844       4,627 (5)(6)
Other assets
    50,089       16,121       66,210 (6)(7)     39,154       5,418       44,572 (6)(7)
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 885,918     $ 19,076     $ 904,994     $ 879,389     $ 10,963     $ 890,352  
                                                 
Liabilities:
                                               
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 443     $ (5 )   $ 438 (3)   $ 869     $     $ 869 (3)
Short-term debt
    240,223 (8)     33       240,256 (3)     234,160       208       234,368 (3)
Long-term debt
    559,279 (8)     13,267       572,546 (3)     562,139       18,194       580,333 (3)
Derivative liabilities at fair value
    1,712             1,712 (3)     2,217             2,217 (3)
Guaranty obligations
    16,441       43,336       59,777 (3)     15,393       5,156       20,549 (3)
                                                 
Total financial liabilities
    818,098       56,631       874,729 (3)     814,778       23,558       838,336 (3)
Other liabilities
    26,430       (8,781 )     17,649 (9)     20,493       (4,383 )     16,110 (9)
                                                 
Total liabilities
    844,528       47,850       892,378       835,271       19,175       854,446  
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    164             164       107             107  
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit):
                                               
Preferred
    21,725       (3,883 )     17,842 (10)     16,913       (1,565 )     15,348 (10)
Common
    19,501       (24,891 )     (5,390 ) (11)     27,098       (6,647 )     20,451 (11)
                                                 
Total stockholders’ equity/non-GAAP
fair value of net assets
  $ 41,226     $ (28,774 )   $ 12,452     $ 44,011     $ (8,212 )   $ 35,799  
                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 885,918     $ 19,076     $ 904,994     $ 879,389     $ 10,963     $ 890,352  
                                                 


59


 

 
Explanation and Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures to GAAP Measures
 
  (1) Each of the amounts listed as a “fair value adjustment” represents the difference between the carrying value included in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets and our best judgment of the estimated fair value of the listed item.
 
  (2) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
 
  (3) We determined the estimated fair value of these financial instruments in accordance with the fair value guidelines outlined in SFAS No. 157, as described in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 17, Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” In Note 17, we also disclose the carrying value and estimated fair value of our total financial assets and total financial liabilities as well as discuss the methodologies and assumptions we use in estimating the fair value of our financial instruments.
 
  (4) We have separately presented the estimated fair value of “Mortgage loans held for sale,” “Mortgage loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses,” “Guaranty assets of mortgage loans held in portfolio” and “Guaranty obligations of mortgage loans held in portfolio,” which, taken together, represent total mortgage loans reported in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets. In order to present the fair value of our guarantees in these non-GAAP consolidated fair value balance sheets, we have separated (i) the embedded fair value of the guaranty assets, based on the terms of our intra-company guaranty fee allocation arrangement, and the embedded fair value of the obligation from (ii) the fair value of the mortgage loans held for sale and the mortgage loans held for investment. We believe this presentation provides transparency into the components of the fair value of the mortgage loans associated with the activities of our guaranty businesses and the components of the activities of our capital markets business, which is consistent with the way we manage risks and allocate revenues and expenses for segment reporting purposes. While the carrying values and estimated fair values of the individual line items may differ from the amounts presented in Note 17 of the condensed consolidated financial statements, the combined amounts together equal the carrying value and estimated fair value amounts of total mortgage loans in Note 17.
 
  (5) In our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets, we report the guaranty assets associated with our outstanding Fannie Mae MBS and other guarantees as a separate line item and include buy-ups, master servicing assets and credit enhancements associated with our guaranty assets in “Other assets.” The GAAP carrying value of our guaranty assets reflects only those guaranty arrangements entered into subsequent to our adoption of FIN No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FIN No. 34) (“FIN 45”), on January 1, 2003. On a GAAP basis, our guaranty assets totaled $10.3 billion and $9.7 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The associated buy-ups totaled $1.1 billion and $944 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In our non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets, we also disclose the estimated guaranty assets and obligations related to mortgage loans held in our portfolio. The aggregate estimated fair value of the guaranty asset-related components totaled $18.6 billion and $18.1 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. These components represent the sum of the following line items in this table: (i) Guaranty assets of mortgage loans held in portfolio; (ii) Guaranty obligations of mortgage loans held in portfolio, (iii) Guaranty assets and buy-ups; and (iv) Master servicing assets and credit enhancements. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Change in Measuring the Fair Value of Guaranty Obligations.”
 
  (6) The line items “Master servicing assets and credit enhancements” and “Other assets” together consist of the assets presented on the following five line items in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets: (i) Accrued interest receivable; (ii) Acquired property, net; (iii) Deferred tax assets; (iv) Partnership investments; and (v) Other assets. The carrying value of these items in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets together totaled $52.8 billion and $41.9 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We deduct the carrying value of the buy-ups associated with our guaranty obligation, which totaled $1.1 billion and $944 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, from “Other assets” reported in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets because buy-ups are a financial instrument that we combine with guaranty assets in our SFAS 107 disclosure in Note 17. We have estimated the fair value of master servicing assets and credit enhancements based on our fair value methodologies discussed in Note 17.
 
  (7) With the exception of partnership investments and deferred tax assets, the GAAP carrying values of other assets generally approximate fair value. While we have included partnership investments at their carrying value in each of the non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets, the fair values of these items are generally different from their GAAP carrying values, potentially materially. Our LIHTC partnership investments had a carrying value of $7.0 billion and $8.1 billion and an estimated fair value of $7.9 billion and $9.3 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We assume that certain other assets, consisting primarily of prepaid expenses, have no fair value. Our GAAP-basis deferred tax assets are described in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 10, Income Taxes.” In addition to the GAAP-basis deferred income tax amounts included in “Other assets,” we include in our non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets the estimated income tax effect related to the fair value adjustments made to derive the fair value of our net assets. Because our adjusted deferred income taxes are a net asset in each year, the amounts are included in our non-GAAP fair value balance sheets as a component of other assets.
 
  (8) Includes certain short-term debt and long-term debt instruments reported in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value as of June 30, 2008 of $4.5 billion and $22.5 billion, respectively.


60


 

 
  (9) The line item “Other liabilities” consists of the liabilities presented on the following four line items in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets: (i) Accrued interest payable; (ii) Reserve for guaranty losses; (iii) Partnership liabilities; and (iv) Other liabilities. The carrying value of these items in our GAAP condensed consolidated balance sheets together totaled $26.4 billion and $20.5 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The GAAP carrying values of these other liabilities generally approximate fair value. We assume that certain other liabilities, such as deferred revenues, have no fair value. Although we report the “Reserve for guaranty losses” as a separate line item on our condensed consolidated balance sheets, it is incorporated into and reported as part of the fair value of our guaranty obligations in our non-GAAP supplemental condensed consolidated fair value balance sheets.
 
  (10) “Preferred stockholders’ equity” is reflected in our non-GAAP supplemental condensed consolidated fair value balance sheets at the estimated fair value amount.
 
  (11) “Common stockholders’ equity” consists of the stockholders’ equity components presented on the following five line items in our GAAP consolidated balance sheets: (i) Common stock; (ii) Additional paid-in capital; (iii) Retained earnings; (iv) Accumulated other comprehensive loss; and (v) Treasury stock, at cost. “Common stockholders’ equity” is the residual of the excess (deficit) of the estimated fair value of total assets over the estimated fair value of total liabilities, after taking into consideration preferred stockholders’ equity and minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries.
 
Changes in Non-GAAP Estimated Fair Value of Net Assets
 
We expect periodic fluctuations in the estimated fair value of our net assets due to our business activities, as well as due to changes in market conditions, including changes in interest rates, changes in relative spreads between our mortgage assets and debt, and changes in implied volatility. As discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Fair Value of Financial Instruments—Change in Measuring the Fair Value of Guaranty Obligations,” beginning January 1, 2008, as part of the implementation of SFAS 157, we changed our approach to measuring the fair value of our guaranty obligations. We believe that this change, which increased the previously reported fair value of our net assets as of December 31, 2007 by $1.6 billion to $37.4 billion, provides a more meaningful presentation of the guaranty obligations by better aligning the revenue we recognize for providing our guaranty with the compensation we receive. Table 33 summarizes the changes in the fair value of our net assets for the first six months of 2008.
 
Table 33:  Non-GAAP Estimated Fair Value of Net Assets (Net of Tax Effect)
 
         
    For the
 
    Six Months
 
    Ended
 
    June 30,
 
    2008  
    (Dollars in
 
    millions)  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007, as reported
  $ 35,799  
Effect of change in measuring fair value of guaranty obligations (1)
    1,558  
         
Balance as of December 31, 2007, as adjusted to include effect of change in
measuring fair value of guaranty obligations
    37,357  
Capital transactions: (2)
       
Common dividends, common stock repurchases and issuances, net
    1,869  
Preferred dividends and issuances, net
    4,060  
         
Capital transactions, net
    5,929  
Change in estimated fair value of net assets, excluding effect of capital transactions
    (30,834 )
         
Decrease in estimated fair value of net assets, net
    (24,905 )
         
Balance as of June 30, 2008 (3)
  $ 12,452  
         
 
 
 
(1) Represents the estimated after-tax impact of the change in our approach to measuring the fair value of our guaranty obligations as part of our January 1, 2008 implementation of SFAS 157. Amount reflects the difference of $2.3 billion ($1.6 billion after-tax) between the estimated fair value of our guaranty obligations based on our current valuation approach of $18.2 billion as of December 31, 2007, and the previously reported fair value of our guaranty obligations of $20.5 billion as of December 31, 2007.
 
(2) Represents net capital transactions, which are reflected in the condensed consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.


61


 

 
(3) Represents estimated fair value of net assets (net of tax effect) presented in Table 32: Supplemental Non-GAAP Consolidated Fair Value Balance Sheets.
 
Table 34 presents selected market information that impacts changes in the fair value of our net assets.
 
Table 34:  Selected Market Information (1)
 
                         
    As of        
    June 30,
    December 31,
       
    2008     2007     Change  
 
10-year U.S. Treasury note yield
    3.97 %     4.03 %     (0.06 )%
Implied volatility (2)
    21.9       20.4       1.5  
30-year Fannie Mae MBS par coupon rate
    5.84       5.51       0.33  
Lehman U.S. MBS Index OAS (in basis points) over LIBOR yield curve
    59.2 bp     26.2 bp     33.0 bp
Lehman U.S. Agency Debt Index OAS (in basis points) over LIBOR yield curve
    (12.3 )     (20.2 )     7.9  
 
 
(1) Information obtained from Lehman Live, Lehman POINT and Bloomberg.
 
(2) Implied volatility for an interest rate swaption with a 3-year option on a 10-year final maturity.
 
The estimated fair value of our net assets, excluding capital transactions, decreased by $30.8 billion during the first six months of 2008. This decrease was offset by net proceeds of $5.9 billion from capital transactions, resulting in a net decrease in the estimated fair value of our net assets of $24.9 billion to $12.5 billion as of June 30, 2008, from an adjusted $37.4 billion as of December 31, 2007. The primary factors driving the $30.8 billion decline were: (i) a decrease of approximately $25.2 billion in the fair value of our net guaranty assets, net of tax, reflecting the significant increase in the fair value of our guaranty obligations attributable to an increase in expected credit losses as well as an increase in risk premium due to our current guaranty fee pricing and (ii) a decrease in the fair value of the net portfolio for our capital markets business, largely attributable to the significant widening of mortgage-to-debt OAS during the first six months of 2008, which had an estimated effect of approximately $5.9 billion.
 
The $25.2 billion decline in the fair value of our net guaranty assets, net of tax, was driven by the substantial increase in the estimated fair value of our guaranty obligations (approximately $25.5 billion net of tax), which we now measure based on the compensation we currently require to provide our guaranty and assume the credit risk associated with the mortgage loans underlying the guaranteed Fannie Mae MBS, or “mortgage credit risk.” This increase in the fair value of our guaranty obligations resulted from both an increase in the underlying risk in our guaranty book of business, as delinquencies increased and declining home prices continued to adversely affect mark-to-market LTV ratios, and an increase in the estimated mortgage credit risk premium required to take mortgage credit risk in the current market, as indicated by the pricing of our new guaranty business. Although we continue to measure the estimated fair value of our guaranty obligations using the models and inputs we used prior to January 1, 2008, since January 1, 2008, we have calibrated these models to our current guaranty fee compensation, which includes our March 2008 and June 2008 guaranty fee price increases. As a result, the estimated fair value of our guaranty obligations as of June 30, 2008 takes into account the guaranty fees we currently charge, regardless of the date on which we actually issued any of our guarantees. Because we measure the fair value of our guaranty obligations based on our pricing as of the fair value measurement date, the fair value of these obligations generally will increase when our risk-adjusted guaranty fees increase, resulting in a reduction in the fair value of our net assets. Similarly, the fair value of the guaranty obligations generally will decrease when our risk-adjusted guaranty fees decrease, resulting in an increase in the fair value of our net assets. The total fair value of our guaranty obligations presented in our non-GAAP supplemental consolidated fair value balance sheets is not reflective of our expected credit losses because it consists of not only future expected credit losses but also an estimated market risk premium that is based on our current risk pricing. For more information about how we measure the fair value of our guaranty obligations, refer to “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Fair Value of Financial Instruments—Change in Measuring the Fair Value of Guaranty Obligations.”
 
The widening of mortgage-to-debt spreads during the first six months of 2008 contributed to approximately $5.9 billion of the decline in the fair value of our net assets. As indicated in Table 34 above, the Lehman U.S. MBS index, which primarily includes 30-year and 15-year mortgages, reflected a further widening of


62


 

OAS during the first six months of 2008. The OAS on securities held by us that are not in the index, such as AAA-rated 10-year CMBS and AAA-rated private-label mortgage-related securities, widened even more dramatically, resulting in an overall decrease in the fair value of our mortgage assets. Debt OAS based on the Lehman U.S. Agency Debt Index to LIBOR fell by 7.9 basis points during the first six months of 2008 to minus 12.3 basis points as of June 30, 2008, which resulted in a decrease in the fair value of our debt from December 31, 2007.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
 
We actively manage our liquidity and capital position with the objective of preserving stable, reliable and cost-effective sources of cash to meet all of our current and future operating financial commitments and regulatory capital requirements. We obtain the funds we need to operate our business primarily from the proceeds we receive from the issuance of debt. We seek to maintain sufficient excess liquidity in the event that factors, whether internal or external to our business, temporarily prevent us from issuing debt in the capital markets.
 
Liquidity
 
Sources and Uses of Cash
 
Our sources of cash include:
 
  •  proceeds from the issuance of our debt;
 
  •  principal and interest payments received on our mortgage portfolio assets;
 
  •  principal and interest payments received on our liquid investments;
 
  •  borrowings under secured and unsecured intraday funding lines of credit we have established with several large financial institutions;
 
  •  sales of mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and liquid assets;
 
  •  borrowings against mortgage-related securities and other investment securities we hold pursuant to repurchase agreements and loan agreements;
 
  •  guaranty fees earned on Fannie Mae MBS;
 
  •  mortgage insurance counterparty payments; and
 
  •  net receipts on derivative instruments.
 
Our uses of cash include:
 
  •  the repayment of matured, redeemed and repurchased debt;
 
  •  the purchase of mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and other investments;
 
  •  interest payments on outstanding debt;
 
  •  net payments on derivative counterparty agreements;
 
  •  the pledging of collateral under derivative instruments;
 
  •  administrative expenses;
 
  •  the payment of federal income taxes;
 
  •  losses incurred in connection with our Fannie Mae MBS guaranty obligations; and
 
  •  the payment of dividends on our common and preferred stock.


63


 

 
Funding
 
Because our primary source of cash is proceeds from the issuance of our debt securities, we depend on our ability to issue debt securities in the capital markets on an ongoing basis to meet our cash requirements. During the first six months of 2008, we issued $840.9 billion in short-term debt and $171.9 billion in long-term debt. We also redeemed $1.0 trillion of debt securities during the first six months of 2008. As of June 30, 2008, we had $240.2 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $559.3 billion in outstanding long-term debt, compared with $234.2 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $562.1 billion in outstanding long-term debt as of December 31, 2007. For information about our debt activity for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, and our outstanding short-term and long-term debt as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, refer to “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Debt Instruments” and “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 8, Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt.”
 
Our sources of liquidity remain adequate to meet our short-term and long-term needs for funding. During the first six months of 2008, we did not experience limitations on our ability to borrow funds through the issuance of debt securities at attractive rates in the capital markets, and we remained an active issuer of short-term and long-term debt securities to meet our continual need for funding and rebalancing our portfolio.
 
From July 2007 though June 2008, the company was able to raise short-term funds at unusually attractive yields relative to market benchmarks, such as LIBOR. In the first three weeks of July 2008 the secondary market yields of our outstanding short term debt increased in response to market concerns about the U.S. housing market and its impact on the company’s capital position and future profitability. As an example, our auction of three-month debt on July 2, 2008 resulted in a spread-to-LIBOR of -44 basis points whereas the auction on July 23, 2008 resulted in a spread of -16 basis points. On July 13, 2008 the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve announced actions designed to support our continued operation, including making proposals for legislative authority that would permit the government to support our financial position by lending funds to us or taking an equity position in the company. Those proposed legislative provisions were enacted into law on July 30, 2008. These announcements and actions have helped to reduce market concerns and strengthen our access to the debt markets and have had a positive impact on the cost of our debt. Our auction of three-month debt on July 30, 2008 resulted in a spread-to-LIBOR of -37 basis points, an improvement of 21 basis points from the prior week.
 
The company historically has issued most of its long-term debt in the form of fixed-rate callable medium term notes. The notes are distributed through broker-dealers who negotiate the terms of this debt with the company via a process known as “reverse inquiry”. In July, we noted a significant decrease in demand for such issuances, as has happened in past periods of market stress. Heightened market concerns about housing market conditions and their potential impact on the GSEs characterized this most recent period.
 
Throughout the second quarter and July, the company maintained its access to liquidity. During July, we increased our net issuance of short-term debt which resulted in an increase of our outstanding short-term debt by an estimated $31 billion. The incremental proceeds were invested primarily in federal funds and short-term bank deposits. In addition, during July, our new issuance of long-term debt exceeded the total of redemptions, maturities, and repurchases of previously issued long-term debt, resulting in an increase in our outstanding long-term debt by an estimated $3 billion. We have not needed to trigger any of the contingency plans, as described below in “Liquidity Risk Management” to generate liquidity through other means.
 
The U.S. Treasury and Federal Reserve announcements have had some positive impacts on the market for our debt. We continue to believe that the short-term debt markets provide superior pricing and liquidity than the long-term debt markets. To the extent that the liquidity and pricing in the long-term debt market does not improve, we could have increased reliance on short-term debt funding versus our historical issuance pattern. If at some point in the future, our outstanding short-term debt increases significantly from its current level, it could result in an increase of the cost of issuing that debt and the risk associated with rolling over short-term debt on a frequent basis. In extreme cases, limited investor demand for our short-term debt securities at reasonable yields could require us to use contingent sources of liquidity, such as using our mortgage assets as collateral for financing. To date, investor demand has been sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements. We continue to carefully monitor the current volatile market conditions to determine the impact of these


64


 

conditions on our funding and liquidity. Further disruptions and continued turmoil in the financial markets could result in changes in the amount, mix and cost of funds we obtain and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition.
 
See “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of our 2007 Form 10-K and “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of this report for a discussion of the risks related to our ability to obtain funds through the issuance of debt securities, and the cost at which we are able to obtain these funds. The U.S. government does not guarantee our debt and our debt does not constitute a debt or obligation of the U.S. government or of any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
We also obtained funds in the second quarter of 2008 through the issuance of common and preferred stock. We had not previously issued common stock in a public offering since February 1987. As described in “Capital Management—Capital Activity” below, we issued a total of $7.4 billion in common stock, non-cumulative mandatory convertible preferred stock, and non-cumulative, non-convertible preferred stock in the second quarter of 2008, in order to preserve and further build our capital. These stock issuances increased our core capital and resulted in a material change in the mix of our capital resources and increased the relative cost of those resources. We cannot be certain whether, or at what terms, we will have access to this kind of funding in the future. To the extent we were able to access this form of funding, any new issuance could be dilutive to existing shareholders and/or may result in further downgrades from the ratings agencies.
 
Under the Regulatory Reform Act, the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury has additional temporary authority to purchase our obligations and other securities on terms that Treasury may determine, subject to our agreement. As of August 7, 2008, Fannie Mae has not entered into any specific agreement with Treasury to obtain such funds nor have terms been defined as to the cost and conditions of any such investment. Any investment by Treasury could materially adversely affect our business and our ability to access the private capital markets in the future. See “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of this report for information on how any use of this facility could materially adversely affect our business and liquidity.
 
Liquidity Risk Management
 
We define liquidity risk as the risk that would arise from an inability to meet our cash obligations in a timely manner. We have met, and continue to meet, our cash obligations in a timely manner. Our liquidity position could be adversely affected by many causes, both internal and external to our business, including elimination of Fannie Mae’s GSE status, a sustained period of negative coverage of Fannie Mae in the media, an unexpected systemic event leading to the withdrawal of liquidity from the market, a sudden catastrophic operational failure in the financial sector due to a terrorist attack or other event, an extreme market-wide widening of credit spreads, a downgrade of our credit ratings from the major ratings organizations, loss of demand for Fannie Mae debt from a major group of investors or a significant credit event involving one of our major institutional counterparties. See “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of this report for a description of factors that could adversely affect our liquidity.
 
Liquidity Risk Policy
 
Our liquidity risk policy governs our management of liquidity risk and outlines our methods for measuring and monitoring liquidity risk.
 
We conduct daily liquidity management activities to achieve the goals of our liquidity risk policy. The primary tools that we employ for liquidity management include the following:
 
  •  daily monitoring and reporting of our liquidity position;
 
  •  daily monitoring of market and economic factors that may impact our liquidity;
 
  •  daily forecasting of our ability to meet our liquidity needs over a 90-day period without relying upon the issuance of long-term or short-term unsecured debt securities;
 
  •  daily forecasting and statistical analysis of our daily cash needs over a 28 business day period;


65


 

 
  •  maintaining an investment portfolio of liquid non-mortgage assets that are readily marketable or have short-term maturities so that we can quickly and easily convert these assets into cash;
 
  •  routine testing of our ability to rely upon identified sources of liquidity, such as mortgage repurchase agreements;
 
  •  periodic reporting to management and the Board of Directors regarding our liquidity position;
 
  •  periodic review and testing of our liquidity management controls by our Internal Audit department; and
 
  •  maintaining of a portfolio of unencumbered mortgage assets that can be sold or can be pledged as collateral for secured borrowings.
 
Liquidity Contingency Plan
 
We maintain a liquidity contingency plan in the event that factors, whether internal or external to our business, temporarily compromise our ability to access funds in the unsecured agency debt market. Our contingency plan provides for alternative sources of liquidity that we believe would allow us to meet all of our cash obligations for 90 days without relying upon the issuance of unsecured debt.
 
In the event of a liquidity crisis in which our access to the unsecured debt funding market becomes impaired, our primary source of potential liquidity is the unencumbered mortgage portfolio. These assets could be used to raise cash through outright sale or as collateral for secured borrowing. In the event of such a liquidity crisis, haircuts for secured borrowing may be in excess of historical levels, and any sale of assets could be made at valuation levels below historical norms. Our ability to raise funds through the sale or pledge of mortgage assets in the event that we cannot access unsecured funding could be limited if the markets for the sale and financing of mortgage-related assets experience significant disruption or reduced levels of liquidity.
 
Pursuant to our September 2005 agreement with OFHEO, we periodically test our liquidity contingency plan. We believe we were in compliance with our agreement with OFHEO to maintain and test our liquidity contingency plan as of June 30, 2008.
 
Liquid Investment Portfolio
 
Another source of liquidity in the event of a liquidity crisis is the sale or maturation of assets in our liquid investment portfolio (“LIP”). Our LIP is designed to provide a pool of funds that, if drawn upon, should provide sufficient time for us to implement fully a large scale secured financing program with the mortgage assets in our portfolio. Our LIP contains cash, bank deposits, and other highly-rated non-mortgage securities that are readily marketable or have short-term maturities. Our ability to sell assets from our liquid investment portfolio could be limited in the event of a significant market disruption. As described in “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Liquid Investments,” we had approximately $82.7 billion and $102.0 billion in liquid assets, net of cash equivalents pledged as collateral, as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Credit Ratings
 
Our ability to borrow at attractive rates is highly dependent upon our credit ratings from the major nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations. Our senior unsecured debt (both long-term and short-term), benchmark subordinated debt and preferred stock are rated and continuously monitored by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch.
 
In May 2008, for example, Standard & Poor’s lowered our risk-to-the-government rating to “A+” from “AA-” with a negative outlook and subsequently, in July 2008, placed it on CreditWatch Negative. In addition, during July 2008, all three rating agencies affirmed or updated our ratings, as follows.
 
•  Long-Term and Short-Term Senior Unsecured Debt Ratings.   Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch each affirmed their ratings on our long-term and short-term senior unsecured debt, with Standard & Poor’s at “AAA”/“A-1+” with a stable outlook; Moody’s at “Aaa”/“P-1” with a stable outlook; and Fitch at “AAA” / “F1+”.


66


 

 
•  Long Term Issuer Default Rating.   Fitch affirmed our long-term Issuer Default Rating of “AAA” with a stable outlook.
 
•  Subordinated Debt Ratings.   Both Moody’s and Fitch affirmed our subordinated debt ratings, with: Moody’s at “Aa2” with a stable outlook; and Fitch at “AA-”, while Standard & Poor’s placed our “AA-” subordinated debt rating on CreditWatch Negative.
 
•  Preferred Stock Ratings.   Moody’s downgraded our preferred stock rating to “A1” from “Aa3” and placed it on review for possible downgrade; Fitch downgraded it to “A+” from “AA-” and maintained it on Rating Watch Negative; and Standard & Poor’s placed our “AA-” rating on CreditWatch Negative.
 
•  Bank Financial Strength Rating.   Moody’s lowered our bank financial strength rating to “B−” from “B” and placed it on review for possible downgrade in July 2008; Moody’s had previously downgraded this rating in May 2008 to “B” from “B+” with a negative outlook.
 
Table 35 below sets forth the credit ratings issued by each of these rating agencies of our long-term and short-term senior unsecured debt, subordinated debt and preferred stock as of August 7, 2008. Table 35 also sets forth our “risk to the government” rating and our “Bank Financial Strength Rating” as of August 7, 2008.
 
Table 35:  Fannie Mae Credit Ratings
 
                                                 
    Senior
    Senior
                      Bank
 
    Long-Term
    Short-Term
    Subordinated
    Preferred
    Risk to the
    Financial
 
    Unsecured Debt     Unsecured Debt     Debt     Stock     Government (1)     Strength (1)  
 
Standard & Poor’s (2)
    AAA       A-1+       AA−       AA−       A+        
Moody’s (3)
    Aaa       P-1       Aa2       A1             B−  
Fitch (4)
    AAA       F1+       AA−       A+              
 
 
(1) Pursuant to our September 2005 agreement with OFHEO, we agreed to seek to obtain a rating that assesses the independent financial strength or “risk to the government” of Fannie Mae operating under its authorizing legislation but without assuming a cash infusion or extraordinary support of the government in the event of a financial crisis.
 
(2) In July 2008, Standard & Poor’s affirmed our senior debt ratings with stable outlooks and placed on CreditWatch Negative our subordinated debt, preferred stock and risk to the government ratings. In May 2008, they lowered our risk-to-the-government rating to “A+” from “AA−”.
 
(3) In July 2008, Moody’s affirmed our senior debt and subordinated debt ratings with stable outlooks. They downgraded our preferred stock rating to “A1” from “Aa3” and our bank financial strength rating to “B−” from “B” (which was downgraded from “B+” to “B” in May 2008); they placed both ratings on review for possible downgrade.
 
(4) In July 2008, Fitch affirmed our debt ratings and downgraded our preferred stock rating to “A+” from “AA−”; they maintained our preferred stock on Rating Watch Negative. Fitch affirmed our long term Issuer Default Rating at “AAA” with a stable outlook.
 
Cash Flows
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008.   Cash and cash equivalents of $13.5 billion as of June 30, 2008 increased by $9.6 billion from December 31, 2007. Net cash generated from operating activities totaled $29.9 billion, resulting primarily from the proceeds from maturities or sales of our short-term, liquid investments, which are classified as trading securities. We also generated net cash from financing activities of $3.7 billion, reflecting the proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock, which was partially offset by the redemption of a significant amount of long-term debt as interest rates fell during the period. Net cash used in investing activities was $24.1 billion, attributable to our purchases of AFS securities and loans held for investment.
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007.   Cash and cash equivalents of $5.8 billion as of June 30, 2007 increased by $2.6 billion from December 31, 2006, primarily due to net cash provided by financing activities of $4.2 billion generated from the issuance of debt and net cash of $1.5 billion from investing activities, attributable to net mortgage asset liquidations. These increases were partially offset by net cash used in operating activities of $3.1 billion attributable to an increase in the purchase of HFS mortgage loans.


67


 

 
Capital Management
 
Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
On March 19, 2008, OFHEO reduced from 30% to 20% the amount of capital we are required to hold in excess of our statutory minimum capital requirement. On June 9, 2008, OFHEO announced that we were classified as adequately capitalized as of March 31, 2008 (the most recent date for which results have been published by OFHEO). With the completion of our capital raise in May 2008, OFHEO further reduced the amount of capital we are required to hold in excess of our statutory minimum capital requirement to 15%. OFHEO had also indicated its intention to reduce our excess capital requirement to 10% in September 2008, based upon our continued maintenance of excess capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse change to our ongoing regulatory compliance. As our new safety, soundness and mission regulator under the Regulatory Reform Act, FHFA will have responsibility for making this determination in September. Under the Regulatory Reform Act, FHFA has the authority to increase our minimum capital levels and to establish additional capital and reserve requirements with respect to any product or activity. FHFA also has the authority to increase our minimum capital levels temporarily if the Director of FHFA determines it necessary and the authority to adjust our capital classification at any time.
 
On June 10, 2008, OFHEO announced a final rule that changes the mortgage loan loss severity formulas used in our regulatory risk-based capital stress test. This new risk-based capital stress test will be formally applied beginning with the third quarter 2008 capital classification and is expected to increase the risk-based capital requirement. We estimate that our statutory risk-based capital requirement of $23.1 billion as of March 31, 2008, would have instead been $30.4 billion using the new stress test loss severity formulas and assuming no other change. With total capital holdings of $47.7 billion as of March 31, 2008, our estimated $24.6 billion surplus would have instead totaled $17.3 billion or 57% higher than the risk-based capital requirement estimated under the new standard. Under the Regulatory Reform Act, the Director of FHFA has responsibility for establishing our risk-based capital requirements.
 
For information about our regulatory capital classification measures as of June 30, 2008, refer to “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 15, Regulatory Capital Requirements.” For more information on the authority of our new regulator, refer to “Legislation Relating to Our Regulatory Framework.”
 
Amendments being considered by the FASB to SFAS 140 and FIN 46R could affect the amount of capital we would be required to maintain, but would be effective no earlier than January 2010. For a description of these amendments being considered by the FASB, refer to “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Variable Interest Entities.”
 
Capital Activity
 
Capital Management Actions
 
As described in “Consolidated Results of Operations” above, we recorded a net loss of $4.5 billion for the first six months of 2008. Because our retained earnings are a component of our core capital, this loss reduced the amount of our core capital. Our losses for the first six months of 2008 were due to continuing market challenges that have adversely affected our results of operations. During the period, we have taken aggressive management actions to preserve and further build our capital, including:
 
  •  issuing equity securities. In May and June 2008, we completed public offerings totaling $7.4 billion in common stock, non-cumulative mandatory convertible preferred stock, and non-cumulative, non-convertible preferred stock. For more information on these issuances, refer to “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 14, Stockholders’ Equity;”
 
  •  managing the size of our investment portfolio;
 
  •  selling assets to reduce the amount of capital that we were required to hold and to realize investment gains;
 
  •  reducing our common stock dividend;
 
  •  electing not to purchase mortgage assets at attractive prices;


68


 

  •  slowing growth of our guaranty business; and
 
  •  applying other changes to our business practices to reduce our losses and expenses during the period.
 
Management continues to carefully monitor our capital and dividend positions and the trends impacting those positions and, if necessary, intends to take actions designed to help mitigate the impacts of a worsening environment on those positions. We have already taken some actions, such as:
 
  •  further reducing our common stock dividend;
 
  •  further increasing our guaranty fee pricing on new acquisitions; and
 
  •  evaluating our costs and expenses with the expectation to reduce administrative costs.
 
Additional steps we could take include: reducing or eliminating our dividends; slowing growth; decreasing the size of our balance sheet; further raising guaranty fees; and raising additional capital (which could be dilutive). Some of these actions could have negative consequences, including decreased revenue due to growth limitations, or increased mark-to-market charges associated with the decreased liquidity for mortgage assets that could arise from a reduction in our market activity. If our capital fails to meet standards set by FHFA, FHFA could require us to enter into a capital restoration plan or take other actions. Refer to “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of this report for a more detailed discussion of how continued declines in our earnings could negatively impact our regulatory capital position.
 
Dividends
 
We paid common stock dividends of $0.35 per share, which totaled $343 million, for the second quarter of 2008. Our Board of Directors previously announced its intent to reduce our quarterly common stock dividend, and on August 7, 2008, our Board of Directors declared common stock dividends of $0.05 per share for the third quarter of 2008, payable on August 29, 2008. Our Board of Directors will continue to assess dividend payments for each quarter based upon the facts and conditions existing at the time.
 
We paid an aggregate of $303 million in preferred stock dividends in the second quarter of 2008 on 16 of our 17 outstanding series of preferred stock. The first dividend on the Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock Series 2008-1 that was issued on May 14, 2008 will be paid on September 30, 2008. On August 7, 2008, our Board of Directors declared total preferred stock dividends in aggregate of $413 million for the third quarter of 2008, payable on September 30, 2008.
 
On June 27, 2008, the dividend rate for our Series P Preferred Stock was reset to 4.50% per year. The new dividend rate for the Series P Preferred Stock will be in effect from and including June 30, 2008 to but excluding September 30, 2008.
 
Subordinated Debt
 
In September 2005, we agreed with OFHEO to issue and maintain a specified amount of qualifying subordinated debt. As of June 30, 2008, we were in compliance with our OFHEO subordinated debt requirement. The sum of our total capital plus the outstanding balance of our qualifying subordinated debt exceeded our subordinated debt requirement by an estimated $15.7 billion, or 34%, as of June 30, 2008, compared with an estimated $10.3 billion, or 23%, as of December 31, 2007. As of June 30, 2008, we had $9.0 billion in outstanding qualifying subordinated debt.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
 
We enter into certain business arrangements that are not recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets or may be recorded in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. These arrangements are commonly referred to as “off-balance sheet arrangements,” and expose us to potential losses in excess of the amounts recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) is considering amendments to SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfer and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125) (“SFAS 140”) to eliminate qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”). Additionally, the FASB is considering amendments to FIN 46R (revised December 2003), Consolidation of


69


 

Variable Interest Entities (an interpretation of ARB No. 51) (“FIN 46R”) that would replace the current consolidation model with a qualitative evaluation that requires consolidation of an entity when the reporting enterprise both (a) has the power to direct matters which significantly impact the activities and success of the entity, and (b) has exposure to benefits and/or losses that could potentially be significant to the entity. If an enterprise is not able to reach a conclusion through the qualitative analysis, it would then proceed to a quantitative evaluation. As of August 7, 2008, the FASB had not formally issued proposed amendments to SFAS 140 or FIN 46R.
 
Our most significant off-balance sheet arrangements result from the mortgage loan securitization and resecuritization transactions that we routinely enter into as part of the normal course of our guaranty business operations. Currently, most trusts used in our guaranteed securitizations are not consolidated by the company for financial reporting purposes because the trusts are QSPEs under SFAS 140. Because the trusts are not consolidated, the assets and liabilities of the trusts are not reported on our balance sheet, and the amount of capital that we must hold for the guaranties that we provide to these QSPEs is significantly lower than the capital we must hold for assets reported on our balance sheet.
 
As of June 30, 2008, we had over $2 trillion of assets held in QSPEs. If we are required to consolidate incremental assets and liabilities of these trusts, the amount of capital we would be required to maintain could increase. Under certain circumstances, these changes could have a material adverse impact on our earnings, financial condition and capital position. Since the amendments to SFAS 140 and FIN 46R are not final and the FASB’s proposals will be subject to a public comment period, we are unable to predict the impact that the amendments may have on our consolidated financial statements or capital position.
 
We also enter into other guaranty transactions, liquidity support transactions and hold partnership interests that may involve off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Fannie Mae MBS Transactions and Other Financial Guarantees
 
As described in our 2007 Form 10-K, our maximum potential exposure to credit losses relating to our outstanding and unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties and our other financial guarantees is significantly higher than the carrying amount of the guaranty obligations and reserve for guaranty losses that are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. In the case of outstanding and unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties, our maximum potential exposure arising from these guaranty obligations is primarily represented by the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans underlying these Fannie Mae MBS, which was $2.3 trillion and $2.1 trillion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In the case of the other financial guarantees that we provide, our maximum potential exposure arising from these guarantees is primarily represented by the unpaid principal balance of the underlying bonds and loans, which totaled $31.8 billion and $41.6 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Partnership Interests
 
We had a recorded investment in LIHTC partnerships of $7.0 billion as of June 30, 2008, compared with $8.1 billion as of December 31, 2007. For additional information regarding our holdings in off-balance sheet limited partnerships, refer to “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 2, Consolidations.”


70


 

 
RISK MANAGEMENT
 
This section updates the information set forth in our 2007 Form 10-K and our 2008 Q1 Form 10-Q relating to our management of risk. For further discussion of the primary risks to our business and how we seek to manage those risks, refer to “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” and “Part II—Item 7—MD&A—Risk Management” of our 2007 Form 10-K, “Part I—Item 2—MD&A—Risk Management” of our 2008 Q1 Form 10-Q and “Part II—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of this report.
 
Credit Risk Management
 
We are generally subject to two types of credit risk: mortgage credit risk and institutional counterparty credit risk. The deterioration in the mortgage and credit markets, including the national decline in home prices, rating agency downgrades of mortgage-related securities and counterparties, increased level of institutional insolvencies and higher levels of delinquencies and foreclosures, has increased our exposure to both mortgage credit and institutional counterparty credit risks.
 
Mortgage Credit Risk Management
 
In order to manage our mortgage credit risk in the shifting market environment, we have significantly reduced our participation in riskier loan product categories and taken steps to ensure that our pricing and our eligibility and underwriting criteria more accurately reflect the current risks in the housing market. Effective June 1, 2008, we implemented Desktop Underwriter 7.0 ® , a more comprehensive risk assessment model. We believe our new model will significantly improve the credit profile of our single-family acquisitions, particularly for higher risk product segments that have been large drivers of our credit losses. We recently took additional steps that we believe further our ability to manage our mortgage credit risk. These steps include discontinuing the purchase of newly originated Alt-A loans effective January 1, 2009, increasing the adverse market delivery charge announced earlier in the year to 50 basis points from 25 basis points and updating our standard pricing adjustments for mortgage loans with certain risk characteristics. These pricing changes are effective October 1, 2008. In addition, we are continuing to enhance our loss mitigation strategy to minimize the frequency of foreclosure, including increasing our focus on problem loan workouts and developing and implementing new loss mitigation tools such as our HomeSaver Advance initiative.
 
Mortgage Credit Book of Business
 
Table 36 displays the composition of our entire mortgage credit book of business, which consists of both on- and off-balance sheet arrangements, as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Our single-family mortgage credit book of business accounted for approximately 93% of our entire mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and 94% as of December 31, 2007.
 
Table 36:  Composition of Mortgage Credit Book of Business
 
                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008  
    Single-Family (1)     Multifamily (2)     Total  
    Conventional (3)     Government (4)     Conventional (3)     Government (4)     Conventional (3)     Government (4)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Mortgage portfolio: (5)
                                               
Mortgage loans (6)
  $ 279,233     $ 36,009     $ 104,997     $ 753     $ 384,230     $ 36,762  
Fannie Mae MBS (6)
    190,695       1,969       353       104       191,048       2,073  
Agency mortgage-related securities (6)(7)
    33,506       1,542             28       33,506       1,570  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    3,079       2,651       7,898       2,160       10,977       4,811  
Other mortgage-related securities (8)
    61,222       2,011       25,880       26       87,102       2,037  
                                                 
Total mortgage portfolio
    567,735       44,182       139,128       3,071       706,863       47,253  
Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties (9)
    2,198,519       14,068       38,762       933       2,237,281       15,001  
Other credit guarantees (10)
    14,752             17,014       46       31,766       46  
                                                 
Mortgage credit book of business
  $ 2,781,006     $ 58,250     $ 194,904     $ 4,050     $ 2,975,910     $ 62,300  
                                                 
Guaranty book of business
  $ 2,683,199     $ 52,046     $ 161,126     $ 1,836     $ 2,844,325     $ 53,882  
                                                 


71


 

                                                 
    As of December 31, 2007  
    Single-Family (1)     Multifamily (2)     Total  
    Conventional (3)     Government (4)     Conventional (3)     Government (4)     Conventional (3)     Government (4)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Mortgage portfolio: (5)
                                               
Mortgage loans (6)
  $ 283,629     $ 28,202     $ 90,931     $ 815     $ 374,560     $ 29,017  
Fannie Mae MBS (6)
    177,492       2,113       322       236       177,814       2,349  
Agency mortgage-related securities (6)(7)
    31,305       1,682             50       31,305       1,732  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    3,182       2,796       8,107       2,230       11,289       5,026  
Other mortgage-related securities (8)
    68,240       1,097       25,444       30       93,684       1,127  
                                                 
Total mortgage portfolio
    563,848       35,890       124,804       3,361       688,652       39,251  
Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties (9)
    2,064,395       15,257       38,218       1,039       2,102,613       16,296  
Other credit guarantees (10)
    24,519             17,009       60       41,528       60  
                                                 
Mortgage credit book of business
  $ 2,652,762     $ 51,147     $ 180,031     $ 4,460     $ 2,832,793     $ 55,607  
                                                 
Guaranty book of business
  $ 2,550,035     $ 45,572     $ 146,480     $ 2,150     $ 2,696,515     $ 47,722  
                                                 
 
 
(1) The amounts reported above reflect our total single-family mortgage credit book of business. Of these amounts, the portion of our single-family mortgage credit book of business for which we have access to detailed loan-level information represented approximately 96% and 95% of our total conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Unless otherwise noted, the credit statistics we provide in the discussion that follows relate only to this specific portion of our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business. The remaining portion of our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business consists of Freddie Mac securities, Ginnie Mae securities, private-label mortgage-related securities, Fannie Mae MBS backed by private-label mortgage-related securities, housing-related municipal revenue bonds, other single-family government related loans and securities, and credit enhancements that we provide on single-family mortgage assets. See “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Trading and Available-For-Sale Investment Securities—Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities” for additional information on our private-label mortgage securities.
 
(2) The amounts reported above reflect our total multifamily mortgage credit book of business. Of these amounts, the portion of our multifamily mortgage credit book of business for which we have access to detailed loan-level information represented approximately 81% and 80% of our total multifamily mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Unless otherwise noted, the credit statistics we provide in the discussion that follows relate only to this specific portion of our multifamily mortgage credit book of business.
 
(3) Refers to mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities that are not guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any of its agencies.
 
(4) Refers to mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or one of its agencies.
 
(5) Mortgage portfolio data is reported based on unpaid principal balance.
 
(6) Includes unpaid principal balance totaling $82.4 billion and $81.8 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, related to mortgage-related securities that were consolidated under FIN 46 and mortgage-related securities created from securitization transactions that did not meet the sales criteria under SFAS 140, which effectively resulted in these mortgage-related securities being accounted for as loans.
 
(7) Includes mortgage-related securities issued by Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We held mortgage-related securities issued by Freddie Mac with both a carrying value and fair value of $33.4 billion and $31.2 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, which exceeded 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of each respective date.
 
(8) Includes mortgage-related securities issued by entities other than Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae.
 
(9) Includes Fannie Mae MBS held by third-party investors. The principal balance of resecuritized Fannie Mae MBS is included only once in the reported amount.
 
(10) Includes single-family and multifamily credit enhancements that we have provided and that are not otherwise reflected in the table.

72


 

 
Single-Family
 
Table 37 presents our conventional single-family business volumes for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 and our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 based on certain key risk characteristics that we use to evaluate the risk profile and credit quality of our loans.
 
Table 37:   Risk Characteristics of Conventional Single-Family Business Volume and Mortgage Credit Book of Business (1)
 
                                                 
    Percent of Conventional
             
    Single-Family Business Volume (2)        
                For the
       
                Six Months
    Percent of Conventional Single-Family Book of Business (3)
 
                Ended
    As of  
    Q2
    Q1
    June 30,     June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Original LTV ratio: (4)
                                               
<= 60%
    24 %     21 %     22 %     18 %     23 %     23 %
60.01% to 70%
    17       16       17       14       16       16  
70.01% to 80%
    38       37       38       48       43       43  
80.01% to 90%
    11       12       11       7       8       8  
90.01% to 100%
    10       14       12       13       10       10  
Greater than 100%
                                   
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Weighted average
    71 %     73 %     72 %     74 %     72 %     72 %
Average loan amount
  $ 206,205     $ 209,086     $ 207,593     $ 194,252     $ 146,503     $ 142,747  
Estimated mark-to-market LTV ratio: (5)
                                               
<= 60%
                                    41 %     46 %
60.01% to 70%
                                    15       15  
70.01% to 80%
                                    18       19  
80.01% to 90%
                                    12       12  
90.01% to 100%
                                    8       6  
Greater than 100%
                                    6       2  
                                                 
Total
                                    100 %     100 %
                                                 
Weighted average
                                    65 %     61 %
Product type:
                                               
Fixed-rate: (6)
                                               
Long-term
    72 %     79 %     75 %     74 %     72 %     71 %
Intermediate-term
    15       11       13       6       14       15  
Interest-only
    1       3       2       10       3       3  
                                                 
Total fixed-rate
    88       93       90       90       89       89  
                                                 
Adjustable-rate:
                                               
Interest-only
    5       5       5       7       5       5  
Negative-amortizing
                            1       1  
Other ARMs
    7       2       5       3       5       5  
                                                 
Total adjustable-rate
    12       7       10       10       11       11  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 


73


 

                                                 
    Percent of Conventional
             
    Single-Family Business Volume (2)        
                For the
       
                Six Months
    Percent of Conventional Single-Family Book of Business (3)
 
                Ended
    As of  
    Q2
    Q1
    June 30,     June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Number of property units:
                                               
1 unit
    97 %     97 %     97 %     96 %     96 %     96 %
2-4 units
    3       3       3       4       4       4  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Property type:
                                               
Single-family homes
    90 %     90 %     90 %     89 %     91 %     91 %
Condo/Co-op
    10       10       10       11       9       9  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Occupancy type:
                                               
Primary residence
    90 %     90 %     90 %     88 %     90 %     90 %
Second/vacation home
    5       4       5       5       5       4  
Investor
    5       6       5       7       5       6  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
FICO credit score:
                                               
< 620
    3 %     5 %     3 %     6 %     5 %     5 %
620 to < 660
    5       8       7       11       10       10  
660 to < 700
    15       17       16       20       18       18  
700 to < 740
    22       22       22       23       23       23  
>= 740
    55       48       52       40       44       43  
Not available
                                  1  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Weighted average
    738       728       733       717       722       721  
Loan purpose:
                                               
Purchase
    34 %     34 %     34 %     47 %     40 %     41 %
Cash-out refinance
    34       33       34       34       32       32  
Other refinance
    32       33       32       19       28       27  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
Geographic concentration: (7)
                                               
Midwest
    16 %     16 %     16 %     15 %     16 %     17 %
Northeast
    18       17       18       18       19       19  
Southeast
    23       25       24       26       25       25  
Southwest
    16       16       16       18       16       16  
West
    27       26       26       23       24       23  
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 

74


 

                                                 
    Percent of Conventional
             
    Single-Family Business Volume (2)        
                For the
       
                Six Months
    Percent of Conventional Single-Family Book of Business (3)
 
                Ended
    As of  
    Q2
    Q1
    June 30,     June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Origination year:
                                               
<=1998
                                    2 %     2 %
1999
                                          1  
2000
                                           
2001
                                    2       2  
2002
                                    6       7  
2003
                                    20       22  
2004
                                    11       12  
2005
                                    14       16  
2006
                                    15       17  
2007
                                    21       21  
2008
                                    9        
                                                 
Total
                                    100 %     100 %
                                                 
 
 
(1) As noted in Table 36 above, we generally have access to detailed loan-level statistics only on conventional single-family mortgage loans held in our portfolio and backing Fannie Mae MBS (whether held in our portfolio or held by third parties).
 
(2) Percentages calculated based on unpaid principal balance of loans at time of acquisition. Single-family business volume refers to both single-family mortgage loans we purchase for our mortgage portfolio and single-family mortgage loans we securitize into Fannie Mae MBS.
 
(3) Percentages calculated based on unpaid principal balance of loans as of the end of each period.
 
(4) The original LTV ratio generally is based on the appraised property value reported to us at the time of acquisition of the loan and the original unpaid principal balance of the loan. Excludes loans for which this information is not readily available.
 
(5) The aggregate estimated mark-to-market LTV ratio is based on the estimated current value of the property, calculated using an internal valuation model that estimates periodic changes in home value, and the unpaid principal balance of the loan as of the date of each reported period. Excludes loans for which this information is not readily available.
 
(6) Long-term fixed-rate consists of mortgage loans with maturities greater than 15 years, while intermediate-term fixed-rate have maturities equal to or less than 15 years.
 
(7) Midwest consists of IL, IN, IA, MI, MN, NE, ND, OH, SD and WI. Northeast includes CT, DE, ME, MA, NH, NJ, NY, PA, PR, RI, VT and VI. Southeast consists of AL, DC, FL, GA, KY, MD, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA and WV. Southwest consists of AZ, AR, CO, KS, LA, MO, NM, OK, TX and UT. West consists of AK, CA, GU, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA and WY.
 
Credit risk profile summary.   Our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business continues to consist mostly of traditional fixed-rate mortgage loans. As a result of changes we made in our underwriting and eligibility criteria to reduce our credit risk, we experienced a shift in the risk profile of our new business for the first six months of 2008 relative to the first six months of 2007. We believe the change in the composition of our new business, including a significant increase in the weighted average FICO credit score and a reduction in the proportion of higher risk, interest-only loans to more traditional, fully amortizing fixed-rate mortgage loans, reflects an improvement in the overall credit quality of our new business. The increase in the estimated weighted average mark-to-market LTV ratio of our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business to 65% as of June 30, 2008, from 61% as of December 31, 2007 was largely due to the national decline in home prices.

75


 

•  Alt-A and Subprime Loans.   We provide information below on our exposure to Alt-A and subprime mortgage loans. Our Alt-A loans have recently accounted for a significant portion of our credit losses.
 
Alt-A Loans:   Alt-A mortgage loans, whether held in our portfolio or backing Fannie Mae MBS, represented approximately 4% of our single-family business volume for the first six months of 2008, compared with approximately 22% for the first six months of 2007. The significant decline in Alt-A volume is due in part to our recent and continued tightening of eligibility standards and price increases, as well as the overall decline in the Alt-A market. As a result of these recent eligibility restrictions and price increases, we expect our Alt-A mortgage loan acquisitions to be significantly limited in future periods. In addition, we are discontinuing the purchase of newly originated Alt-A loans effective January 1, 2009. Alt-A mortgage loans held in our portfolio or Alt-A mortgage loans backing Fannie Mae MBS, excluding resecuritized private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A mortgage loans, represented approximately 11% of our total single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008, compared with approximately 12% as of December 31, 2007.
 
Subprime Loans:   Subprime mortgage loans, whether held in our portfolio or backing Fannie Mae MBS, represented less than 1% of our single-family business volume for the first six months of 2008 and 2007. We estimate that subprime mortgage loans held in our portfolio or subprime mortgage loans backing Fannie Mae MBS, excluding resecuritized private-label mortgage-related securities backed by subprime mortgage loans, represented approximately 0.3% of our total single-family mortgage credit book of business as of both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
See “Consolidated Results of Operations—Credit-Related Expenses—Credit Loss Performance Metrics” for information on the portion of our credit losses attributable to Alt-A and subprime loans. See “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Trading and Available-for-Sale Investment Securities—Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities” for information on our investments in Alt-A and subprime private-label mortgage-related securities, including other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized on these investments.
 
•  Jumbo-Conforming Loans.   We began acquiring jumbo-conforming loans in April 2008 in response to the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008. We believe we have priced these loans to compensate us for the related risk. As of June 30, 2008, we had 1,619 outstanding jumbo-conforming loans with an unpaid principal balance of $947 million.
 
Multifamily
 
The weighted average original LTV ratio for our multifamily mortgage credit book of business was 67% as of both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. The percentage of our multifamily mortgage credit book of business with an original LTV ratio greater than 80% was 5% as of June 30, 2008, compared with 6% as of December 31, 2007.
 
Mortgage Credit Book of Business Performance
 
Key statistical metrics that we use to measure credit risk in our mortgage credit book of business and evaluate credit performance include: (1) the serious delinquency rate; (2) nonperforming loans; and (3) foreclosure activity. We provide information below on these metrics. We provide information on our credit loss performance, another key metric we use to evaluate credit performance, in “Consolidated Results of Operations—Credit-Related Expenses—Credit Loss Performance Metrics.”


76


 

Serious Delinquency
 
Table 38 below compares the serious delinquency rates, by geographic region, for all conventional single-family loans and multifamily loans with credit enhancement and without credit enhancement as of June 30, 2008, December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2007.
 
Table 38:  Serious Delinquency Rates
 
                                                 
    June 30, 2008     December 31, 2007     June 30, 2007  
          Serious
          Serious
          Serious
 
    Book
    Delinquency
    Book
    Delinquency
    Book
    Delinquency
 
    Outstanding (1)     Rate (2)     Outstanding (1)     Rate (2)     Outstanding (1)     Rate (2)  
 
Conventional single-family delinquency rates by geographic region: (3)
                                               
Midwest
    16 %     1.57 %     17 %     1.35 %     17 %     0.98 %
Northeast
    19       1.21       19       0.94       19       0.68  
Southeast
    25       1.80       25       1.18       24       0.68  
Southwest
    16       1.08       16       0.86       16       0.60  
West
    24       0.97       23       0.50       24       0.23  
                                                 
Total conventional single-family loans
    100 %     1.36 %     100 %     0.98 %     100 %     0.64 %
                                                 
Conventional single-family loans:
                                               
Credit enhanced
    21 %     3.74 %     21 %     2.75 %     20 %     1.81 %
Non-credit enhanced
    79       0.74       79       0.53       80       0.35  
                                                 
Total conventional single-family loans
    100 %     1.36 %     100 %     0.98 %     100 %     0.64 %
                                                 
Multifamily loans:
                                               
Credit enhanced
    87 %     0.09 %     88 %     0.06 %     90 %     0.09 %
Non-credit enhanced
    13       0.22       12       0.22       10       0.04  
                                                 
Total multifamily loans
    100 %     0.11 %     100 %     0.08 %     100 %     0.09 %
                                                 
 
 
(1) Reported based on unpaid principal balance of loans, where we have detailed loan-level information.
 
(2) Calculated based on number of loans for single-family and unpaid principal balance for multifamily. We include all of the conventional single-family loans that we own and that back Fannie Mae MBS in the calculation of the single-family delinquency rate. We include the unpaid principal balance of all multifamily loans that we own or that back Fannie Mae MBS and any housing bonds for which we provide credit enhancement in the calculation of the multifamily serious delinquency rate.
 
(3) See footnote 7 to Table 37 for states included in each geographic region.
 
In the first six months of 2008, our serious delinquency rates, which are a leading indicator of potential foreclosures, increased across our entire conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business to 1.36% as of June 30, 2008, from 0.98% as of December 31, 2007 and 0.64% as of June 30, 2007. We experienced the most notable increases in serious delinquency rates in California, Florida, Arizona and Nevada, which previously experienced rapid increases in home prices and are now experiencing sharp declines in home prices. In addition, we continued to experience significant increases in the serious delinquency rates in some higher risk loan categories: Alt-A loans, adjustable-rate loans, interest-only loans, negative amortization loans, loans made for the purchase of condominiums and loans with second liens. Many of these higher risk loans were originated in 2006 and 2007. As a result of tightening our eligibility standards and underwriting criteria, we expect that the loans we are now acquiring will have a lower credit risk relative to the loans we acquired in 2006 and 2007.
 
The conventional single-family serious delinquency rates for California and Florida, which represent the two largest states in our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business in terms of unpaid principal balance, climbed to 1.05% and 3.21%, respectively, as of June 30, 2008, from 0.50% and 1.59%, respectively, as of December 31, 2007, and 0.20% and 0.65% as of June 30, 2007. The serious delinquency rates for Alt-A


77


 

and subprime loans was 3.79% and 9.08%, respectively, as of June 30, 2008, compared with 2.15% and 5.76%, respectively, as of December 31, 2007 and 1.05% and 4.80% as of June 30, 2007. The multifamily serious delinquency rate was 0.11% as of June 30, 2008, compared with 0.08% as of December 31, 2007 and 0.09% as of June 30, 2007.
 
We expect the housing market to continue to deteriorate and home prices to continue to decline in these states and on a national basis. Accordingly, we expect our single-family serious delinquency rate to continue to increase during 2008 and 2009.
 
Nonperforming Loans
 
Table 39 provides statistics on nonperforming single-family and multifamily loans as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. The increase in the nonperforming loans during the first six months of 2008 reflects the increase in our serious delinquency rates.
 
Table 39:  Nonperforming Single-Family and Multifamily Loans
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
On-balance sheet nonperforming loans:
               
Nonaccrual loans
  $ 8,273     $ 8,343  
Troubled debt restructurings (1)
    2,422       1,765  
HomeSaver Advance first-lien loans (2)
    646        
                 
Total on-balance sheet nonperforming loans
    11,341       10,108  
                 
Off-balance sheet nonperforming loans: (3)
               
Other off-balance sheet nonperforming loans, excluding HomeSaver Advance first lien loans (4)
    32,856       25,700  
HomeSaver Advance first-lien loans (2)
    1,931        
                 
Total off-balance sheet nonperforming loans
    34,787       25,700  
                 
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 46,128     $ 35,808  
                 
Accruing on-balance sheet loans past due 90 days or more (5)
  $ 205     $ 204  
                 
Interest related to on-balance sheet nonperforming loans: (6)
               
Interest income forgone (7)
  $ 192     $ 215  
Interest income recognized for the period (8)
    223       328  
 
 
(1) Troubled debt restructurings include loans whereby the contractual terms have been modified that result in concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties.
 
(2) Represents total unpaid principal balance of first-lien loans associated with unsecured HomeSaver Advance loans, including first-lien loans that are not seriously delinquent.
 
(3) Represents unpaid principal balance of nonperforming loans in our outstanding and unconsolidated Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties.
 
(4) Represents total unpaid principal balance of loans that are seriously delinquent as of June 30, 2008.
 
(5) Recorded investment of loans as of the end of each period that are 90 days or more past due and continuing to accrue interest include loans insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government and loans where we have recourse against the seller of the loan in the event of a default.
 
(6) Amounts reported for June 30, 2008 relate to the six months ending June 30, 2008. Amounts reported for December 31, 2007 relate to the twelve months ended December 31, 2007.
 
(7) Forgone interest income represents the amount of interest income that would have been recorded during the period for on-balance sheet nonperforming loans as of the end of each period had the loans performed according to their contractual terms.
 
(8) Represents interest income recognized during the period for on-balance sheet loans classified as nonperforming as of the end of each period.


78


 

 
Foreclosure and REO Activity
 
Table 40 below provides information, by region, on our foreclosure activity for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
Table 40:  Single-Family and Multifamily Foreclosed Properties
 
                 
    For the
 
    Six Months
 
    Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2008     2007  
 
Single-family foreclosed properties (number of properties):
               
Beginning of period inventory of single-family foreclosed properties (REO) (1)
    33,729       25,125  
Acquisitions by geographic area: (2)
               
Midwest
    15,265       9,532  
Northeast
    2,916       1,798  
Southeast
    11,347       5,436  
Southwest
    8,377       4,675  
West
    6,166       804  
                 
Total properties acquired through foreclosure
    44,071       22,245  
Dispositions of REO
    (23,627 )     (20,226 )
                 
End of period inventory of single-family foreclosed properties (REO) (1)
    54,173       27,144  
                 
Carrying value of single-family foreclosed properties (dollars in millions) (3)
  $ 5,808     $ 2,484  
                 
Single-family foreclosure rate (4)
    0.24 %     0.13 %
                 
Multifamily foreclosed properties (number of properties):
               
Ending inventory of multifamily foreclosed properties (REO)
    20       13  
                 
Carrying value of multifamily foreclosed properties (dollars in millions) (3)
  $ 85     $ 78  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes deeds in lieu of foreclosure.
 
(2) See footnote 7 to Table 37 for states included in each geographic region.
 
(3) Excludes foreclosed property claims receivables, which are reported in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as a component of “Acquired property, net.”
 
(4) Estimated based on the total number of properties acquired through foreclosure as a percentage of the total number of loans in our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business as of the end of each respective period.
 
Our single-family foreclosure rate increased to 0.24% for the first six months of 2008, from 0.13% for the first six months of 2007, reflecting the near doubling of the number of single-family properties we acquired through foreclosure during the first six months of 2008 relative to the first six months of 2007. This increase was attributable to the impact of the housing market downturn and continued decline in home prices throughout much of the country, particularly in California, Florida, Arizona and Nevada, and continued weak economic conditions in the Midwest, particularly in Michigan and Ohio. We also experienced an increase in the number of multifamily properties acquired during the first six months of 2008 due primarily to the economic weakness in the Midwest. As discussed in “Consolidated Results of Operations—Credit-Related Expenses—Credit Loss Performance Metrics,” we have experienced a significant increase in our single-family default rates, particularly within certain states that have had significant home price depreciation, for certain higher risk loan categories, such as Alt-A, and for loans originated in 2006 and 2007.
 
The states of California, Florida, Arizona and Nevada, which represented approximately 27% of the loans in our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008, accounted for 22% of single-family properties acquired through foreclosure for the first six months of 2008, reflecting the sharp declines in home prices that these states are now experiencing. The Midwest, which represented approximately 20% of the loans in our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008, accounted for approximately 35% of the single-family properties acquired through foreclosure for the first six months of 2008, reflecting the continued impact of weak economic conditions in this region. Alt-A mortgage


79


 

loans backing Fannie Mae MBS, excluding resecuritized private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A mortgage loans, represented approximately 11% of our total single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008, but accounted for 30% of single-family properties acquired through foreclosure for the first six months of 2008.
 
The severe housing market downturn and decline in home prices on a national basis have resulted in a higher percentage of our mortgage loans that transition from delinquent to foreclosure status and a significant reduction in the sales prices of our foreclosed single-family properties. Based on these factors as well as the sharp rise in our serious delinquency rates during the first six months of 2008, we expect the level of foreclosures to increase further in 2008 compared with both 2007 and the first six months of 2008.
 
Institutional Counterparty Credit Risk Management
 
Mortgage Servicers
 
Our ten largest single-family mortgage servicers serviced 73% and 74% of our single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. On July 1, 2008, Bank of America Corporation announced the completion of its purchase of Countrywide Financial Corporation, our largest single-family mortgage servicer through June 30, 2008, making Bank of America our largest single-family mortgage servicer. Countrywide and its affiliates serviced approximately 23% of our single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. Together, Bank of America, Countrywide, and their respective affiliates serviced approximately 28% of our single-family mortgage credit book of business as of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008. As a result of the merger, we will experience an increase in our concentration of mortgage servicers.
 
Many of our mortgage servicers are experiencing weak financial conditions and performance. Due to the challenging market conditions, several of these servicers have experienced ratings downgrades and liquidity constraints, including IndyMac, Federal Bank F.S.B., formerly IndyMac Bank, F.S.B,, which was closed by the Office of Thrift Supervision in July 2008, with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation named as conservator. The financial difficulties that a number of our mortgage servicers are currently experiencing, coupled with growth in the number of delinquent loans on their books of business, may negatively affect the ability of these counterparties to meet their obligations to us, including their ability to service mortgage loans adequately and their ability to meet their obligations to repurchase delinquent mortgages due to a breach of the representations and warranties they provided upon delivery of the mortgages to us. We have taken steps to mitigate our risk with servicers with whom we have material counterparty exposure. Our risk management strategies have included collateral posting by servicers, guaranty of obligations by a higher-rated entity, reduction or elimination of exposures, reduction or elimination of certain business activities, transfer of exposures to third parties and suspension or termination of the servicing relationship.
 
Mortgage Insurers
 
We had total mortgage insurance coverage of $116.0 billion on the single-family mortgage loans in our guaranty book of business as of June 30, 2008, of which $106.1 billion represented primary mortgage insurance and $9.9 billion was pool mortgage insurance. We had total mortgage insurance coverage of $104.1 billion on the single-family mortgage loans in our guaranty book of business as of December 31, 2007, of which $93.7 billion represented primary mortgage insurance and $10.4 billion was pool mortgage insurance.
 
Eight mortgage insurance companies provided over 99% of our mortgage insurance as of both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. We received proceeds of $830 million and $547 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, from our primary and pool mortgage insurance policies on our single-family loans for those respective periods. We had outstanding receivables from mortgage insurers of $625 million and $293 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, related to amounts claimed on foreclosed properties.


80


 

Table 41 presents our maximum potential loss recovery for the primary and pool mortgage insurance coverage on single-family loans in our guaranty book of business by mortgage insurer for our top eight mortgage insurer counterparties as of June 30, 2008, as well as the insurer financial strength ratings of each of these counterparties as of August 1, 2008.
 
Table 41:  Mortgage Insurance Coverage
 
                                     
        As of June 30, 2008  
    As of August 1, 2008   Maximum Coverage (2)
 
    Insurer Financial Strength Ratings   (Dollars in millions)  
Counterparty: (1)
  Moody’s   S&P   Fitch   Primary     Pool     Total  
 
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation
  A1   A   A+   $ 25,057     $ 2,629     $ 27,686  
Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation
  Aa3   AA   AA     17,387       439       17,826  
PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. 
  A3   A+   A+     14,373       2,515       16,888  
United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company
  Aa3   AA+   AA+     16,140       295       16,435  
Radian Guaranty, Inc. 
  A2   A   N/R     15,062       919       15,981  
Republic Mortgage Insurance Company
  A1   AA-   AA-     11,676       1,706       13,382  
Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation
  B1   N/R   BB     4,379       1,433       5,812  
CMG Mortgage Insurance Company (3)
  N/R   AA-   AA     1,948             1,948  
 
 
(1) Insurance coverage amounts provided for each counterparty may include coverage provided by consolidated subsidiaries of the counterparty.
 
(2) Maximum coverage refers to the aggregate dollar amount of insurance coverage ( i.e. , “risk in force”) on single-family loans in our guaranty book of business and represents our maximum potential loss recovery under the applicable mortgage insurance policies.
 
(3) CMG Mortgage Insurance Company is a joint venture owned by PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. and CUNA Mutual Investment Corporation.
 
Recent increases in mortgage insurance claims due to higher credit losses in recent periods have adversely affected the financial results and condition of many mortgage insurers. In various actions since December 31, 2007, Standard & Poor’s, Fitch and Moody’s downgraded the insurer financial strength ratings of seven of our top eight primary mortgage insurer counterparties. As of June 30, 2008, these seven mortgage insurers provided $114.0 billion, or 98%, of our total mortgage insurance coverage on single-family loans in our guaranty book of business.
 
In addition, as a result of the downgrades, five of our primary mortgage insurer counterparties’ current insurer financial strength ratings are below the “AA-” level that we require under our qualified mortgage insurer approval requirements to be considered qualified as a “Type 1” mortgage insurer. Except for Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation, as of August 7, 2008, these counterparties remain qualified under our requirements to conduct business with us. In June 2008, Triad announced that it would cease issuing commitments for mortgage insurance, effective July 15, 2008 and would run-off its existing business. We immediately suspended Triad as one of our qualified mortgage insurers for loans not closed prior to July 15, 2008. As a result, we will likely experience a modest increase in our concentration risk with our remaining mortgage insurer counterparties.
 
Should we determine that we are no longer willing or able to conduct business with one or more of our primary mortgage insurer counterparties, it is likely we would further increase our concentration risk with the remaining mortgage insurers in the industry. In addition, we are required pursuant to our charter to obtain credit enhancement on conventional single-family mortgage loans that we purchase or securitize with LTV ratios over 80% at the time of purchase. Accordingly, if we are no longer willing or able to conduct business with some of our primary mortgage insurer counterparties and we do not find suitable alternative methods of obtaining credit enhancement for these loans, we may be restricted in our ability to purchase loans with LTV ratios over 80% at the time of purchase. Approximately 23% of our conventional single-family business volume for the first six months of 2008 consisted of loans with an LTV ratio higher than 80% at the time of purchase.


81


 

The current weakened financial condition of many of our mortgage insurer counterparties creates an increased risk that our mortgage insurer counterparties will fail to fulfill their obligations to reimburse us for claims under insurance policies. If we determine that it is probable that we will not collect all of our claims from one or more of these mortgage insurer counterparties, it could result in an increase in our loss reserves and the fair value of our guaranty obligations, which could adversely affect our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position. In addition, if a mortgage insurer implements a run-off plan in which the insurer no longer enters into new business, the quality and speed of its claims processing could deteriorate. As of June 30, 2008, we have not included any provision for losses resulting from the inability of our mortgage insurers to fully pay claims.
 
We continue to manage and monitor our risk exposure to mortgage insurers, which includes frequent discussions with the insurers’ management, the rating agencies and insurance regulators, and in-depth financial reviews and stress analyses of the insurers’ portfolios and capital adequacy. We continue to evaluate these counterparties on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or under what conditions they will remain eligible to insure new mortgages sold to us. Factors that we are considering in our evaluations include the risk profile of the insurers’ existing portfolios, the insurers’ liquidity and capital adequacy to pay expected claims, the insurers’ plans to maintain capital levels we require within the insured entity, the insurers’ success in controlling capital outflows to their holding companies and affiliates as well as the current market environment and our alternative sources of credit enhancement. Based on the outcome of our evaluations, we may take a variety of actions, including imposing additional terms and conditions of approval, restricting the insurer from conducting certain types of business, suspension or termination of the insurer’s qualification status under our requirements, or cancelling a certificate of insurance or policy with that insurer and replacing the insurance coverage with another provider.
 
Financial Guarantors
 
As of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we were the beneficiary of financial guarantees of approximately $11.1 billion and $11.8 billion, respectively, on the securities held in our investment portfolio or on securities that have been resecuritized to include a Fannie Mae guaranty and sold to third parties. The securities covered by these guarantees consist primarily of private-label mortgage-related securities and municipal bonds.
 
Six of our nine financial guarantor counterparties have had their insurer financial strength ratings downgraded by one or more of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations since December 31, 2007. A downgrade in the ratings of one of our financial guarantor counterparties could result in a reduction in the fair value of the securities they guarantee, which could adversely affect our earnings, financial condition and capital position. These rating downgrades also imply an increased risk that these financial guarantors will fail to fulfill their obligations to reimburse us for claims under their guaranty contracts. These rating downgrades have resulted in reduced liquidity and prices for our securities for which we have obtained financial guarantees; however, we have evaluated these guaranteed securities and we believe the underlying collateral of these securities will generate cash flows that are adequate to repay our investments on a high percentage of these securities. We continue to monitor the effect these rating actions may have on the value of the securities in our investment portfolio. Refer to “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Trading and Available-for-Sale Investment Securities—Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities” for more information on our investments in private-label mortgage-related securities and municipal bonds.
 
Custodial Depository Institutions
 
A total of $40.0 billion and $32.5 billion in deposits for scheduled single-family MBS payments were received and held by 311 and 324 institutions in the months of June 2008 and December 2007, respectively. Of the total deposits, 97% and 95% were held by institutions rated as investment grade by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.


82


 

Derivatives Counterparties
 
Table 42 presents our assessment of our credit loss exposure by counterparty credit rating on outstanding risk management derivative contracts as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. We present the outstanding notional amount of our derivative contracts as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 9, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”
 
Table 42:  Credit Loss Exposure of Risk Management Derivative Instruments
 
                                                         
    As of June 30, 2008  
    Credit Rating (1)                    
    AAA     AA+/AA/AA-     A+/A/A-     BBB+     Subtotal     Other (2)     Total  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Credit loss exposure (3)
  $     $ 1,480     $ 1,132     $     $ 2,612     $ 90     $ 2,702  
Less: Collateral held (4)
          1,098       1,132             2,230             2,230  
                                                         
Exposure net of collateral
  $     $ 382     $     $     $ 382     $ 90     $ 472  
                                                         
Additional information:
                                                       
Notional amount
  $  275     $ 705,937     $ 415,212     $ 19,660     $ 1,141,084     $ 800     $ 1,141,884  
Number of counterparties
    1       16       3       1       21                  
 
                                                         
    As of December 31, 2007  
    Credit Rating (1)                    
    AAA     AA+/AA/AA-     A+/A/A-     BBB+     Subtotal     Other (2)     Total  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Credit loss exposure (3)
  $ 4     $ 1,578     $ 1,004     $     $ 2,586     $ 74     $ 2,660  
Less: Collateral held (4)
          1,130       988             2,118             2,118  
                                                         
Exposure net of collateral
  $ 4     $ 448     $ 16     $     $ 468     $ 74     $ 542  
                                                         
Additional information:
                                                       
Notional amount
  $ 1,050     $ 637,847     $ 246,860     $      —     $   885,757     $ 707     $   886,464  
Number of counterparties
    1       17       3             21                  
 
 
(1) We manage collateral requirements based on the lower credit rating, as issued by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, of the legal entity. The credit rating reflects the equivalent Standard & Poor’s rating for any ratings based on Moody’s scale.
 
(2) Includes MBS options, defined benefit mortgage insurance contracts, guaranteed guarantor trust swaps and swap credit enhancements accounted for as derivatives.
 
(3) Represents the exposure to credit loss on derivative instruments, which is estimated by calculating the cost, on a fair value basis, to replace all outstanding contracts in a gain position. Derivative gains and losses with the same counterparty are netted where a legal right of offset exists under an enforceable master netting agreement. This table excludes mortgage commitments accounted for as derivatives.
 
(4) Represents the collateral held as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, adjusted for the collateral transferred subsequent to these dates, based on credit loss exposure limits on derivative instruments as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. The actual collateral settlement dates, which vary by counterparty, ranged from one to three business days following the June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 credit loss exposure valuation dates. The value of the collateral is reduced in accordance with counterparty agreements to help ensure recovery of any loss through the disposition of the collateral. We posted collateral of $2.1 and $1.2 billion related to our counterparties’ credit exposure to us as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Approximately 81% of our net derivatives exposure of $472 million as of June 30, 2008 was with eight interest-rate and foreign currency derivative counterparties rated AA- or better by Standard & Poor’s and Aa3 or better by Moody’s. The percentage of our net exposure with these counterparties ranged from approximately 5% to 16%, or approximately $25 million to $75 million, as of June 30, 2008. If a counterparty’s credit rating is downgraded below A-, we may cease from entering into arrangements with that counterparty, which would further increase the concentration of our business with our remaining


83


 

counterparties. As of August 1, 2008, all of our interest rate and foreign currency derivative counterparties were rated A or better by Standard & Poor’s and A2 or better by Moody’s.
 
Interest Rate Risk Management and Other Market Risks
 
A significant market risk we face and actively manage for our net portfolio is interest rate risk—the risk of changes in our long-term earnings or in the value of our net assets due to changes in interest rates. Our net portfolio consists of our existing investments in mortgage assets, investments in non-mortgage securities, our outstanding debt used to fund those assets, and the derivatives used to supplement our debt instruments and manage interest rate risk. It also includes any priced asset, debt and derivatives commitments, but excludes our existing guaranty business. Our Capital Markets group, which has primary responsibility for managing the interest rate risk of our net portfolio, employs an integrated interest rate risk management strategy that includes asset selection and structuring of our liabilities, including debt and derivatives, to match and offset the interest rate characteristics of our balance sheet assets and liabilities as much as possible.
 
Derivatives Activity
 
The primary tool we use to manage the interest rate risk implicit in our mortgage assets is the variety of debt instruments we issue. We supplement our issuance of debt with derivative instruments, which are an integral part of our strategy in managing interest rate risk. Table 43 presents, by derivative instrument type, our risk management derivative activity for the six months ended June 30, 2008, along with the stated maturities of derivatives outstanding as of June 30, 2008.
 
Table 43:  Activity and Maturity Data for Risk Management Derivatives (1)
 
                                                                         
    Interest Rate Swaps     Interest Rate Swaptions                    
          Receive-
          Foreign
    Pay-
    Receive-
    Interest
             
    Pay-Fixed (2)     Fixed (3)     Basis (4)     Currency     Fixed     Fixed     Rate Caps     Other (5)     Total  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Notional balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 377,738     $ 285,885     $ 7,001     $ 2,559     $ 85,730     $ 124,651     $ 2,250     $ 650     $ 886,464  
Additions
    173,318       166,729       24,000       861       11,883       26,173       200       179       403,343  
Terminations (6)
    (25,028 )     (43,433 )     (5,375 )     (1,272 )     (5,701 )     (65,334 )     (1,700 )     (80 )     (147,923 )
                                                                         
Notional balance as of June 30, 2008
  $ 526,028     $ 409,181     $ 25,626     $ 2,148     $ 91,912     $ 85,490     $ 750     $ 749     $ 1,141,884  
                                                                         
Future maturities of notional amounts: (7)
                                                                       
Less than 1 year
  $ 38,776     $ 55,920     $ 4,500     $ 733     $ 9,425     $ 20,713     $     $ 10     $ 130,077  
1 year to 5 years
    251,419       217,986       18,700       89       48,737       15,112       750       545       553,338  
5 years to 10 years
    205,702       121,015       1,050       479       29,250       35,515             194       393,205  
Over 10 years
    30,131       14,260       1,376       847       4,500       14,150                   65,264  
                                                                         
Total
  $ 526,028     $ 409,181     $ 25,626     $ 2,148     $ 91,912     $ 85,490     $ 750     $ 749     $ 1,141,884  
                                                                         
Weighted-average interest rate as of June 30, 2008:
                                                                       
Pay rate
    4.73 %     2.74 %     2.57 %           6.15 %                          
Receive rate
    2.80 %     4.67 %     2.76 %                 4.85 %                    
Other
                                        6.19 %              
Weighted-average interest rate as of December 31, 2007:
                                                                       
Pay rate
    5.10 %     5.04 %     4.92 %           6.25 %                          
Receive rate
    5.03 %     5.08 %     6.84 %                 4.84 %                    
Other
                                        4.35 %              


84


 

 
(1) Excludes mortgage commitments accounted for as derivatives. Dollars represent notional amounts that indicate only the amount on which payments are being calculated and do not represent the amount at risk of loss.
 
(2) Notional amounts include swaps callable by Fannie Mae of $3.3 billion and $8.2 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
(3) Notional amounts include swaps callable by derivatives counterparties of $19.0 billion and $7.8 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
(4) Notional amounts include swaps callable by derivatives counterparties of $1.6 billion and $6.6 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
(5) Includes MBS options, swap credit enhancements and mortgage insurance contracts.
 
(6) Includes matured, called, exercised, assigned and terminated amounts. Also includes changes due to foreign exchange rate movements.
 
(7) Based on contractual maturities.
 
The outstanding notional balance of our risk management derivatives increased by $255.4 billion during the first six months of 2008, to $1.1 trillion as of June 30, 2008. This increase reflected both rebalancing activities we undertook, which included increasing our pay-fixed and receive-fixed interest rate swaps in response to the interest rate volatility during the period, and the hedging of incremental fixed-rate mortgage asset purchases.
 
Measuring Interest Rate Risk
 
Because no single measure can reflect all aspects of the interest rate risk inherent in our mortgage portfolio, we utilize various risk metrics that together provide a more complete assessment of interest rate risk. We present below two metrics that we use to measure our interest rate exposure: (i) fair value sensitivity to changes in interest rate levels and slope of yield curve and (ii) duration gap. We also provide additional information that may be useful in evaluating our interest rate risk and discuss the limitations of these various measures.
 
As discussed below, the changes in our risk measures during the period were primarily attributable to changes in spreads rather than changes in interest rates. Although there was significant volatility in interest rates during the first six months of 2008, with the 10-year swap rate falling to a low during the period of 3.94% in mid-March and then rising to a high of 4.98% in mid-June, the interest rates on maturities greater than two years as of June 30, 2008 were all within 10 basis points of the interest rates as of December 31, 2007.
 
Fair Value Sensitivity of Net Portfolio to Changes in Level and Slope of Yield Curve
 
We disclose on a monthly basis the estimated adverse impact on the fair value of our net portfolio that would result from a hypothetical 50 basis point shift in interest rates and from a hypothetical 25 basis point change in the slope of the yield curve. Our net portfolio consists of our existing investments in mortgage assets, investments in non-mortgage securities, our outstanding debt used to fund those assets and the derivatives used to supplement our debt instruments and manage interest rate risk. It also includes any priced asset, debt and derivatives commitments, our LIHTC partnership investment assets and preferred stock. It excludes our existing guaranty business. We calculate on a daily basis the estimated adverse impact on our net portfolio that would result from an instantaneous 50 basis point parallel shift in the level of interest rates and from an instantaneous 25 basis point change in the slope of the yield curve, calculated as described below. In measuring the estimated impact of changes in the level of interest rates, we assume a parallel shift in all maturities of the U.S. LIBOR interest rate swap curve. In measuring the estimated impact of changes in the slope of the yield curve, we assume a constant 7-year rate and a shift in the 1-year and 30-year rates of 16.7 basis points and 8.3 basis points, respectively. We believe the selected interest rate shocks for our monthly disclosures represent moderate movements in interest rates over a one-month period.
 
Prior to April 2008, we expressed the net portfolio sensitivity measures as a percentage of the latest available after-tax fair value of our net assets, adjusted for capital transactions. The fair value of our net assets, which fluctuates based on changes in market conditions as well as changes in our business activities, has declined significantly over the past year due to wider spreads. We believe that expressing these sensitivity measures based on dollars-at-risk, rather than as a percentage of the fair value of our net assets, provides more relevant


85


 

information and better represents our overall level and low-exposure to adverse interest-rate movements given the substantial reduction in the fair value of our net assets that has occurred over the last year. The daily average adverse impact from a 50 basis point change in interest rates and a 25 basis point change in the slope of the yield curve was $(0.6) billion and $(0.0) billion, respectively, for June 2008, compared with $(0.9) billion and $(0.2) billion, respectively, for December 2007. The daily average adverse impact of these sensitivities for the first six months of 2008 was $(0.9) billion for a 50 basis point change in interest rates and $(0.1) billion for a 25 basis point change in the slope of the yield curve.
 
The sensitivity measures presented in Table 44 below, which we disclose on a quarterly basis, are an extension of our monthly sensitivity measures. There are three primary differences between our monthly sensitivity disclosure and the quarterly sensitivity disclosure presented below: (1) the quarterly disclosure is expanded to include the sensitivity results for larger rate level shocks of plus or minus 100 basis points; (2) the monthly disclosure reflects the estimated pre-tax impact on the fair value of our net portfolio calculated based on a daily average, while the quarterly disclosure reflects the estimated pre-tax impact calculated based on the estimated financial position of our net portfolio and the market environment as of the last business day of the quarter based on values used for financial reporting; and (3) the monthly disclosure shows the most adverse pre-tax impact on the fair value of our net portfolio from the hypothetical interest rate shocks, while the quarterly disclosure includes the estimated pre-tax impact of both up and down rate interest rate shocks.
 
Table 44:  Fair Value Sensitivity of Net Portfolio to Changes in Level and Slope of Yield Curve (1)
 
                 
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007 (2)  
    (Dollars in billions)  
 
Rate level shock:
               
−100 basis points
  $ (0.1 )   $ (2.5 )
−50 basis points
    0.3       (0.7 )
+50 basis points
    (0.5 )     0.0  
+100 basis points
    (1.0 )     (0.3 )
Rate slope shock:
               
−25 basis points
    0.1       (0.3 )
+25 basis points
    0.1       0.3  
 
 
(1) Computed based on changes in 10-year swap interest rates.
 
(2) Amounts have been revised from the previously reported sensitivities as of December 31, 2007 to include the sensitivities of our LIHTC partnership investment assets and preferred stock.
 
The 10-year swap rate was 4.67% as of June 30, 2008, the same as the rate as of December 31, 2007. However, the yield on the 30-year par coupon mortgage increased by 33 basis points to 5.84% as of June 30, 2008, from 5.51% as of the end of 2007. This increase reduced expected mortgage prepayments, which resulted in an increase in the duration of our mortgage assets. Changes in our sensitivity measures were also driven by wider spreads on less liquid assets, and in particular by sharply wider spreads on some of the least liquid assets, such as Alt-A securities, which extended the calculated durations of these assets. Because of these two factors, we have experienced an increase in exposure to higher interest rates since the end of 2007, as reflected in the sensitivity measures presented in Table 44.
 
Duration Gap
 
Duration measures the price sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates by quantifying the difference between the estimated durations of our assets and liabilities. Duration gap summarizes the extent to which estimated cash flows for assets and liabilities are matched, on average, over time and across interest rate scenarios. A positive duration gap signals a greater exposure to rising interest rates because it indicates that the duration of our assets exceeds the duration of our liabilities. The table below presents our monthly effective duration gap for December 2007 and for each of the first six months of 2008.
 


86


 

         
    Effective
 
Month
  Duration Gap  
 
December 2007
    2  
January 2008
    1  
February 2008
    2  
March 2008
    3  
April 2008
    2  
May 2008
    1  
June 2008
    2  
 
When interest rates are volatile, we often need to lengthen or shorten the average duration of our liabilities to keep them closely matched with our mortgage durations, which change as expected mortgage prepayments change. A large movement in interest rates or increased interest rate volatility could cause our duration gap to extend outside of the range we have experienced recently. The increase in our duration gap in March 2008 was largely due to a significant widening of spreads on our mortgage assets, above historic levels, during the month. Wider spreads, which are indicative of lower liquidity, increase the discount rate and generally increase the duration of mortgage assets. However, fluctuations in spreads generally do not affect the timing of expected cash flows from our mortgage assets or their average lives.
 
Other Market Risk Information
 
The above interest rate risk measures exclude the impact of changes in the fair value of our net guaranty assets resulting from changes in interest rates. We exclude our guaranty business from these sensitivity measures because we expect that the guaranty fee income generated from future business activity will largely replace guaranty fee income lost due to mortgage prepayments that result from changes in interest rates. Table 45 below presents separately the potential impact on the fair value of our trading assets, net guaranty assets and other financial instruments from a hypothetical instantaneous 50 basis points decrease in the level of interest rates and from a 100 basis points increase in the level of interest rates as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. This table excludes some instruments that we believe have interest rate risk such as LIHTC partnership assets and preferred stock; however, the interest rate risk represented by these instruments is included in both the duration and fair value sensitivities presented above. We also assume a parallel shift in all maturities along the interest rate swap curve in calculating these sensitivities. We believe these interest rate changes reflect reasonably possible near-term outcomes within a 12-month period.
 
Table 45:  Interest Rate Sensitivity of Financial Instruments
 
                         
    As of June 30, 2008  
          Pre-Tax Effect on Estimated Fair Value  
    Estimated
    Change in Rates  
    Fair Value     −50     +100  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Trading financial instruments
  $ 99,562     $ 1,223     $ (2,684 )
Guaranty assets and guaranty obligations, net (1)
    (48,357 )     1,312       454  
Other financial instruments (2)
    (94,318 )     (455 )     634  
 

87


 

                         
    As of December 31, 2007  
          Pre-Tax Effect on
 
          Estimated Fair Value  
    Estimated
    Change in Rates  
    Fair Value     −50     +100  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Trading financial instruments
  $ 63,956     $ 829     $ (1,796 )
Guaranty assets and guaranty obligations, net (1)
    (7,055 )     (1,290 )     (1,135 )
Other financial instruments, net (2)
    (54,084 )     (1,216 )     1,065  
 
 
(1) Consists of the net of “Guaranty assets” and Guaranty obligations” reported in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. In addition, includes certain amounts that have been reclassified from “Mortgage loans” reported in our condensed consolidated balance sheets to reflect how the risk of the interest rate and credit risk components of these loans is managed by our business segments.
 
(2) Consists of the net of all other financial instruments reported in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 17, Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”
 
The interest rate sensitivity of our trading financial instruments increased, due in part to the reclassification of $18.1 billion of mortgage assets as trading in conjunction with our adoption of SFAS 159 as of January 1, 2008. Both our guaranty assets and our guaranty obligations generally increase in fair value when interest rates increase and decrease in fair value when interest rates decline. Changes in the sensitivity of the guaranty asset and obligation over this period were largely driven by the significant reduction in the fair value of our net guaranty assets and guaranty obligations. In addition, the change in sensitivities since December 31, 2007 reflect the impact of updates to our underlying models.
 
Limitations of Market Risk Measures
 
There are inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates. Our sensitivity analyses contemplate only certain movements in interest rates and are performed at a particular point in time based on the estimated fair value of our existing portfolio. These sensitivity analyses do not incorporate other factors that may have a significant effect, most notably the value from expected future business activities and strategic actions that management may take to manage interest rate risk. In addition, when market conditions change rapidly and dramatically, as they have since July 2007, the assumptions that we use in our models for our sensitivity analyses may not keep pace with changing conditions. As such, these analyses are not intended to provide precise forecasts of the effect a change in market interest rates would have on the estimated fair value of our net assets.
 
IMPACT OF FUTURE ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
New accounting pronouncements or changes in existing accounting pronouncements may have a significant effect on our results of operations, our financial condition, our capital position or our business operations. We identify and discuss the expected impact on our consolidated financial statements of recently issued or proposed accounting pronouncements in “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This report contains forward-looking statements, which are statements about matters that are not historical facts. In addition, our senior management may from time to time make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the news media and others. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” or similar words.

88


 

Among the forward-looking statements in this report are statements relating to:
 
  •  Our belief that our guaranty fee income will grow in 2008 compared with 2007 due to increases in our guaranty business volumes and prices in 2008 compared with 2007.
 
  •  Our expectation that the guaranty fee income generated from future business activity will largely replace guaranty fee income lost due to mortgage prepayments that result from changes in interest rates.
 
  •  Our estimate of home price declines in 2008 and peak-to-trough home price declines.
 
  •  Our expectation that our credit-related expenses will peak during 2008.
 
  •  Our expectation that the majority of the credit-related expenses that we will realize from our 2006 and 2007 vintages will be recognized by the end of 2008 through a combination of charge-offs, foreclosed property expense and increases to our combined loss reserves.
 
  •  Our expectation that the total amount of our credit-related expenses will be significant in 2009.
 
  •  Our expectation that a significant portion of the anticipated charge-offs from the 2006 and 2007 vintages will be provided for in our combined loss reserves by the end of 2008.
 
  •  Our forecast for our credit loss ratio for 2008, and our expectation that our credit loss ratio will increase further in 2009 compared with 2008.
 
  •  Our belief that our new risk assessment model will significantly improve the credit profile of our single-family acquisitions.
 
  •  Our expectation that HomeSaver Advance will continue to reduce the number of delinquent loans that we otherwise would have purchased from our MBS trusts for the remainder of 2008.
 
  •  Our expectation that our SOP 03-3 fair value losses for 2008 will be higher than the losses recorded for 2007.
 
  •  Our belief that we have priced jumbo-conforming loans to compensate us for the related risk.
 
  •  Our expectation that our efforts to pursue recoveries from lenders are likely to increase our recoveries in 2008 and 2009.
 
  •  Our expectation that our Alt-A acquisitions will be significantly limited in future periods.
 
  •  Our expectation that our serious delinquency rate will continue to increase during 2008 and 2009.
 
  •  Our expectation that the level of foreclosures will increase further in 2008 compared with both 2007 and the first six months of 2008.
 
  •  Our expectation that we will recover some of the amounts for which we have recognized other-than-temporary impairment.
 
  •  Our belief that the short-term debt markets provide superior pricing and liquidity than the long-term debt markets.
 
  •  Our belief that it is more likely than not that our results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to allow us to realize our deferred tax assets.
 
  •  Our current expectation that we will remain above our regulatory capital requirement for the remainder of 2008.
 
  •  Our expectation that we will need to make further increases to our combined loss reserves in the second half of 2008 to incorporate our experience in July.


89


 

  •  Our expectation for periodic fluctuations in the estimated fair value of our net assets due to our business activities, as well as due to changes in market conditions, including changes in interest rates, changes in relative spreads between our mortgage assets and debt, and changes in implied volatility.
 
  •  Our belief that, for our interest rate risk management derivatives, our hedging strategy will reduce the level of volatility in our earnings, attributable to changes in interest rates.
 
  •  Our belief that our contingency plan provides for alternative sources of liquidity that would allow us to meet all of our cash obligations for 90 days without relying upon the issuance of unsecured debt.
 
  •  Our belief that the change in the composition of our new business reflects an improvement in the overall credit quality of our new business.
 
  •  Our belief that the underlying collateral of securities for which we have obtained financial guarantees will generate cash flows that are adequate to repay our investments on a high percentage of those securities.
 
Forward-looking statements reflect our management’s expectations or predictions of future conditions, events or results based on various assumptions and management’s estimates of trends and economic factors in the markets in which we are active, as well as our business plans. They are not guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors that could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements contained in this report, including, but not limited to, recent disruptions in the housing, credit and stock markets, the level and volatility of interest rates and credit spreads, our hedging strategies and hedge effectiveness, the adequacy of credit reserves, pending or future legislation, accounting pronouncements, regulatory action or litigation, the accuracy of subjective estimates used in critical accounting policies and those factors described in this report and in “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of our 2007 Form 10-K.
 
Readers are cautioned to place forward-looking statements in this report or that we make from time to time into proper context by carefully considering the factors discussed in this report and in “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” of our 2007 Form 10-K. These forward-looking statements are representative only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required under the federal securities laws.


90


 

Item 1.   Financial Statements
 
FANNIE MAE
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in millions, except share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,493     $ 3,941  
Restricted cash
    188       561  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    35,694       49,041  
Investments in securities:
               
Trading, at fair value (includes Fannie Mae MBS of $53,853 and $40,458 as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively)
    99,562       63,956  
Available-for-sale, at fair value (includes Fannie Mae MBS of $137,929 and $138,943 as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively)
    245,226       293,557  
                 
Total investments in securities
    344,788       357,513  
                 
Mortgage loans:
               
Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or market
    6,931       7,008  
Loans held for investment, at amortized cost
    412,776       397,214  
Allowance for loan losses
    (1,476 )     (698 )
                 
Total loans held for investment, net of allowance
    411,300       396,516  
                 
Total mortgage loans
    418,231       403,524  
Advances to lenders
    9,459       12,377  
Accrued interest receivable
    3,651       3,812  
Acquired property, net
    5,995       3,602  
Derivative assets at fair value
    1,013       885  
Guaranty assets
    10,258       9,666  
Deferred tax assets
    20,604       12,967  
Partnership investments
    10,113       11,000  
Other assets
    12,431       10,500  
                 
Total assets
  $ 885,918     $ 879,389  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities:
               
Accrued interest payable
  $ 6,309     $ 7,512  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    443       869  
Short-term debt (includes debt at fair value of $4,501 as of June 30, 2008)
    240,223       234,160  
Long-term debt (includes debt at fair value of $22,528 as of June 30, 2008)
    559,279       562,139  
Derivative liabilities at fair value
    1,712       2,217  
Reserve for guaranty losses (includes $613 and $211 as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, related to Fannie Mae MBS included in Investments in securities)
    7,450       2,693  
Guaranty obligations (includes $731 and $661 as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, related to Fannie Mae MBS included in Investments in securities)
    16,441       15,393  
Partnership liabilities
    3,507       3,824  
Other liabilities
    9,164       6,464  
                 
Total liabilities
    844,528       835,271  
                 
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
    164       107  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
           
Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Preferred stock, 700,000,000 shares authorized—607,125,000 and 466,375,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    21,725       16,913  
Common stock, no par value, no maximum authorization—1,223,390,420 and 1,129,090,420 shares issued as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively; 1,069,815,676 shares and 974,104,578 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    642       593  
Additional paid-in capital
    3,994       1,831  
Retained earnings
    27,898       33,548  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (5,738 )     (1,362 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 153,574,744 shares and 154,985,842 shares as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    (7,295 )     (7,512 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    41,226       44,011  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 885,918     $ 879,389  
                 
 
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


91


 

FANNIE MAE
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 
                                 
          For the
 
    For the
    Six Months
 
    Three Months Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Interest income:
                               
Trading securities
  $ 1,376     $ 387     $ 3,113     $ 578  
Available-for-sale securities
    3,087       5,001       6,172       10,213  
Mortgage loans
    5,769       5,625       11,431       11,010  
Other
    232       253       690       471  
                                 
Total interest income
    10,464       11,266       21,406       22,272  
                                 
Interest expense:
                               
Short-term debt
    1,687       2,194       4,248       4,410  
Long-term debt
    6,720       7,879       13,411       15,475  
                                 
Total interest expense
    8,407       10,073       17,659       19,885  
                                 
Net interest income
    2,057       1,193       3,747       2,387  
                                 
Guaranty fee income (includes imputed interest of $319 and $304 for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively and $554 and $583 for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively)
    1,608       1,120       3,360       2,218  
Losses on certain guaranty contracts
          (461 )           (744 )
Trust management income
    75       150       182       314  
Investment gains (losses), net
    (883 )     (93 )     (994 )     202  
Fair value gains (losses), net
    517       1,424       (3,860 )     858  
Debt extinguishment gains (losses), net
    (36 )     48       (181 )     41  
Losses from partnership investments
    (195 )     (215 )     (336 )     (380 )
Fee and other income
    225       257       452       534  
                                 
Non-interest income (loss)
    1,311       2,230       (1,377 )     3,043  
                                 
Administrative expenses:
                               
Salaries and employee benefits
    304       349       590       705  
Professional services
    114       216       250       462  
Occupancy expenses
    55       57       109       116  
Other administrative expenses
    39       38       75       75  
                                 
Total administrative expenses
    512       660       1,024       1,358  
Minority interest in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    3             3       1  
Provision for credit losses
    5,085       434       8,158       683  
Foreclosed property expense
    264       84       434       156  
Other expenses
    247       108       607       204  
                                 
Total expenses
    6,111       1,286       10,226       2,402  
                                 
Income (loss) before federal income taxes and extraordinary losses
    (2,743 )     2,137       (7,856 )     3,028  
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes
    (476 )     187       (3,404 )     114  
                                 
Income (loss) before extraordinary losses
    (2,267 )     1,950       (4,452 )     2,914  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (33 )     (3 )     (34 )     (6 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,300 )   $ 1,947     $ (4,486 )   $ 2,908  
                                 
Preferred stock dividends and issuance costs at redemption
    (303 )     (118 )     (625 )     (253 )
                                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (2,603 )   $ 1,829     $ (5,111 )   $ 2,655  
                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary losses
  $ (2.51 )   $ 1.88     $ (5.08 )   $ 2.74  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (0.03 )           (0.03 )     (0.01 )
                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (2.54 )   $ 1.88     $ (5.11 )   $ 2.73  
                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary losses
  $ (2.51 )   $ 1.86     $ (5.08 )   $ 2.73  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (0.03 )           (0.03 )     (0.01 )
                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (2.54 )   $ 1.86     $ (5.11 )   $ 2.72  
                                 
Cash dividends per common share
  $ 0.35     $ 0.50     $ 0.70     $ 0.90  
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    1,025       973       1,000       973  
Diluted
    1,025       1,001       1,000       1,001  
 
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


92


 

FANNIE MAE
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in millions)
(Unaudited)
 
                 
    For the
 
    Six Months
 
    Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2008     2007  
 
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (4,486 )   $ 2,908  
Amortization of debt cost basis adjustments
    4,609       4,763  
Provision for credit losses
    8,158       683  
Derivatives fair value adjustments
    399       (1,587 )
Purchases of loans held for sale
    (27,426 )     (15,157 )
Proceeds from repayments of loans held for sale
    288       307  
Net change in trading securities
    50,952       3,193  
Other, net
    (2,561 )     1,810  
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    29,933       (3,080 )
Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:
               
Purchases of trading securities held for investment
    (833 )      
Proceeds from maturities of trading securities held for investment
    5,069        
Proceeds from sales of trading securities held for investment
    2,481        
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (79,331 )     (86,254 )
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
    17,689       81,292  
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    76,937       34,085  
Purchases of loans held for investment
    (37,645 )     (30,779 )
Proceeds from repayments of loans held for investment
    30,997       30,901  
Advances to lenders
    (51,573 )     (24,337 )
Net proceeds from disposition of acquired property
    (1,397 )     801  
Net change in federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    13,315       (3,781 )
Other, net
    222       (433 )
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (24,069 )     1,495  
Cash flows provided by financing activities:
               
Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt
    1,009,691       865,950  
Payments to redeem short-term debt
    (1,007,819 )     (874,401 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    168,545       112,296  
Payments to redeem long-term debt
    (172,191 )     (97,327 )
Proceeds from issuance of common and preferred stock
    7,211        
Net change in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    (442 )     (102 )
Other, net
    (1,307 )     (2,222 )
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    3,688       4,194  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    9,552       2,609  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    3,941       3,239  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 13,493     $ 5,848  
                 
Cash paid during the period for:
               
Interest
  $ 19,371     $ 19,336  
Income taxes
    845       1,888  
Non-cash activities:
               
Securitization-related transfers from mortgage loans held for sale to investments in securities
  $ 23,551     $ 12,391  
Net transfers of loans held for sale to loans held for investment
    4,441       967  
Net deconsolidation transfers from mortgage loans held for sale to investments in securities
    (671 )     139  
Transfers from advances to lenders to investments in securities (including transfers to trading securities of $28,877 and $20,364 for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively)
    52,114       20,379  
Net consolidation-related transfers from investments in securities to mortgage loans held for investment
    5,628       5,018  
Transfers to trading securities from the effect of adopting SFAS 159
    56,217        
 
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


93


 

FANNIE MAE
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 
                                                                         
                                        Accumulated
             
                            Additional
          Other
          Total
 
    Shares Outstanding     Preferred
    Common
    Paid-In
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Treasury
    Stockholders’
 
    Preferred     Common     Stock     Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Stock     Equity  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    132       972     $ 9,108     $ 593     $ 1,942     $ 37,955     $ (445 )   $ (7,647 )   $ 41,506  
Cumulative effect from the adoption of FIN 48, net of tax
                                  4                   4  
                                                                         
Balance as of January 1, 2007, adjusted
    132       972       9,108       593       1,942       37,959       (445 )     (7,647 )     41,510  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                                  2,908                   2,908  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax effect:
                                                                       
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities (net of tax of $1,283)
                                        (2,382 )           (2,382 )
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (net of tax of $147)
                                        (273 )           (273 )
Unrealized gains on guaranty assets and guaranty fee buy-ups (net of tax of $43)
                                        79             79  
Net cash flow hedging losses (net of tax of $1)
                                        (2 )           (2 )
Prior service cost and actuarial gains, net of amortization for defined benefit plans (net of tax of $1)
                                        2             2  
                                                                         
Total comprehensive income
                                                                    332  
Common stock dividends ($0.90 per share)
                                  (880 )                 (880 )
Preferred stock dividends
                                  (243 )                 (243 )
Preferred stock redeemed
    (22 )           (1,100 )                                   (1,100 )
Treasury stock issued for stock options and benefit plans
          1                   (79 )                 130       51  
                                                                         
Balance as of June 30, 2007
    110       973     $ 8,008     $ 593     $ 1,863     $ 39,744     $ (3,021 )   $ (7,517 )   $ 39,670  
                                                                         
                                                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    466       974     $ 16,913     $ 593     $ 1,831     $ 33,548     $ (1,362 )   $ (7,512 )   $ 44,011  
Cumulative effect from the adoption of SFAS 157 and SFAS 159, net of tax
                                  148       (93 )           55  
                                                                         
Balance as of January 1, 2008, adjusted
    466       974       16,913       593       1,831       33,696       (1,455 )     (7,512 )     44,066  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                  (4,486 )                 (4,486 )
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax effect:
                                                                       
Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities (net of tax of $2,299)
                                        (4,270 )           (4,270 )
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net loss (net of tax of $11)
                                        (21 )           (21 )
Unrealized gains on guaranty assets and guaranty fee buy-ups (net of tax of $4)
                                        7             7  
Net cash flow hedging gains (net of tax of $1)
                                        1             1  
                                                                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                    (8,769 )
Common stock dividends ($0.70 per share)
                                  (687 )                 (687 )
Common stock issued
          94             49       2,477                         2,526  
Preferred stock dividends
                                  (625 )                 (625 )
Preferred stock issued
    141             4,812             (127 )                       4,685  
Treasury stock issued for stock options and benefit plans
          2                   (187 )                 217       30  
                                                                         
Balance as of June 30, 2008
    607       1,070     $ 21,725     $ 642     $ 3,994     $ 27,898     $ (5,738 )   $ (7,295 )   $ 41,226  
                                                                         
 
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


94


 

FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
We are a stockholder-owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act, which we refer to as the “Charter Act” or our “charter” (the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1716 et seq.). The U.S. government does not guarantee, directly or indirectly, our securities or other obligations. We are a government-sponsored enterprise, and we are subject to government oversight and regulation. Our regulators include the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Department of Treasury. In addition, through July 29, 2008, we were regulated by the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight (“OFHEO”), which was replaced on July 30, 2008 with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) upon the enactment of The Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008.
 
We operate in the secondary mortgage market by purchasing mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities, including mortgage-related securities guaranteed by us, from primary mortgage market institutions, such as commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking companies, securities dealers and other investors. We do not lend money directly to consumers in the primary mortgage market. We provide additional liquidity in the secondary mortgage market by issuing guaranteed mortgage-related securities.
 
We operate under three business segments: Single-Family Credit Guaranty (“Single-Family”), Housing and Community Development (“HCD”) and Capital Markets. Our Single-Family segment generates revenue primarily from the guaranty fees on the mortgage loans underlying guaranteed single-family Fannie Mae mortgage-backed securities (“Fannie Mae MBS”). Our HCD segment generates revenue from a variety of sources, including guaranty fees on the mortgage loans underlying multifamily Fannie Mae MBS and on the multifamily mortgage loans held in our portfolio, transaction fees associated with the multifamily business and bond credit enhancement fees. In addition, HCD investments in housing projects eligible for the low-income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) and other investments generate both tax credits and net operating losses that reduce our federal income tax liability. Other investments in affordable rental and for-sale housing generate revenue and losses from operations and the eventual sale of the assets. Our Capital Markets segment invests in mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and liquid investments, and generates income primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on the mortgage assets we own and the cost of the debt we issue in the global capital markets to fund these assets.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management has made significant estimates in a variety of areas, including but not limited to, valuation of certain financial instruments and other assets and liabilities, the allowance for loan losses and reserve for guaranty losses and our assessment of realizing our deferred tax assets. Actual results could be different from these estimates.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP for interim financial information and with the SEC’s instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal recurring nature considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 may not necessarily be indicative of the results for the year ending December 31,


95


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
2008. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2008 and our condensed consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2008.
 
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include our accounts as well as the accounts of other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
The typical condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority of the voting interests of an entity. A controlling financial interest may also exist in entities through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. We evaluate entities deemed to be variable interest entities (“VIEs”) under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46R (revised December 2003), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (an interpretation of ARB No. 51) (“FIN 46R”) , to determine when we must consolidate the assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests of a VIE.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Statements of Cash Flows
 
Short-term highly liquid instruments with a maturity at date of acquisition of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash are considered cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Additionally, we may pledge cash equivalent securities as collateral as discussed below. We record items that are specifically purchased for our liquid investment portfolio as “Investments in securities” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows (“SFAS 95”).
 
SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”), amended SFAS 95 to classify cash flows of trading securities based on their nature and purpose. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 159, we classified cash flows of all trading securities as operating activities. Subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 159, we classify cash flows from trading securities that we intend to hold for investment as investing activities and cash flows from trading securities that we do not intend to hold for investment or that are part of our liquid investment portfolio as operating activities. The creation of Fannie Mae MBS through either securitization of loans held-for-sale or advances to lenders is reflected as a non-cash activity in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows in the line items, “Securitization-related transfers from mortgage loans held for sale to investments in securities” or “Transfers from advances to lenders to investments in securities,” respectively. Cash inflows associated with a sale contemporaneous with a created Fannie Mae MBS are reflected in the operating activities section of our condensed consolidated statement of cash flows in the line item “Net change in trading securities.”
 
The condensed consolidated statements of cash flows are prepared in accordance with SFAS 95. In the presentation of the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, cash flows from derivatives that do not contain financing elements, mortgage loans held for sale, and guaranty fees, including buy-up and buy-down payments, are included as operating activities. Cash flows from federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell are presented as investing activities, while cash flows from federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are presented as financing activities. Cash flows related to dollar roll repurchase transactions that do not meet the requirements of SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfer and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125) (“SFAS 140”), to be classified as secured borrowings are recorded as purchases and sales of securities in investing activities, whereas cash flows related to dollar roll repurchase transactions qualifying as secured borrowings pursuant to SFAS 140 are considered proceeds and repayments of short-term debt in financing activities.


96


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
Guaranty Accounting
 
As guarantor of our Fannie Mae MBS issuances, we recognize at inception a non-contingent liability for the fair value of our obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guaranty as a component of “Guaranty obligations” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. Prior to January 1, 2008, we measured the fair value of the guaranty obligations that we recorded when we issued Fannie Mae MBS based on market information obtained from spot transaction prices. In the absence of spot transaction data, which continues to be the case for the substantial majority of our guarantees, we used internal models to estimate the fair value of our guaranty obligations. We reviewed the reasonableness of the results of our models by comparing those results with available market information. Key inputs and assumptions used in our models included the amount of compensation required to cover estimated default costs, including estimated unrecoverable principal and interest that we expected to incur over the life of the underlying mortgage loans backing our Fannie Mae MBS, estimated foreclosure-related costs, estimated administrative and other costs related to our guaranty, and an estimated market risk premium, or profit, that a market participant of similar credit standing would require to assume the obligation. If our modeled estimate of the fair value of the guaranty obligation was more or less than the fair value of the total compensation received, we recognized a loss or recorded deferred profit, respectively, at inception of the guaranty contract.
 
SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”) amended FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (“FIN 45”), to permit the use of a transaction price, as a practical expedient, to measure the fair value of a guaranty obligation upon initial recognition. Beginning January 1, 2008, as part of the implementation of SFAS 157, we changed our approach to measuring the fair value of our guaranty obligation. Specifically, we adopted a measurement approach that is based upon an estimate of the compensation that we would require to issue the same guaranty in a standalone arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party. When we initially recognize a guaranty issued in a lender swap transaction after December 31, 2007, we measure the fair value of the guaranty obligation based on the fair value of the total compensation we receive, which primarily consists of the guaranty fee, credit enhancements, buy-downs, risk-based price adjustments and our right to receive interest income during the float period in excess of the amount required to compensate us for master servicing. Because the fair value of those guaranty obligations now equals the fair value of the total compensation we receive, we do not recognize losses or record deferred profit in our condensed consolidated financial statements at inception of those guaranty contracts issued after December 31, 2007.
 
We also changed the way we measure the fair value of our existing guaranty obligations to be consistent with our new approach for measuring guaranty obligations at initial recognition. The fair value of all guaranty obligations measured subsequent to their initial recognition, is our estimate of a hypothetical transaction price we would receive if we were to issue our guarantees to an unrelated party in a standalone arm’s-length transaction at the measurement date. To measure this fair value, we will continue to use the models and inputs that we used prior to our adoption of SFAS 157 and calibrate those models to our current market pricing.
 
The accounting for our guarantees in our condensed consolidated financial statements is unchanged with our adoption of SFAS 157. Accordingly, the guaranty obligation amounts recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets attributable to guarantees issued prior to January 1, 2008 will continue to be amortized in accordance with our established accounting policy.
 
Pledged Non-Cash Collateral
 
As of June 30, 2008, we pledged a total of $736 million of available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities, which the counterparties had the right to sell or repledge. As of December 31, 2007, we pledged a total of $538 million, comprised of $531 million of AFS securities, $5 million of trading securities, and $2 million of loans held for investment, which the counterparties had the right to sell or repledge.


97


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
Hedge Accounting
 
In April 2008, we implemented fair value hedge accounting with respect to a portion of our derivatives to hedge, for accounting purposes, changes in the fair value of some of our mortgage assets attributable to changes in interest rates. Specifically, we designate certain of our interest rate swaps as hedges of the change in fair value attributable to the change in the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for certain multifamily loans classified as held-for-investment and commercial mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale.
 
We formally document at the inception of each hedging relationship the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedging relationship, and the method used to assess hedge effectiveness. We use regression analysis to assess whether the derivative instrument has been and is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the change in the LIBOR.
 
When hedging relationships are highly effective, we record changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item and include a corresponding amount in current period earnings. For commercial mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale, we record all other changes in fair value as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) and not in earnings. If a hedging relationship is not highly effective, we do not record an adjustment to earnings. We amortize adjustments to the carrying amount of hedged items that result from hedge accounting in the same manner as other components of the carrying amount of that asset through net interest income.
 
We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when (1) the hedging derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, (2) the derivative or the hedged item is terminated or sold, or (3) we voluntarily elect to remove the hedge accounting designation because we do not believe that the designation of the hedging relationship is appropriate.
 
Fair Value Gains (Losses), Net
 
Fair value gains (losses), net consists of fair value gains and losses on derivatives, trading securities, debt carried at fair value and foreign currency debt and adjustments to the carrying amount of hedged mortgage assets. Prior to January 1, 2008, these amounts were included within different captions of our condensed consolidated statements of operations and, as such, prior period amounts were reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
 
The table below displays the composition, including the reclassification of prior period amounts, of “Fair value gains (losses), net” for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
          For the
 
    For the
    Six Months
 
    Three Months Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Derivatives fair value gains (losses), net
  $ 2,293     $ 1,916     $ (710 )   $ 1,353  
Trading securities losses, net
    (965 )     (501 )     (2,192 )     (440 )
Hedged mortgage assets losses, net (1)
    (803 )           (803 )      
Debt foreign exchange gains (losses) net
    (12 )     9       (169 )     (55 )
Debt fair value gains, net
    4             14        
                                 
Fair value gains (losses), net
  $ 517     $ 1,424     $ (3,860 )   $ 858  
                                 


98


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
(1) Represents fair value losses, net on mortgage assets designated for hedge accounting that are attributable to changes in interest rates and will be accreted through interest income over the life of the hedged assets.
 
Reclassifications
 
In addition to the reclassification of prior period amounts to “Fair value gains (losses), net,” prior period amounts previously recorded as a component of “Fee and other income” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations related to our master servicing assets and liabilities have been reclassified as “Other expenses” to conform to the current period presentation.
 
Pursuant to our adoption of FASB Staff Position No. FIN 39-1, Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39 (“FSP FIN 39”), to offset derivative positions with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement, we reclassified amounts in our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007 related to cash collateral receivables and payables. We reclassified $1.2 billion from “Other assets” to “Derivative liabilities at fair value” and $1.9 billion from “Other liabilities” to “Derivative assets at fair value” related to cash collateral receivables and cash collateral payables, respectively.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB 51 (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 requires noncontrolling interests initially to be measured at fair value and classified as a separate component of equity. Under SFAS 160, gains or losses are not recognized from transactions with noncontrolling interests that do not result in a change in control, instead purchases or sales of noncontrolling interests are accounted for as equity transactions. Upon deconsolidation of consolidated entities, a gain or loss is recognized for the difference between the proceeds of that sale and the carrying amount of the interest sold. Additionally, a new fair value is established for any remaining ownership interest in the entity. SFAS 160 is effective for the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008; earlier application is prohibited. SFAS 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, with the exception of presentation and disclosure requirements ( e.g ., reclassifying noncontrolling interests to appear in equity), which are required to be adopted retrospectively. Our adoption of SFAS 160 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements on the date of adoption.
 
SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement 133
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement 133 (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 amends and expands the disclosure provisions in SFAS 133 for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS 161 requires qualitative disclosures about how and why derivative instruments are used and the related impact on the financial statements. Quantitative disclosures including the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses are required in a tabular format. SFAS 161’s provisions apply to all derivative instruments including bifurcated derivative instruments and any related hedged items. SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. Since SFAS 161 only requires additional disclosures, it will not have a financial impact on our consolidated financial statements.


99


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and FIN No. 46R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
 
The FASB is considering amendments to SFAS 140 to eliminate qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”). Additionally, the FASB is considering amendments to FIN 46R that would replace the current consolidation model with a qualitative evaluation that requires consolidation of an entity when the reporting enterprise both (a) has the power to direct matters which significantly impact the activities and success of the entity, and (b) has exposure to benefits and/or losses that could potentially be significant to the entity. If an enterprise is not able to reach a conclusion through the qualitative analysis, it would then proceed to a quantitative evaluation. As of August 7, 2008, the FASB had not formally issued proposed amendments to SFAS 140 or FIN 46R.
 
If we are required to consolidate incremental assets and liabilities, the amount of capital we would be required to maintain could increase. Under certain circumstances, these changes could have a material adverse impact on our earnings, financial condition and capital position. Since the amendments to SFAS 140 and FIN 46R are not final and the FASB’s proposals will be subject to a public comment period, we are unable to predict the impact that the amendments may have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued an exposure draft of a proposed statement of financial accounting standards, Accounting for Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . This proposed statement is intended to simplify accounting for hedging activities by changing the requirements for hedge accounting. The proposed statement affects the hedge accounting requirements of SFAS 133 for assessing effectiveness, voluntarily de-designating hedging relationships, and designating the hedged risk. The proposed statement would be effective for all hedging relationships after December 31, 2009. Under the proposed guidance, we would no longer be permitted to hedge the change in fair value of mortgage assets solely attributable to changes in a designated benchmark interest rate. We are monitoring the development of the proposed statement and further evaluating the impact on our hedging activities and consolidated financial statements.
 
2.   Consolidations
 
We have various investments in entities considered to be VIEs, including limited partnership interests in LIHTC partnerships, which are established to finance the construction and development of low-income affordable multifamily housing. As of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we recorded $7.0 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively, of LIHTC partnership investments.
 
During the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, we sold for cash a portfolio of investments in LIHTC partnerships reflecting approximately $466 million and $858 million, respectively, in future LIHTC tax credits and the release of future capital obligations relating to the investments. During the six months ended June 30, 2007, we sold for cash a portfolio of investments in LIHTC partnerships reflecting approximately $676 million in future LIHTC tax credits and the release of future capital obligations relating to the investments.
 
3.   Mortgage Loans
 
The following table displays the held-for-sale and held-for-investment loans in our mortgage portfolio as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and does not include loans underlying securities that are not


100


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
consolidated, since in those instances the mortgage loans are not included in our condensed consolidated balance sheets.
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Single-family
  $ 315,242     $ 311,831  
Multifamily
    105,750       91,746  
                 
Total unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans (1)(2)
    420,992       403,577  
Unamortized premiums, discounts and other cost basis adjustments, net (3)
    (1,050 )     726  
Lower of cost or market adjustments on loans held for sale
    (235 )     (81 )
Allowance for loan losses for loans held for investment
    (1,476 )     (698 )
                 
Total mortgage loans
  $ 418,231     $ 403,524  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes construction to permanent loans with an unpaid principal balance of $127 million and $149 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
(2) Includes unpaid principal balance totaling $82.4 billion and $81.8 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, related to mortgage-related securities that were consolidated under FIN 46R and mortgage-related securities created from securitization transactions that did not meet the sales criteria under SFAS 140, which effectively resulted in mortgage-related securities being accounted for as loans.
 
(3) Includes a net discount on hedged mortgage assets that will be accreted through interest income over the life of the hedge assets.
 
Loans Acquired in a Transfer
 
If a loan underlying a Fannie Mae MBS is in default, we have the option to purchase the loan from the MBS trust, at the unpaid principal balance of that mortgage loan plus accrued interest, after four or more consecutive monthly payments due under the loan are delinquent in whole or in part. We purchased delinquent loans from MBS trusts with an unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest of $807 million and $881 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $2.5 billion and $1.9 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Under long-term standby commitments, we purchase loans from lenders when the loans subject to these commitments meet certain delinquency criteria. We also acquire loans upon consolidating MBS trusts when the underlying collateral of these trusts includes loans.
 
We account for such loans acquired in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer (“SOP 03-3”), if, at acquisition, (i) there has been evidence of deterioration in the loan’s credit quality subsequent to origination; and (ii) it is probable that we will be unable to collect all cash flows, in accordance with the terms of the contractual agreement, from the borrower, ignoring insignificant delays.


101


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
The following table displays the outstanding balance and carrying amount of acquired loans accounted for in accordance with SOP 03-3 as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Outstanding balance
  $ 7,809     $ 8,223  
Carrying amount:
               
Loans on accrual status
    4,216       4,287  
Loans on nonaccrual status
    2,162       2,779  
                 
Total carrying amount of loans
  $ 6,378     $ 7,066  
                 
 
The following table displays details on acquired loans accounted for in accordance with SOP 03-3 at their respective acquisition dates for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
          For the
 
    For the
    Six Months
 
    Three Months Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Contractually required principal and interest payments at acquisition (1)
  $ 892     $ 1,049     $ 2,786     $ 2,305  
Nonaccretable difference
    97       67       276       153  
                                 
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition (1)
    795       982       2,510       2,152  
Accretable yield
    368       168       1,107       350  
                                 
Initial investment in acquired loans at acquisition
  $ 427     $ 814     $ 1,403     $ 1,802  
                                 
 
 
(1) Contractually required principal and interest payments at acquisition and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition are adjusted for the estimated timing and amount of prepayments.
 
We estimate the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition using internal prepayment, interest rate and credit risk models that incorporate management’s best estimate of certain key assumptions, such as default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds. The following table displays activity for the accretable yield of these loans for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
          For the
 
    For the
    Six Months
 
    Three Months Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 2,245     $ 1,620     $ 2,252     $ 1,511  
Additions
    368       168       1,107       350  
Accretion
    (73 )     (69 )     (145 )     (133 )
Reductions (1)
    (569 )     (287 )     (1,159 )     (459 )
Change in estimated cash flows (2)
    508       439       511       781  
Reclassifications to nonaccretable difference (3)
    (154 )     (110 )     (241 )     (289 )
                                 
Ending balance
  $ 2,325     $ 1,761     $ 2,325     $ 1,761  
                                 
 
 
(1) Reductions are the result of liquidations and loan modifications due to troubled debt restructuring (“TDRs”).
 
(2) Represents changes in expected cash flows due to changes in prepayment assumptions for SOP 03-3 loans.
 
(3) Represents changes in expected cash flows due to changes in credit quality or credit assumptions for SOP 03-3 loans.


102


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
The table above only includes accreted effective interest for those loans that are still being accounted for under SOP 03-3 and does not include SOP 03-3 loans that were modified as TDRs subsequent to their acquisition from MBS trusts.
 
The following table displays interest income recognized and the increase in the “Provision for credit losses” related to SOP 03-3 loans for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                         
    For the
    For the
       
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
       
    June 30,     June 30,        
    2008     2007     2008     2007        
    (Dollars in millions)        
 
Accretion of SOP 03-3 fair value losses (1)
  $ 53     $ 15     $ 88     $ 22          
Interest income on SOP 03-3 loans returned to accrual status or subsequently modified as TDRs
    115       100       225       197          
                                         
Total SOP 03-3 interest income
  $ 168     $ 115     $ 313     $ 219          
                                         
Increase in “Provision for credit losses” subsequent to the acquisition of SOP 03-3 loans
  $ 86     $ 3     $ 121     $ 32          
                                         
 
 
(1) Related to the accretion of the fair value discount recorded upon acquisition of SOP 03-3 loans.
 
Other Loans
 
In the first quarter of 2008, we implemented a program, HomeSaver Advance (“HSA”), to provide qualified borrowers with a 15-year unsecured personal loan in an amount equal to all past due payments relating to their first mortgage loan, up to a maximum of $15,000, or 15% of the unpaid principal balance of the delinquent first lien loan, which allows borrowers to cure their payment defaults without requiring modification of their first mortgage loans. As of June 30, 2008, the unpaid principal balance of these loans was $127 million with a carrying value of $4 million. The difference between the unpaid principal balance and fair value at acquisition is recorded as a charge-off to the “Reserve for guaranty losses” and the fair value of these loans is included in our condensed consolidated balance sheet as a component of “Other assets.” The discount on such loans will accrete into income based on the contractual term of the loan.
 
4.   Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guaranty Losses
 
We maintain an allowance for loan losses for loans in our mortgage portfolio and a reserve for guaranty losses related to loans backing Fannie Mae MBS. The allowance and reserve are calculated based on our estimate of incurred losses. Determining the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and reserve for guaranty losses is complex and requires judgment about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Although our loss models include extensive historical loan performance data, our loss reserve process is subject to risks and uncertainties particularly in the rapidly changing credit environment.


103


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
The following table displays changes in the allowance for loan losses and reserve for guaranty losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
          For the
 
    For the
    Six Months
 
    Three Months Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Allowance for loan losses:
                               
Beginning balance
  $ 993     $ 312     $ 698     $ 340  
Provision
    880       73       1,424       90  
Charge-offs (1)
    (495 )     (64 )     (774 )     (126 )
Recoveries
    98       16       128       33  
                                 
Ending balance (2)
  $ 1,476     $ 337     $ 1,476     $ 337  
                                 
Reserve for guaranty losses:
                               
Beginning balance
  $ 4,202     $ 618     $ 2,693     $ 519  
Provision
    4,205       361       6,734       593  
Charge-offs (3)
    (989 )     (168 )     (2,026 )     (321 )
Recoveries
    32       10       49       30  
                                 
Ending balance
  $ 7,450     $ 821     $ 7,450     $ 821  
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes accrued interest of $161 million and $27 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $239 million and $52 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
(2) Includes $114 million and $28 million as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, associated with acquired loans subject to SOP 03-3.
 
(3) Includes a charge of $380 million and $66 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and $1.1 billion and $135 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for loans subject to SOP 03-3, where the acquisition cost exceeded the fair value of the acquired loan on the date of acquisition. Also includes a charge of $114 million and $123 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively, for our HSA program.


104


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
5.   Investments in Securities
 
Our securities portfolio contains mortgage-related and non-mortgage-related securities. The following table displays our investments in securities, which are presented at fair value as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Mortgage-related securities:
               
Fannie Mae single-class MBS
  $ 117,039     $ 102,017  
Non-Fannie Mae structured
    81,105       92,467  
Fannie Mae structured MBS
    74,743       77,384  
Non-Fannie Mae single-class
    28,608       28,138  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    15,034       16,213  
Other
    2,728       3,179  
                 
Total
    319,257       319,398  
                 
Non-mortgage-related securities:
               
Asset-backed securities
    12,843       15,511  
Corporate debt securities
    10,049       13,515  
Other
    2,639       9,089  
                 
Total
    25,531       38,115  
                 
Total investments in securities
  $ 344,788     $ 357,513  
                 
 
Trading Securities
 
The following table displays our investments in trading securities and the amount of net losses recognized from holding these securities as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Mortgage-related securities:
               
Fannie Mae single-class MBS
  $ 42,908     $ 28,394  
Fannie Mae structured MBS
    10,945       12,064  
Non-Fannie Mae structured mortgage-related securities
    18,338       21,517  
Non-Fannie Mae single-class mortgage-related securities
    1,123       1,199  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    717       782  
                 
Total
  $ 74,031     $ 63,956  
                 
Non-mortgage-related securities: (1)
               
Asset-backed securities
  $ 12,843     $  
Corporate debt securities
    10,049        
Other
    2,639        
                 
Total
  $ 25,531     $  
                 
Losses in trading securities held in our portfolio, net
  $ 2,635     $ 633  
                 
 
 
(1) Reflects the election of non-mortgage securities as Trading securities effective January 1, 2008 with the adoption of SFAS 159.


105


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
We record gains and losses from both the sale of trading securities and from changes in fair value from holding trading securities in our investment portfolio in “Fair value gains (losses), net” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. The following table displays information about our net trading losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
    For the
  For the
    Three Months
  Six Months
    Ended June 30,   Ended June 30,
    2008   2007   2008   2007
    (Dollars in millions)
 
Net trading losses
  $ (965 )   $ (501 )   $ (2,192 )   $ (440 )
Net trading losses recorded in the period related to securities still held at period end
  $ (937 )   $ (475 )   $ (2,290 )   $ (447 )
 
Available-for-Sale Securities
 
AFS securities are initially measured at fair value and subsequent unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a component of AOCI, net of deferred taxes, in “Stockholders’ equity.” Gains and losses from the sale of AFS securities are recorded in “Investment gains (losses), net” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. The following table displays the gross realized gains, losses and proceeds on sales of AFS securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months
    Six Months
 
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Gross realized gains
  $ 1,398     $ 86     $ 1,473     $ 483  
Gross realized losses
    1,418       31       1,460       157  
Total proceeds
    66,545       3,310       69,600       30,016  
 
The following tables display the amortized cost, estimated fair values corresponding to unrealized gains and losses, and additional information regarding unrealized losses by major security type for AFS securities held as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                                                                 
    As of June 30, 2008  
                            Less Than 12
    12 Consecutive
 
                            Consecutive Months     Months or Longer  
    Total
    Gross
    Gross
    Total
    Gross
    Total
    Gross
    Total
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost (1)     Gains     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Fannie Mae single-class MBS
  $ 74,659     $ 572     $ (1,100 )   $ 74,131     $ (795 )   $ 42,373     $ (305 )   $ 7,143  
Fannie Mae structured MBS
    63,828       670       (700 )     63,798       (397 )     26,331       (303 )     7,568  
Non-Fannie Mae single-class mortgage-related securities
    27,267       371       (153 )     27,485       (126 )     7,806       (27 )     1,172  
Non-Fannie Mae structured mortgage-related securities
    71,045       102       (8,380 )     62,767       (2,359 )     24,757       (6,021 )     32,812  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    14,989       64       (736 )     14,317       (258 )     6,237       (478 )     3,900  
Other mortgage-related securities
    2,711       110       (93 )     2,728       (78 )     1,025       (15 )     93  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 254,499     $ 1,889     $ (11,162 )   $ 245,226     $ (4,013 )   $ 108,529     $ (7,149 )   $ 52,688  
                                                                 
 


106


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
                                                                 
    As of December 31, 2007  
                            Less Than 12
    12 Consecutive
 
                            Consecutive Months     Months or Longer  
    Total
    Gross
    Gross
    Total
    Gross
    Total
    Gross
    Total
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost (1)     Gains     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Fannie Mae single-class MBS
  $ 73,560     $ 627     $ (564 )   $ 73,623     $ (39 )   $ 6,155     $ (525 )   $ 44,110  
Fannie Mae structured MBS
    65,225       639       (544 )     65,320       (32 )     4,792       (512 )     29,897  
Non-Fannie Mae single-class mortgage-related securities
    26,699       334       (94 )     26,939       (12 )     2,439       (82 )     7,328  
Non-Fannie Mae structured mortgage-related securities
    73,984       317       (3,351 )     70,950       (1,389 )     22,925       (1,962 )     30,145  
Mortgage revenue bonds
    15,564       146       (279 )     15,431       (130 )     4,210       (149 )     2,686  
Other mortgage-related securities
    2,949       233       (3 )     3,179       (2 )     114       (1 )     67  
Asset-backed securities
    15,510       1             15,511                          
Corporate debt securities
    13,506       9             13,515                          
Other non-mortgage-related securities
    9,089                   9,089                          
                                                                 
Total
  $ 296,086     $ 2,306     $ (4,835 )   $ 293,557     $ (1,604 )   $ 40,635     $ (3,231 )   $ 114,233  
                                                                 
 
 
(1) Amortized cost includes unamortized premiums, discounts and other cost basis adjustments, as well as other-than-temporary impairment.
 
The fair value of securities varies from period to period due to changes in interest rates and changes in credit performance of the underlying issuer, among other factors. For these securities, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment totaling $507 million in the second quarter of 2008 of this amount, $492 million related to other-than-temporary impairments related to private-label securities which consisted of $116 million in Alt-A securities and $376 million in subprime securities where we concluded that it was probable that we would not collect all of the contractual principal and interest amounts due or we determined that we did not intend to hold the security until recovery of the unrealized loss. Other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized as “Investment gains (losses), net” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
Included in the $11.2 billion of gross unrealized losses on AFS securities as of June 30, 2008 was $7.1 billion of unrealized losses that have existed for a period of 12 consecutive months or longer. The unrealized losses on these securities are due to the widening of credit spreads. Securities with unrealized losses for 12 consecutive months or longer had a market value as of June 30, 2008 that was on average 88% of their amortized cost basis. Unrealized losses on these securities may be recovered within a reasonable period of time when market interest rates change and when we intend to hold the securities until the unrealized loss has been recovered. Based on our review for impairments of AFS securities, which includes an evaluation of the collectability of cash flows, we have concluded that the unrealized losses on AFS securities in our investment portfolio as displayed above do not represent other-than-temporary impairment as of June 30, 2008.
 
6.   Financial Guarantees
 
We generate revenue by absorbing the credit risk of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities backing our Fannie Mae MBS in exchange for a guaranty fee. We primarily issue single-class and multi-class Fannie Mae MBS and guarantee to the respective MBS trusts that we will supplement amounts received by the MBS trust as required to permit timely payment of principal and interest on the related Fannie Mae MBS, irrespective of the cash flows received from borrowers. We also provide credit enhancements on taxable or tax-exempt mortgage revenue bonds issued by state and local governmental entities to finance multifamily

107


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
housing for low- and moderate-income families. Additionally, we issue long-term standby commitments that require us to purchase loans from lenders if the loans meet certain delinquency criteria.
 
We record a guaranty obligation for (i) guarantees on lender swap transactions issued or modified on or after January 1, 2003, pursuant to FIN 45, (ii) guarantees on portfolio securitization transactions, (iii) credit enhancements on mortgage revenue bonds, and (iv) our obligation to absorb losses under long-term standby commitments. Our guaranty obligation represents our estimated obligation to stand ready to perform on these guarantees. Our guaranty obligation is recorded at fair value at inception. The carrying amount of the guaranty obligation, excluding deferred profit, was $12.7 billion and $11.1 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We also record an estimate of incurred credit losses on these guarantees in “Reserve for guaranty losses” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets.
 
These guarantees expose us to credit losses on the mortgage loans or, in the case of mortgage-related securities, the underlying mortgage loans of the related securities. The contractual terms of our guarantees range from 30 days to 40 years. However, the actual term of each guaranty may be significantly less than the contractual term based on the prepayment characteristics of the related mortgage loans. For those guarantees recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets, our maximum potential exposure under these guarantees is primarily comprised of the unpaid principal balance of the underlying mortgage loans, which totaled $2.3 trillion and $2.1 trillion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In addition, we had exposure of $180.5 billion and $206.5 billion for other guarantees not recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The maximum number of interest payments we would make with respect to each delinquent mortgage loan pursuant to these guarantees is typically 24 because generally we are contractually required to purchase a loan from an MBS trust when the loan is 24 months past due. Further, we expect that the number of interest payments that we would be required to make would be less than 24 to the extent that loans are either purchased earlier than the mandatory purchase date or are foreclosed upon prior to 24 months of delinquency.
 
The maximum exposure from our guarantees is not representative of the actual loss we are likely to incur, based on our historical loss experience. In the event we were required to make payments under our guarantees, we would pursue recovery of these payments by exercising our rights to the collateral backing the underlying loans and through available credit enhancements, which includes all recourse with third parties and mortgage insurance. The maximum amount we could recover through available credit enhancements and recourse with third parties on guarantees recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets was $122.7 billion and $118.5 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The maximum amount we could recover through available credit enhancements and recourse with all third parties on other guarantees not recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets was $19.3 billion and $22.7 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Recoverability of such credit enhancements and recourse is subject to, but not limited to, our mortgage insurers and financial guarantors ability to meet their obligations. Refer to Note 16 “Concentrations of Credit Risk” for additional information.


108


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
The following table displays changes in our “Guaranty obligations” for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
    For the
    For the
 
    Three Months Ended
    Six Months Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Balance as of beginning of period
  $ 15,521     $ 11,689     $ 15,393     $ 11,145  
Additions to guaranty obligations (1)
    2,347       2,086       4,470       3,474  
Amortization of guaranty obligations into guaranty fee income
    (1,140 )     (712 )     (2,979 )     (1,471 )
Impact of consolidation activity (2)
    (287 )     (109 )     (443 )     (194 )
                                 
Balance as of end of period
  $ 16,441     $ 12,954     $ 16,441     $ 12,954  
                                 
 
 
(1) Represents the fair value of the contractual obligation and deferred profit at issuance of new guarantees.
 
(2) Upon consolidation of MBS trusts, we derecognize our guaranty obligation to the respective trust.
 
Deferred profit is a component of “Guaranty obligations” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets and is included in the table above. We recorded deferred profit on guarantees issued or modified on or after the adoption date of FIN 45 and before the adoption of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008, if the consideration we expected to receive for our guaranty exceeded the estimated fair value of the guaranty obligation at issuance.
 
Upon the adoption of SFAS 157, the fair value of the guaranty obligation at inception equals the fair value of the total compensation received and there are no losses or deferred profit on guaranty contracts issued on or after January 1, 2008. Deferred profit had a carrying amount of $3.7 billion and $4.3 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. For the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, we recognized deferred profit amortization of $417 million and $233 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, we recognized deferred profit amortization of $731 million and $493 million, respectively.
 
The fair value of the guaranty obligation, net of deferred profit, associated with the Fannie Mae MBS included in “Investments in securities” was $2.1 billion and $438 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
7.   Acquired Property, Net
 
Acquired property, net consists of foreclosed property received in full satisfaction of a loan net of a valuation allowance for declines in the fair value of foreclosed properties after initial acquisition. The following table displays the activity in acquired property and the related valuation allowance for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended
    For the Six Months Ended
 
    June 30, 2008     June 30, 2008  
    Acquired
    Valuation
    Acquired
    Acquired
    Valuation
    Acquired
 
    Property     Allowance (1)     Property, Net     Property     Allowance (1)     Property, Net  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Balance as of beginning of period
  $ 5,069     $ (348 )   $ 4,721     $ 3,853     $ (251 )   $ 3,602  
Additions
    2,756       (8 )     2,748       5,026       (16 )     5,010  
Disposals
    (1,372 )     129       (1,243 )     (2,426 )     231       (2,195 )
Write-downs, net of recoveries
          (231 )     (231 )           (422 )     (422 )
                                                 
Balance as of end of period
  $ 6,453     $ (458 )   $ 5,995     $ 6,453     $ (458 )   $ 5,995  
                                                 


109


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended
    For the Six Months Ended
 
    June 30, 2007     June 30, 2007  
    Acquired
    Valuation
    Acquired
    Acquired
    Valuation
    Acquired
 
    Property     Allowance (1)     Property, Net     Property     Allowance (1)     Property, Net  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Balance as of beginning of period
  $ 2,512     $ (117 )   $ 2,395     $ 2,257     $ (116 )   $ 2,141  
Additions
    1,321       (7 )     1,314       2,345       (10 )     2,335  
Disposals
    (1,023 )     78       (945 )     (1,792 )     141       (1,651 )
Write-downs, net of recoveries
          (89 )     (89 )           (150 )     (150 )
                                                 
Balance as of end of period
  $ 2,810     $ (135 )   $ 2,675     $ 2,810     $ (135 )   $ 2,675  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Primarily relates to property impairments in our Single-family segment.
 
8.   Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt
 
Short-term Borrowings
 
Our short-term borrowings (borrowings with an original contractual maturity of one year or less) consist of both “Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase” and “Short-term debt” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. The following table displays our outstanding short-term borrowings as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                                 
    As of  
    June 30, 2008     December 31, 2007  
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
 
          Interest
          Interest
 
    Outstanding     Rate (1)     Outstanding     Rate (1)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 443       1.84 %   $ 869       3.48 %
                                 
Fixed short-term debt:
                               
Discount notes
  $ 234,618       2.44 %   $ 233,258       4.45 %
Foreign exchange discount notes
    275       4.16       301       4.28  
Other short-term debt
    829       2.19       601       4.37  
                                 
Total fixed short-term debt
    235,722       2.44       234,160       4.45  
Floating-rate short-term debt
    4,501       2.08              
                                 
Total short-term debt
  $ 240,223       2.43 %   $ 234,160       4.45 %
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes discounts, premiums and other cost basis adjustments.


110


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
Long-term Debt
 
Long-term debt represents borrowings with an original contractual maturity of greater than one year. The following table displays our outstanding long-term debt as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                                                 
    As of  
    June 30, 2008     December 31, 2007  
                Weighted
                Weighted
 
                Average
                Average
 
                Interest
                Interest
 
    Maturities     Outstanding     Rate (1)     Maturities     Outstanding     Rate (1)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Senior fixed:
                                               
Benchmark notes and bonds
    2008-2030     $ 255,661       4.96 %     2008-2030     $ 256,538       5.12 %
Medium-term notes
    2008-2018       175,570       4.51       2008-2017       202,315       5.06  
Foreign exchange notes and bonds
    2009-2028       1,875       4.92       2008-2028       2,259       3.30  
Other long-term debt (2)
    2008-2038       75,536       5.97       2008-2038       69,717       6.01  
                                                 
Total senior fixed
            508,642       4.95               530,829       5.20  
Senior floating:
                                               
Medium-term notes (2)
    2008-2018       31,971       2.64       2008-2017       12,676       5.87  
Other long-term debt (2)
    2017-2037       1,093       7.54       2017-2037       1,024       7.76  
                                                 
Total senior floating
            33,064       2.81               13,700       6.01  
Subordinated fixed:
                                               
Medium-term notes
    2008-2011       3,500       5.62       2008-2011       3,500       5.62  
Other subordinated debt
    2012-2019       7,617       6.43       2012-2019       7,524       6.39  
                                                 
Total subordinated fixed
            11,117       6.17               11,024       6.14  
Debt from consolidations
    2008-2039       6,456       5.81       2008-2039       6,586       5.95  
                                                 
Total long-term debt (3)
          $ 559,279       4.86 %           $ 562,139       5.25 %
                                                 
 
 
(1) Includes discounts, premiums and other cost basis adjustments.
 
(2) Includes a portion of structured debt instruments at fair value.
 
(3) Reported amounts include a net discount and other cost basis adjustments of $14.6 billion and $11.6 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Lines of Credit
 
We periodically use secured and unsecured intraday funding lines of credit provided by several large financial institutions. We post collateral which, in some circumstances, the secured party has the right to repledge to third parties. As these lines of credit are uncommitted intraday loan facilities, we may not be able to draw on them if and when needed. As of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had secured uncommitted lines of credit of $20.0 billion and $28.0 billion, respectively, and unsecured uncommitted lines of credit of $500 million and $2.5 billion, respectively. No amounts were drawn on these lines of credit as of June 30, 2008 or December 31, 2007. On July 2, 2008, we entered into an agreement which provided us with an additional secured uncommitted line of credit of $10.0 billion.
 
9.   Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
Derivative instruments are an integral part of our strategy in managing interest rate risk. Derivative instruments may be privately negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange. When deciding whether to use derivatives, we consider a number of factors, such as cost, efficiency, the effect on our liquidity and capital, and our overall interest rate risk management strategy. We choose to use derivatives when we believe they will provide greater relative


111


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
value or more efficient execution of our strategy than debt securities. Derivatives in a gain position are reported in “Derivative assets at fair value” and derivatives in a loss position are recorded in “Derivative liabilities at fair value” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. The derivatives we use for interest rate risk management purposes consist primarily of OTC contracts that fall into three broad categories:
 
  •  Interest rate swap contracts.   An interest rate swap is a transaction between two parties in which each agrees to exchange payments tied to different interest rates or indices for a specified period of time, generally based on a notional amount of principal. The types of interest rate swaps we use include pay-fixed swaps; receive-fixed swaps; and basis swaps.
 
  •  Interest rate option contracts.   These contracts primarily include pay-fixed swaptions, receive-fixed swaptions, cancelable swaps and interest rate caps.
 
  •  Foreign currency swaps.   These swaps convert debt that we issue in foreign-denominated currencies into U.S. dollars. We enter into foreign currency swaps only to the extent that we issue foreign currency debt.
 
We enter into forward purchase and sale commitments that lock in the future delivery of mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities at a fixed price or yield. Certain commitments to purchase mortgage loans and purchase or sell mortgage-related securities meet the definition of a derivative and these commitments are recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value as either “Derivative assets at fair value” or “Derivative liabilities at fair value.” Typically, we settle the notional amount of our mortgage commitments; however, we do not settle the notional amount of our derivative instruments. Notional amounts, therefore, simply provide the basis for calculating actual payments or settlement amounts.
 
The following table displays the outstanding notional balances and the estimated fair value of our derivative instruments as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                                 
    As of  
    June 30, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Notional
    Estimated
    Notional
    Estimated
 
    Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Risk management derivatives:
                               
Swaps:
                               
Pay-fixed
  $ 526,028     $ (11,461 )   $ 377,738     $ (14,357 )
Receive-fixed
    409,181       5,429       285,885       6,390  
Basis
    25,626       (110 )     7,001       (21 )
Foreign currency
    2,148       222       2,559       353  
Swaptions:
                               
Pay-fixed
    91,912       978       85,730       849  
Receive-fixed
    85,490       4,041       124,651       5,877  
Interest rate caps
    750       4       2,250       8  
Other (1)
    749       90       650       71  
Net collateral receivable (payable)
          78             (712 )
Accrued interest receivable
          100             221  
                                 
Total risk management derivatives
  $ 1,141,884     $ (629 )   $ 886,464     $ (1,321 )
                                 
Mortgage commitment derivatives:
                               
Mortgage commitments to purchase whole loans
  $ 1,832     $ 1     $ 1,895     $ 6  
Forward contracts to purchase mortgage-related securities
    43,637       (66 )     25,728       91  
Forward contracts to sell mortgage-related securities
    31,550       (5 )     27,743       (108 )
                                 
Total mortgage commitment derivatives
  $ 77,019     $ (70 )   $ 55,366     $ (11 )
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes MBS options, swap credit enhancements and mortgage insurance contracts that are accounted for as derivatives. The mortgage insurance contracts have payment provisions that are not based on a notional amount.


112


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
Beginning in April 2008, we began to employ fair value hedge accounting for some of our interest rate risk management activities by designating hedging relationships between certain of our interest rate derivatives and mortgage assets. We achieve hedge accounting by designating all or a fixed percentage of a pay-fixed receive-variable interest rate swap as a hedge of the changes in the fair value attributable to the changes in the benchmark interest rate (“LIBOR”) for a specific mortgage asset. As of June 30, 2008, we had a notional amount of $68.6 billion of derivatives in hedging relationships with a fair value loss of $1.3 billion.
 
We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and the hedged items at the inception of each hedging relationship, including the risk management objective for undertaking each hedge transaction. We formally link derivatives that qualify for fair value hedge accounting to specifically-identified eligible hedged items on the balance sheet. We formally assess, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that we use in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values of the hedged items attributable to the specifically-identified hedged risk. We use regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of each hedging relationship.
 
When we determine that a hedging relationship is highly effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate are recorded as an adjustment to the carrying value of the hedged item. These adjustments are amortized into earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item in accordance with our policies for amortization of carrying value adjustments. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, we recorded $803 million of decreases in the carrying value of the hedged assets before related amortization due to hedge accounting. This loss on the hedged asset was partially offset by fair value gains of $789 million on the pay-fixed swaps designated as hedging instruments for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, we recorded a loss for the ineffective portion of our hedges of $14 million. Our assessment of hedge effectiveness excluded a loss of $35 million, which was not related to changes in the benchmark interest rate for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008. All derivative gains and losses are recorded in the “Fair value gains (losses), net” caption in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when (1) a derivative instrument expires or is sold or terminated; (2) a derivative instrument is de-designated as a hedged instrument; or (3) we determine the designation of a derivative instrument as a hedge is no longer appropriate. When hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative instrument continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. However, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk.
 
10.   Income Taxes
 
Our effective tax rate is the provision (benefit) for federal income taxes, excluding the tax effect of extraordinary items, expressed as a percentage of income or loss before federal income taxes. The effective tax rate for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 was 17% and 9%, respectively, and 43% and 4% for the six month periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our effective tax rate is different from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the benefits of our investments in housing projects eligible for the low-income housing tax credit and other equity investments that provide tax credits, as well as our holdings of tax-exempt investments.
 
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for tax credits. Our net deferred tax assets totaled $20.6 billion and $13.0 billion as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. We evaluate our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on available evidence, including assumptions about future profitability. We are required to establish a valuation


113


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Such a charge likely would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income based on management approved business plans and ongoing tax planning strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period based on changes in tax laws or variances between our future projected operating performance and our actual results.
 
We are in a cumulative book taxable loss position as of the three-year period ended June 30, 2008. The realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income. For purposes of establishing a deferred tax valuation allowance, this cumulative book taxable loss position is considered significant, objective evidence that we may not be able to realize some portion of our deferred tax assets in the future. In assessing the nature of our cumulative book taxable loss position, we evaluated the factors contributing to these losses and analyzed whether these factors were temporary or indicative of a permanent decline in our earnings. We determined that our current cumulative book taxable loss position was caused primarily by an increase in our credit losses due to the current housing and credit market conditions.
 
Based on our forecasts of future taxable income, which include assumptions about the depth and severity of home price depreciation and credit losses, we anticipate that it is more likely than not that our results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to allow us to realize our deferred tax assets. Therefore, we did not record a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2008 or December 31, 2007.
 
Although current market conditions have created significant volatility in our pre-tax book income, our current forecasts of future taxable income reflect sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize our deferred tax assets based on the nature of our book-to-tax differences and the stability of our core business model. Included in our forecasts are credit assumptions regarding our estimate of future expected credit losses, which we believe is the most variable component of our current forecasts of future taxable income. If future events differ from our current forecasts, a valuation allowance may need to be established which likely would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position. We will continue to update our assumptions and forecasts of future taxable income and assess the need for a valuation allowance.
 
The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently examining our 2005 and 2006 federal income tax returns. The IRS Appeals Division is currently considering issues related to tax years 1999-2004.
 
We had $1.4 billion and $124 million of unrecognized tax benefits at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Of these amounts, we had $8 million at both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, which, if resolved favorably, would reduce our effective tax rate in future periods. As of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had accrued interest payable related to unrecognized tax benefits of $275 million and $28 million, respectively, and did not recognize any tax penalty payable. It is reasonably possible that changes in our gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months, including possible changes in connection with an IRS review of fair market value losses we recognized on certain securities held in our portfolio. The increase in our unrecognized tax benefit during the six months ended June 30, 2008 is due to our current assessment of deductions taken in our prior year income tax returns related to these fair market value losses. The potential decrease in the unrecognized tax benefit related to these fair market value losses and other smaller issues is in the range of $1.2 billion to $1.4 billion. This decrease in our unrecognized tax benefit would represent a temporary difference; therefore, it would not result in a change to our effective tax rate.


114


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
The following table displays the changes in our unrecognized tax benefits for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
    For the Three Months
    For the Six Months
 
    Ended
    Ended
 
    June 30,     June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 605     $ 163     $ 124     $ 163  
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years (1)
    823             1,304        
                                 
Ending balance as of June 30
  $ 1,428     $ 163     $ 1,428     $ 163  
                                 
 
 
(1) Net of related tax credit utilization.
 
11.   Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
The following table displays the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
                                 
    For the Three Months
    For the Six Months
 
    Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (Dollars and shares in millions, except per share amounts)  
 
Income (loss) before extraordinary losses
  $ (2,267 )   $ 1,950     $ (4,452 )   $ 2,914  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (33 )     (3 )     (34 )     (6 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
    (2,300 )     1,947       (4,486 )     2,908  
Preferred stock dividends and issuance costs at redemption
    (303 )     (118 )     (625 )     (253 )
                                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders—basic
    (2,603 )     1,829       (5,111 )     2,655  
Convertible preferred stock dividends (1)
          33             67  
                                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders—diluted
  $ (2,603 )   $ 1,862     $ (5,111 )   $ 2,722  
                                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic
    1,025       973       1,000       973  
Dilutive potential common shares:
                               
Stock-based awards (2)
          1             1  
Convertible preferred stock (3)
          27             27  
                                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted
    1,025       1,001       1,000       1,001  
                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary losses (4)
  $ (2.51 )   $ 1.88     $ (5.08 )   $ 2.74  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (0.03 )           (0.03 )     (0.01 )
                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (2.54 )   $ 1.88     $ (5.11 )   $ 2.73  
                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary losses (4)
  $ (2.51 )   $ 1.86     $ (5.08 )   $ 2.73  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
    (0.03 )           (0.03 )     (0.01 )
                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (2.54 )   $ 1.86     $ (5.11 )   $ 2.72  
                                 


115


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
(1) In the computation of diluted EPS, convertible preferred stock dividends are added back to net income (loss) available to common stockholders when the assumed conversion of the preferred shares is dilutive and is assumed to be converted from the beginning of the period. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, the assumed conversion of the preferred shares had an anti-dilutive effect.
 
(2) Represents incremental shares from in-the-money nonqualified stock options and other performance awards. Weighted-average options and performance awards to purchase approximately 23 million and 17 million shares of common stock for the three months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and 23 million and 19 million shares of common stock for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were outstanding in each period, but were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS since they would have been anti-dilutive.
 
(3) Represents incremental shares from the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock when the assumed conversion of the preferred shares is dilutive and is assumed to be converted from the beginning of the period.
 
(4) Amount is net of preferred stock dividends and issuance costs at redemption.
 
12.   Employee Retirement Benefits
 
The following table displays components of our net periodic benefit cost for our qualified and nonqualified pension plans and other postretirement plan for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007. The net periodic benefit cost for each period is calculated based on assumptions at the end of the prior year.
 
                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    Pension Plans     Other Post-
    Pension Plans     Other Post-
 
          Non-
    Retirement
          Non-
    Retirement
 
    Qualified     Qualified     Plan     Qualified     Qualified     Plan  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Service cost
  $ 11     $ 2     $ 2     $ 14     $ 3     $ 3  
Interest cost
    12       3       2       12       2       2  
Expected return on plan assets
    (14 )                 (14 )            
Amortization of net actuarial loss
                1             1       1  
Amortization of net prior service cost (credit)
                (2 )           1        
Special termination benefit charge
                3                    
                                                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 9     $ 5     $ 6     $ 12     $ 7     $ 6  
                                                 
 
                                                 
    For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    Pension Plans     Other Post-
    Pension Plans     Other Post-
 
          Non-
    Retirement
          Non-
    Retirement
 
    Qualified     Qualified     Plan     Qualified     Qualified     Plan  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Service cost
  $ 22     $ 4     $ 3     $ 28     $ 6     $ 6  
Interest cost
    25       5       4       24       5       5  
Expected return on plan assets
    (29 )                 (28 )            
Amortization of net actuarial loss
                1       1       1       1  
Amortization of net prior service cost (credit)
          1       (3 )           2        
Amortization of initial transition obligation
                1                   1  
Special termination benefit charge
                3                    
                                                 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 18     $ 10     $ 9     $ 25     $ 14     $ 13  
                                                 


116


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
As of June 30, 2008, contributions of $3 million have been made to the nonqualified pension plans and a contribution of $3 million has been made to our postretirement benefit plan. We anticipate contributing an additional $2 million to our nonqualified pension plans during 2008 for a total of $5 million. Also, we anticipate contributing an additional $4 million during 2008 to fund our postretirement benefit plan for a total of $7 million.
 
13.   Segment Reporting
 
We manage our business using three operating segments: Single-Family; HCD; and Capital Markets. The following table displays our segment results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007.
 
Our segment financial results include directly attributable revenues and expenses. Additionally, we allocate to each of our segments: (i) capital using OFHEO minimum capital requirements adjusted for over- or under-capitalization; (ii) indirect administrative costs; and (iii) a provision (benefit) for federal income taxes. In addition, we allocate intercompany guaranty fee income as a charge to Capital Markets from the Single-Family and HCD segments for managing the credit risk on mortgage loans held by the Capital Markets segment.
 
                                 
    For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2008  
                Capital
       
    Single-Family     HCD     Markets     Total  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net interest income (expense) (1)
  $ 142     $ (88 )   $ 2,003     $ 2,057  
Guaranty fee income (expense) (2)
    1,819       134       (345 )     1,608  
Trust management income
    74       1             75  
Investment losses, net
    (37 )           (846 )     (883 )
Fair value gains, net
                517       517  
Debt extinguishment losses, net
                (36 )     (36 )
Losses from partnership investments
          (195 )           (195 )
Fee and other income
    92       51       82       225  
Administrative expenses
    (288 )     (104 )     (120 )     (512 )
Provision for credit losses
    (5,077 )     (8 )           (5,085 )
Other expenses
    (435 )     (35 )     (44 )     (514 )
                                 
Income (loss) before federal income taxes and extraordinary losses
    (3,710 )     (244 )     1,211       (2,743 )
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes
    (1,304 )     (316 )     1,144       (476 )
                                 
Income (loss) before extraordinary losses
    (2,406 )     72       67       (2,267 )
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
                (33 )     (33 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,406 )   $ 72     $ 34     $ (2,300 )
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes cost of capital charge.
 
(2) Includes intercompany guaranty fee income (expense) allocated to Single-Family and HCD from Capital Markets for absorbing the credit risk on mortgage loans held in our portfolio.
 


117


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
                                 
    For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2007  
                Capital
       
    Single-Family     HCD     Markets     Total  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net interest income (expense) (1)
  $ 114     $ (103 )   $ 1,182     $ 1,193  
Guaranty fee income (expense) (2)
    1,304       110       (294 )     1,120  
Losses on certain guaranty contracts
    (451 )     (10 )           (461 )
Trust management income
    141       9             150  
Investment losses, net (3)
    (7 )           (86 )     (93 )
Fair value gains, net (3)
                1,424       1,424  
Debt extinguishment gains, net
                48       48  
Losses from partnership investments
          (215 )           (215 )
Fee and other income (3)
    77       97       83       257  
Administrative expenses
    (356 )     (143 )     (161 )     (660 )
Provision for credit losses
    (434 )                 (434 )
Other expenses (3)
    (183 )     (6 )     (3 )     (192 )
                                 
Income (loss) before federal income taxes and extraordinary losses
    205       (261 )     2,193       2,137  
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes
    69       (371 )     489       187  
                                 
Income before extraordinary losses
    136       110       1,704       1,950  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
                (3 )     (3 )
                                 
Net income
  $ 136     $ 110     $ 1,701     $ 1,947  
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes cost of capital charge.
 
(2) Includes intercompany guaranty fee income (expense) allocated to Single-Family and HCD from Capital Markets for absorbing the credit risk on mortgage loans held in our portfolio.
 
(3) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
                                 
    For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
                Capital
       
    Single-Family     HCD     Markets     Total  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net interest income (expense) (1)
  $ 276     $ (191 )   $ 3,662     $ 3,747  
Guaranty fee income (expense) (2)
    3,761       282       (683 )     3,360  
Trust management income
    179       3             182  
Investment losses, net
    (85 )           (909 )     (994 )
Fair value losses, net
                (3,860 )     (3,860 )
Debt extinguishment losses, net
                (181 )     (181 )
Losses from partnership investments
          (336 )           (336 )
Fee and other income
    194       113       145       452  
Administrative expenses
    (574 )     (212 )     (238 )     (1,024 )
Provision for credit losses
    (8,158 )                 (8,158 )
Other expenses
    (855 )     (75 )     (114 )     (1,044 )
                                 
Loss before federal income taxes and extraordinary losses
    (5,262 )     (416 )     (2,178 )     (7,856 )
Benefit for federal income taxes
    (1,848 )     (638 )     (918 )     (3,404 )
                                 
Income (loss) before extraordinary losses
    (3,414 )     222       (1,260 )     (4,452 )
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
                (34 )     (34 )
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (3,414 )   $ 222     $ (1,294 )   $ (4,486 )
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes cost of capital charge.

118


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
(2) Includes intercompany guaranty fee income (expense) allocated to Single-Family and HCD from Capital Markets for absorbing the credit risk on mortgage loans held in our portfolio.
 
                                 
    For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007  
                Capital
       
    Single-Family     HCD     Markets     Total  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Net interest income (expense) (1)
  $ 193     $ (197 )   $ 2,391     $ 2,387  
Guaranty fee income (expense) (2)
    2,591       211       (584 )     2,218  
Losses on certain guaranty contracts
    (731 )     (13 )           (744 )
Trust management income
    295       19             314  
Investment gains, net (3)
    1             201       202  
Fair value gains, net (3)
                858       858  
Debt extinguishment gains, net
                41       41  
Losses from partnership investments
          (380 )           (380 )
Fee and other income (3)
    166       181       187       534  
Administrative expenses
    (738 )     (286 )     (334 )     (1,358 )
Benefit (provision) for credit losses
    (687 )     4             (683 )
Other expenses (3)
    (342 )     (12 )     (7 )     (361 )
                                 
Income (loss) before federal income taxes and extraordinary losses
    748       (473 )     2,753       3,028  
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes
    257       (746 )     603       114  
                                 
Income before extraordinary losses
    491       273       2,150       2,914  
Extraordinary losses, net of tax effect
                (6 )     (6 )
                                 
Net income
  $ 491     $ 273     $ 2,144     $ 2,908  
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes cost of capital charge.
 
(2) Includes intercompany guaranty fee income (expense) allocated to Single-Family and HCD from Capital Markets for absorbing the credit risk on mortgage loans held in our portfolio.
 
(3) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
14.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
Shares of common stock outstanding, net of shares held in treasury, totaled 1,070 million and 974 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 we issued 1 million and 2 million shares of common stock from treasury for our employee benefit plans, respectively. On May 14, 2008, we received gross proceeds of $2.6 billion from the issuance of 94 million new shares of no par value common stock with a stated value of $0.5250 per share.
 
Preferred Stock
 
As of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had preferred stock outstanding of $21.7 billion and $16.9 billion, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, we issued an aggregate of $4.8 billion in preferred stock, as set forth below:
 
  •  On May 14, 2008, we received gross proceeds of $2.6 billion from the issuance of 52 million shares of 8.75% Non-Cumulative Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2008-1, with a stated value of $50


119


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
  per share. Each share has a liquidation preference equal to its stated value of $50 per share plus an amount equal to the dividend for the then-current quarterly dividend period. The Mandatory Convertible Series 2008-1 Preferred Stock is not redeemable by us. On May 13, 2011, the mandatory conversion date, each share of the Preferred Stock will automatically convert into between 1.5408 and 1.8182 shares of our common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, depending on the average of the closing prices per share of our common stock for each of the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the third trading day prior to such date. At any time prior to the mandatory conversion date, holders may elect to convert each share of our Preferred Stock into a minimum of 1.5408 shares of common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. The Mandatory Convertible Series 2008-1 shares are considered participating securities for purposes of calculating earnings per share.
 
  •  On May 19, 2008, we received gross proceeds of $2.0 billion from the issuance of 80 million shares of 8.25% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series T, with a stated value of $25 per share. Subsequent to the initial issuance, we received gross proceeds of $200 million from an additional issuance of 8 million shares on May 22, 2008 and $25 million on June 4, 2008, from the additional issuance of 1 million shares. Each share has a liquidation preference equal to its stated value of $25 per share plus accrued dividends for the then-current quarterly dividend period. The Series T Preferred Stock may be redeemed, at our option, on or after May 20, 2013.
 
15.   Regulatory Capital Requirements
 
As of December 31, 2007, we were required by our consent order with OFHEO to maintain a 30% surplus over our statutory minimum capital requirement. On March 19, 2008, OFHEO reduced this capital surplus requirement to 20% and further to 15% in May 2008.
 
The following table displays our regulatory capital classification measures as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. The capital classification measures as of June 30, 2008 reflect a 15% capital surplus requirement and the capital classification measures as of December 31, 2007 reflect a 30% capital surplus requirement.
 
                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008 (1)     2007  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Core capital (2)
  $ 46,964     $ 45,373  
Statutory minimum capital (3)
    32,631       31,927  
                 
Surplus of core capital over statutory minimum capital
  $ 14,334     $ 13,446  
                 
Surplus of core capital percentage over statutory minimum capital
    43.9 %     42.1 %
Core capital (2)
  $ 46,964     $ 45,373  
OFHEO-directed minimum capital (4)
    37,525       41,505  
                 
Surplus of core capital over OFHEO-directed minimum capital
  $ 9,439     $ 3,868  
                 
Surplus of core capital percentage over OFHEO-directed minimum capital
    25.2 %     9.3 %
Total capital (5)
  $ 55,568     $ 48,658  
Statutory risk-based capital (6)
    N/A       24,700  
                 
Surplus of total capital over statutory risk-based capital
    N/A     $ 23,958  
                 
Surplus of total capital percentage over statutory risk-based capital
    N/A       97.0 %
Core capital (2)
  $ 46,964     $ 45,373  
Statutory critical capital (7)
    16,912       16,525  
                 
Surplus of core capital over statutory critical capital
  $ 30,053     $ 28,848  
                 
Surplus of core capital percentage over statutory critical capital
    177.7 %     174.6 %


120


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
(1) Amounts as of June 30, 2008 represent estimates that will be submitted to OFHEO for its certification and are subject to its review and approval. Amounts as of December 31, 2007 represent OFHEO’s announced capital classification measures.
 
(2) The sum of (a) the stated value of our outstanding common stock (common stock less treasury stock); (b) the stated value of our outstanding non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock; (c) our paid-in capital; and (d) our retained earnings. Core capital excludes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
(3) Generally, the sum of (a) 2.50% of on-balance sheet assets; (b) 0.45% of the unpaid principal balance of outstanding Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties; and (c) up to 0.45% of other off-balance sheet obligations, which may be adjusted by the Director of OFHEO under certain circumstances (See 12 CFR 1750.4 for existing adjustments made by the Director of OFHEO).
 
(4) As of June 30, 2008, defined as a 15% surplus over the statutory minimum capital requirement. As of December 31, 2007, defined as a 30% surplus over the statutory minimum capital requirement.
 
(5) The sum of (a) core capital and (b) the total allowance for loan losses and reserve for guaranty losses, less (c) the specific loss allowance (that is, the allowance required on individually-impaired loans). The specific loss allowance totaled $323 million as of June 30, 2008 and $106 million as of December 31, 2007.
 
(6) Defined as the amount of total capital required to be held to absorb projected losses flowing from future adverse interest rate and credit risk conditions specified by statute (see 12 CFR 1750.13 for conditions), plus 30% mandated by statute to cover management and operations risk. Statutory risk-based capital measures as of June 30, 2008 were not available as of the date of this filing. As of March 31, 2008, our total capital was $47.7 billion, and our statutory risk-based capital requirement was $23.1 billion. The surplus of total capital over our statutory risk-based capital requirement was $24.6 billion, or 106.4%.
 
(7) Generally, the sum of (a) 1.25% of on-balance sheet assets; (b) 0.25% of the unpaid principal balance of outstanding Fannie Mae MBS held by third parties and (c) up to 0.25% of other off-balance sheet obligations, which may be adjusted by the Director of OFHEO under certain circumstances.
 
We currently expect that we will remain above our regulatory capital requirement for the remainder of 2008. (Our “regulatory capital requirement” is equal to our statutory minimum requirement plus any additional surplus above that statutory minimum that we expect our regulator will require us to hold.) Due to the volatile market conditions, we now have less visibility into our capital position in 2009. We currently have internally prepared scenarios, derived from our own statistical models and management’s judgment, that indicate that we will remain above our regulatory capital requirement through 2009, and others that show that we may not.
 
Our capital position, and whether we are classified as “adequately capitalized” for regulatory purposes, also depends on the level of capital we are required to hold by our regulator. In May 2008, OFHEO indicated its intention to reduce our capital surplus requirement by five percentage points to a 10% surplus requirement in September 2008, based upon our continued maintenance of excess capital well above OFHEO’s regulatory requirement and no material adverse change to our ongoing regulatory compliance. Under the recently enacted Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, our new regulator, FHFA, has new authority to increase our regulatory capital requirement pursuant to a formal rulemaking process and consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
In light of volatile market conditions, it is critical that we manage our capital levels to maintain a capital cushion well in excess of our regulatory capital requirement. To that end, we use strategies designed to preserve and protect our capital. In addition, we may, from time to time, raise capital opportunistically. Management continues to carefully monitor our capital and dividend positions and the trends impacting those positions and, if necessary, intends to take actions designed to help mitigate the impacts of a worsening environment on those positions. In this environment, conditions that negatively impact capital can develop rapidly and are based on a variety of factors. Therefore, we may need to take action quickly to respond.
 
We have already begun to take some of those actions. Our Board of Directors has decreased our dividend on our common stock to five cents per share. We announced an increase in our guaranty fee pricing on new acquisitions commensurate with the risks in the current market. Finally, we are evaluating our costs and


121


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
expenses and expect to reduce costs. Additional steps we could take include: reducing or eliminating our dividends; slowing growth; decreasing the size of the balance sheet; further raising guaranty fees; and raising additional capital (which could be dilutive). Some of these actions could have negative consequences, including decreased revenue due to growth limitations, or increased mark-to-market charges associated with the decreased liquidity for mortgage assets that could arise from a reduction in our market activity. If our capital fails to meet standards set by our regulator, our regulator could require us to enter into a capital restoration plan or take other actions. In addition, the U.S. Treasury is authorized to buy Fannie Mae’s debt, equity and other securities, subject to our agreement.
 
16.   Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Non-traditional Loans; Alt-A and Subprime Loans and Securities
 
We own and guarantee loans with non-traditional features, such as interest-only loans and negative-amortizing loans. We also own and guarantee Alt-A and subprime mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities. An Alt-A mortgage loan generally refers to a mortgage loan that can be underwritten with reduced or alternative documentation than that required for a full documentation mortgage loan but may also include other alternative product features. As a result, Alt-A mortgage loans generally have a higher risk of default than non-Alt-A mortgage loans. In reporting our Alt-A exposure, we have classified mortgage loans as Alt-A if the lenders that deliver the mortgage loans to us have classified the loans as Alt-A based on documentation or other product features. We have classified private-label mortgage-related securities held in our investment portfolio as Alt-A if the securities were labeled as such when issued. A subprime mortgage loan generally refers to a mortgage loan made to a borrower with a weaker credit profile than that of a prime borrower. As a result of the weaker credit profile, subprime borrowers have a higher likelihood of default than prime borrowers. Subprime mortgage loans are typically originated by lenders specializing in this type of business or by subprime divisions of large lenders, using processes unique to subprime loans. In reporting our subprime exposure, we have classified mortgage loans as subprime if the mortgage loans are originated by one of these specialty lenders or a subprime division of a large lender. We have classified private-label mortgage-related securities held in our investment portfolio as subprime if the securities were labeled as such when issued. We reduce our risk associated with these loans through credit enhancements, as described below under “Mortgage Insurers.”
 
The following table displays the percentage of our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business that consists of interest-only loans, negative-amortizing adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) and loans with an estimated mark-to-market value loan to value (“LTV”) ratio of greater than 80% as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                 
    Percentage of Conventional
 
    Single-Family Mortgage Credit
 
    Book of Business
 
    As of  
    June 30, 2008     December 31, 2007  
 
Interest-only loans
    8 %     8 %
Negative-amortizing ARMs
    1       1  
80%+ LTV loans
    26       20  


122


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
The following table displays information regarding the Alt-A and subprime mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities in our mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                                 
    As of  
    June 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    Unpaid
    Percent of
    Unpaid
    Percent of
 
    Principal
    Book of
    Principal
    Book of
 
    Balance     Business (1)     Balance     Business (1)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Loans and Fannie Mae MBS:
                               
Alt-A (2)
  $ 310,463       11 %   $ 318,121       12 %
Subprime (3)
    20,014       1       22,126       1  
                                 
Total
  $ 330,477       12 %   $ 340,247       13 %
                                 
Private-label securities:
                               
Alt-A (4)
  $ 29,507       1 %   $ 32,475       1 %
Subprime (5)
    28,276       1       32,040       1  
                                 
Total
  $ 57,783       2 %   $ 64,515       2 %
                                 
 
 
(1) Calculated based on total unpaid principal balance of the total single-family mortgage credit book of business.
 
(2) Represents Alt-A mortgage loans held in our portfolio and Fannie Mae MBS backed by Alt-A mortgage loans.
 
(3) Represents subprime mortgage loans held in our portfolio and Fannie Mae MBS backed by subprime mortgage loans.
 
(4) Represents private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A mortgage loans.
 
(5) Represents private-label mortgage-related securities backed by subprime mortgage loans.
 
Other concentrations
 
Mortgage Servicers.   Mortgage servicers collect mortgage and escrow payments from borrowers, pay taxes and insurance costs from escrow accounts, monitor and report delinquencies, and perform other required activities on our behalf. Our business with our mortgage servicers is concentrated. Our ten largest single-family mortgage servicers serviced 73% and 74% of our single-family mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Our ten largest multifamily mortgage servicers serviced 69% and 72% of our multifamily mortgage credit book of business as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. In July 2008, our largest mortgage servicer was acquired. Reduction in the number of mortgage servicers would result in an increase in our concentration risk with the remaining servicers in the industry.
 
If one of our principal mortgage servicers fails to meet its obligations to us, it could increase our credit-related expenses and credit losses, result in financial losses to us and have a material adverse effect on our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position.
 
Mortgage Insurers.   We had primary and pool mortgage insurance coverage on single-family mortgage loans in our guaranty book of business of $106.1 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively, as of June 30, 2008, compared with $93.7 billion and $10.4 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2007. Eight mortgage insurance companies provided 99% of our mortgage insurance as of both June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
Recent increases in mortgage insurance claims due to higher credit losses in recent periods have adversely affected the financial results and condition of many mortgage insurers. In various actions since December 31, 2007, Standard & Poor’s, Fitch and Moody’s downgraded the insurer financial strength ratings of seven of our


123


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
top eight primary mortgage insurer counterparties. As of June 30, 2008, these seven mortgage insurers provided $114.0 billion, or 98%, of our total mortgage insurance coverage on single-family loans in our guaranty book of business. The current weakened financial condition of many of our mortgage insurer counterparties creates an increased risk that our mortgage insurer counterparties will fail to fulfill their obligations to reimburse us for claims under insurance policies. If we determine that it is probable that we will not collect all of our claims from one or more of these mortgage insurer counterparties, it could result in an increase in our loss reserves, which could adversely affect our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position. As of June 30, 2008, we have not included any provision for losses resulting from the inability of our mortgage insurers to fully pay claims.
 
Financial Guarantors.   We were the beneficiary of financial guarantees of approximately $11.1 billion and $11.8 billion on the securities held in our investment portfolio or on securities that have been resecuritized to include a Fannie Mae guaranty and sold to third parties as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The securities covered by these guarantees consist primarily of private-label mortgage-related securities and municipal bonds. We obtained these guarantees from nine financial guaranty insurance companies. These financial guaranty contracts assure the collectability of timely interest and ultimate principal payments on the guaranteed securities if the cash flows generated by the underlying collateral are not sufficient to fully support these payments.
 
If a financial guarantor fails to meet its obligations to us with respect to the securities for which we have obtained financial guarantees, it could reduce the fair value of our mortgage-related securities and result in financial losses to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position.
 
17.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
We carry financial instruments at fair value, amortized cost or lower of cost or market. As defined in SFAS 157, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). When available, the fair value of our financial instruments is based on quoted market prices, valuation techniques that use observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data. Pricing information we obtain from third parties is internally validated for reasonableness prior to use in the consolidated financial statements.
 
When observable market prices are not readily available, we generally estimate the fair value using market data alternate techniques or internally developed models using significant inputs that are generally less readily observable from objective sources. Market data includes prices of financial instruments with similar maturities and characteristics, duration, interest rate yield curves, measures of volatility and prepayment rates. If market data needed to estimate fair value is not available, we estimate fair value using internally-developed models that employ a discounted cash flow approach.
 
These estimates are based on pertinent information available to us at the time of the applicable reporting periods. In certain cases, fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may fluctuate as economic and market factors vary, and our evaluation of those factors changes. Although we use our best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique. In these cases, a minor change in an assumption could result in a significant change in our estimate of fair value, thereby increasing or decreasing the amounts of our consolidated assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity net income or loss.
 
The fair value of financial instruments disclosure required by SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , includes commitments to purchase multifamily mortgage loans and single family


124


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
reverse mortgage loans, which are off-balance sheet financial instruments that are not recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of these commitments are included as “Mortgage loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses.” The disclosure excludes certain financial instruments, such as plan obligations for pension and other postretirement benefits, employee stock option and stock purchase plans, and also excludes all non-financial instruments. As a result, the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities does not represent the underlying fair value of our total consolidated assets and liabilities.
 
The following table displays the carrying value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
                                 
    As of  
                December 31, 2007  
    June 30, 2008           Estimated
 
    Carrying
    Estimated
    Carrying
    Fair
 
    Value     Fair Value     Value (1)     Value (1)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents (2)
  $ 13,681     $ 13,681     $ 4,502     $ 4,502  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
    35,694       35,694       49,041       49,041  
Trading securities
    99,562       99,562       63,956       63,956  
Available-for-sale securities
    245,226       245,226       293,557       293,557  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    6,931       6,971       7,008       7,083  
Mortgage loans held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses
    411,300       403,664       396,516       395,822  
Advances to lenders
    9,459       9,236       12,377       12,049  
Derivative assets
    1,013       1,013       885       885  
Guaranty assets and buy-ups
    11,402       16,569       10,610       14,258  
                                 
Total financial assets
  $ 834,268     $ 831,616     $ 838,452     $ 841,153  
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 443     $ 438     $ 869     $ 869  
Short-term debt
    240,223       240,256       234,160       234,368  
Long-term debt
    559,279       572,546       562,139       580,333  
Derivative liabilities
    1,712       1,712       2,217       2,217  
Guaranty obligations
    16,441       59,777       15,393       20,549  
                                 
Total financial liabilities
  $ 818,098     $ 874,729     $ 814,778     $ 838,336  
                                 
 
 
(1) Pursuant to our adoption of FSP FIN 39-1, we have reduced “Derivative assets at fair value” and “Derivative liabilities at fair value” in our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007.
 
(2) Includes restricted cash of $188 million and $561 million as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
Notes to Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents —The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents is a reasonable estimate of their approximate fair value.
 
Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell —The carrying value of our federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell approximates the fair value of these instruments


125


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
due to their short-term nature, exclusive of dollar roll repurchase transactions. The fair value of our dollar roll repurchase transactions reflects prices for similar securities in the market.
 
Trading Securities and Available- for-Sale Securities —Our investments in securities are recognized at fair value in our condensed consolidated financial statements. Fair values of securities are primarily based on observable market prices or prices obtained from third parties. Details of these estimated fair values by type are displayed in “Note 5, Investments in Securities.”
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale —Held for sale (“HFS”) loans are reported at the lower of cost or market (“LOCOM”) in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. We determine the fair value of our mortgage loans based on comparisons to Fannie Mae MBS with similar characteristics. Specifically, we use the observable market value of our Fannie Mae MBS as a base value, from which we subtract or add the fair value of the associated guaranty asset, guaranty obligation and master servicing arrangements.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment —Held for investment (“HFI”) loans are recorded in our condensed consolidated balance sheets at the principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized premiums and discounts, cost basis adjustments and an allowance for loan losses. We determine the fair value of our mortgage loans based on comparisons to Fannie Mae MBS with similar characteristics. Specifically, we use the observable market value of our Fannie Mae MBS as a base value, from which we subtract or add the fair value of the associated guaranty asset, guaranty obligation and master servicing arrangements. Certain loans that do not qualify for MBS securitization are valued using market based data for similar loans or through a model approach that simulates a loan sale via a synthetic structure.
 
Advances to Lenders —The carrying value of the majority of our advances to lenders approximates the fair value of these instruments due to their short-term nature. Advances to lenders for which the carrying value does not approximate fair value are valued based on comparisons to Fannie Mae MBS with similar characteristics, and applying the same pricing methodology as used for HFI loans as described above.
 
Derivatives Assets and Liabilities (collectively, “Derivatives”) —Our risk management derivatives and mortgage commitment derivatives are recognized in our condensed consolidated balance sheets at fair value, taking into consideration the effects of any legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow us to settle derivative asset and liability positions with the same counterparty on a net basis, as well as cash collateral. We use observable market prices or market prices obtained from third parties for derivatives, when available. For derivative instruments where market prices are not readily available, we estimate fair value using model-based interpolation based on direct market inputs. Direct market inputs include prices of instruments with similar maturities and characteristics, interest rate yield curves and measures of interest rate volatility. Details of these estimated fair values by type are displayed in “Note 9, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”
 
Guaranty Assets and Buy-ups —We estimate the fair value of guaranty assets based on the present value of expected future cash flows of the underlying mortgage assets using management’s best estimate of certain key assumptions, which include prepayment speeds, forward yield curves, and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. These cash flows are projected using proprietary prepayment, interest rate and credit risk models. Because guaranty assets are like an interest-only income stream, the projected cash flows from our guaranty assets are discounted using interest rate spreads from a representative sample of interest-only trust securities. We reduce the spreads on interest-only trusts to adjust for the less liquid nature of the guaranty asset. The fair value of the guaranty assets as presented in the table above and the recurring fair value measurement table below include the fair value of any associated buy-ups, which is estimated in the same manner as guaranty assets but are recorded separately as a component of “Other assets” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. While the fair value of the guaranty assets reflect all guaranty arrangements, the carrying value primarily reflects only those arrangements entered into subsequent to our adoption of FIN 45.


126


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase —The carrying value of our federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximate the fair value of these instruments due to the short-term nature of these liabilities, exclusive of dollar roll repurchase transactions.
 
Short-Term Debt and Long-Term Debt —We value the majority of our short-term and long-term debt using pricing services. Where third party pricing is not available on non-callable debt, we use a discounted cash flow approach based on the Fannie Mae yield curve with an adjustment to reflect fair values at the offer side of the market. When third party pricing is not available for callable bonds, we use internally-developed models calibrated to market to price these bonds. To estimate the fair value of structured notes, cash flows are evaluated taking into consideration any derivatives through which we have swapped out of the structured features of the notes. We continue to use third party prices to value our subordinated debt.
 
Guaranty Obligations —We measure the fair value of the guaranty obligation based on the fair value of the total compensation received in current market transactions. While the fair value of the guaranty obligation reflects all guaranty arrangements, the carrying value primarily reflects only those arrangements entered into subsequent to our adoption of FIN 45. See “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for information regarding the change in approach in measuring the fair value of our guaranty obligation.
 
Fair Value Measurement
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 157, which provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, as well as expanded information about assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. The impact of adopting SFAS 157 increased the beginning balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2008 by $62 million, net of tax.
 
As described above, the inputs used to determine fair value can be readily observable, market corroborated or unobservable. We use valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
 
Valuation Hierarchy
 
The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. We perform a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to SFAS 157 to determine the appropriate level based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety:
 
  Level 1:   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
  Level 2:   Observable market-based inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
  Level 3:   Unobservable inputs.
 
Level 1 consists of instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices in active markets, such as U.S. Treasuries.
 
Level 2 includes instruments that are primarily valued using valuation techniques that use observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data. These inputs consider various assumptions, including time value, yield curve, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable market data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed


127


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
in the marketplace. This category also includes instruments whose values are based on quoted market prices provided by a single dealer that is corroborated by a recent transaction. Instruments in this category include mortgage and non-mortgage-related securities, mortgage loans held for sale, and debt and derivatives.
 
Level 3 is comprised of instruments whose fair value is estimated based on a market approach using alternate techniques or internally developed models using significant inputs that are generally less readily observable because of limited market activity or little or no price transparency. We include instruments whose value is based on a single source such as a dealer, broker or pricing service which cannot be corroborated by recent market transactions. Included in this category are guaranty assets and buy-ups, master servicing assets and liabilities, mortgage loans, mortgage and non-mortgage-related securities, long-term debt, derivatives, and acquired property.
 
Recurring Change in Fair Value
 
The following table displays our assets and liabilities measured on our condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value on a recurring basis subsequent to initial recognition, including instruments for which we have elected the fair value option. Specifically, as disclosed under SFAS 157 requirements, total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as level 3 were $56.6 billion, or 6% of “Total assets” in our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2008.
 
                                         
    Fair Value Measurements as of June 30, 2008  
    Quoted
                         
    Prices in
                         
    Active
    Significant
                   
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
             
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
             
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Netting
    Estimated
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Adjustment (1)     Fair Value  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Assets:
                                       
Trading securities
  $ 6     $ 85,231     $ 14,325     $     $ 99,562  
Available-for-sale securities
          205,193       40,033             245,226  
Derivative assets (2)
          23,115       270       (22,372 )     1,013  
Guaranty assets and buy-ups
                1,947             1,947  
                                         
Total assets at fair value
  $ 6     $ 313,539     $ 56,575     $ (22,372 )   $ 347,748  
                                         
Liabilities:
                                       
Short-term debt
  $     $ 4,501     $     $     $ 4,501  
Long-term debt
          19,219       3,309             22,528  
Derivative liabilities (2)
          24,057       107       (22,452 )     1,712  
Other liabilities
          276                   276  
                                         
Total liabilities at fair value
  $     $ 48,053     $ 3,416     $ (22,452 )   $ 29,017  
                                         
 
 
(1) Derivative contracts are reported on a gross basis by level. The netting adjustment represents the effect of the legal right to offset under legally enforceable master netting agreements to settle with the same counterparty on a net basis, as well as cash collateral.
 
(2) Excludes accrued fees related to the termination of derivative contracts.


128


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
The following table displays a reconciliation of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (level 3) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008. The table also displays gains and losses due to changes in fair value, including both realized and unrealized gains and losses, recorded in our condensed consolidated statements of operations for level 3 assets and liabilities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008.
 
                                         
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
    For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2008  
                      Guaranty
       
                      Assets
       
    Trading
    Available-for-sale
    Net
    and
    Long-Term
 
    Securities     Securities     Derivatives     Buy-ups     Debt  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Beginning balance as of April 1, 2008
  $ 17,972     $ 36,183     $ 252     $ 1,628     $ (3,399 )
Realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net loss
    357       (110 )     (60 )     181       (10 )
Unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive loss
          (185 )           69        
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net
    (1,586 )     (1,134 )     (28 )     69       100  
Transfers in/out of Level 3, net (1)
    (2,418 )     5,279       (1 )            
                                         
Ending balance as of June 30, 2008
  $ 14,325     $ 40,033     $ 163     $ 1,947     $ (3,309 )
                                         
Net unrealized gains (losses) included in net loss related to assets and liabilities still held at period end (2)
  $ 394     $     $ (100 )   $ 149     $ (5 )
                                         
 
                                         
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
    For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008  
                      Guaranty
       
                      Assets
       
    Trading
    Available-for-sale
    Net
    and
    Long-Term
 
    Securities     Securities     Derivatives     Buy-ups     Debt  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Beginning balance as of January 1, 2008
  $ 18,508     $ 20,920     $ 161     $ 1,568     $ (7,888 )
Realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net loss
    (443 )     (97 )     (8 )     201       6  
Unrealized gains (losses) included in other comprehensive loss
          (1,081 )           10        
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net
    (2,400 )     (1,829 )     (92 )     168       4,375  
Transfers in/out of Level 3, net (1)
    (1,340 )     22,120       102             198  
                                         
Ending balance as of June 30, 2008
  $ 14,325     $ 40,033     $ 163     $ 1,947     $ (3,309 )
                                         
Net unrealized gains (losses) included in net loss related to assets and liabilities still held at period end (2)
  $ (168 )   $     $ (45 )   $ 208     $ 48  
                                         
 
 
(1) When pricing service quotes are not available or incomparable to additional market information, we may use alternate techniques which can result in level 3 prices. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, there was additional lack of market transparency resulting in increased level 3 classifications of AFS securities. Transfers into level 3 consisted primarily of private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and subprime mortgage loans. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, we transferred from level 3 to level 2 some of our non-mortgage securities for which we received higher quality pricing service quotes and used less alternative valuation techniques.
 
(2) Amount represents temporary changes in fair value. Amortization, accretion and other-than-temporary impairments are not considered unrealized and not included in this amount.


129


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
 
The following table displays gains and losses (realized and unrealized) included in our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 for our level 3 assets and liabilities measured in our condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value on a recurring basis.
 
                                         
    For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2008
                Fair
   
    Interest
          Value
   
    Income
  Guaranty
      Gains
   
    Investment in
  Fee
  Investment
  (Losses),
   
    Securities   Income   Gains (Losses), net   net   Total
    (Dollars in millions)
 
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net loss as of June 30, 2008
  $ (1 )   $ 82     $ (11 )   $ 288     $ 358  
Net unrealized gains (losses) related to the assets and liabilities still held as of June 30, 2008
  $     $ 149     $     $ 289     $ 438  
 
                                         
    For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008
                Fair
   
    Interest
          Value
   
    Income
  Guaranty
      Gains
   
    Investment in
  Fee
  Investment
  (Losses),
   
    Securities   Income   Gains (Losses), net   net   Total
    (Dollars in millions)
 
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in net loss as of June 30, 2008
  $ (5 )   $ 12     $ 88     $ (436 )   $ (341 )
Net unrealized gains (losses) related to the assets and liabilities still held as of June 30, 2008
  $     $ 208     $     $ (165 )   $ 43  


130


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
Non-recurring Change in Fair Value
 
The following table displays assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when we evaluate for impairment), and the gains or losses recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, as a result of fair value measurement are summarized below.
 
                                                 
          For the
    For the
 
          Three Months
    Six Months
 
    Fair Value Measurements
    Ended
    Ended
 
    For the Six Months Ended of June 30, 2008     June 30, 2008     June 30, 2008  
    Quoted
                               
    Prices in
                               
    Active
    Significant
                         
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
                   
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
                   
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Estimated
    Total
    Total
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Fair Value     Gains (Losses)     Gains (Losses)  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Assets:
                                               
Mortgage loans held for sale, at lower of cost or market
  $     $ 13,524     $ 812     $ 14,336     $ (240 )   $ (315 )
Mortgage loans held for investment, at amortized cost
                257       257       (21 )     (35 )
Acquired property, net
                3,832       3,832       (271 )     (479 )
Guaranty assets
                3,480       3,480       (31 )     (300 )
Master servicing assets
                615       615       (88 )     (262 )
                                                 
Total assets at fair value
  $     $ 13,524     $ 8,996     $ 22,520     $ (651 )   $ (1,391 )
                                                 
Liabilities:
                                               
Master servicing liabilities
  $     $     $ 10     $ 10     $ 2     $  
                                                 
Total liabilities at fair value
  $     $     $ 10     $ 10     $ 2     $  
                                                 
 
Valuation Classification
 
The following is a description of the instruments measured at fair value under SFAS 157 as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy described above under SFAS 157.
 
Trading Securities and Available- for-Sale Securities —Fair value is determined using quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets, when available. Securities, such as U.S. Treasuries, whose value is based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets are classified as level 1. If quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets are not available, we use quoted market prices in active markets for similar securities that we adjust for observable or corroborated pricing services market information. A significant amount of the population is valued using prices provided by pricing services for identical assets. In the absence of observable or corroborated market data, we use internally developed estimates, incorporating market-based assumptions wherever such information is available. The fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Such instruments may generally be classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified as level 3.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale —Includes loans where fair value is determined on a pool level, loan level or product and interest rate basis. Level 2 inputs include MBS values. Level 3 inputs include MBS values where


131


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
price is influenced significantly by extrapolation from observable market data, products in inactive markets or unobservable inputs.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Investment —Represents individually impaired loans, classified as level 3, where fair value is less than carrying value. Includes modified and delinquent loans acquired from MBS trusts under SOP 03-3. Valuations are based on regional prices and level 3 inputs include the collateral value used to value the loan.
 
Acquired Property, Net —Includes foreclosed property received in full satisfaction of a loan. The fair value of our foreclosed properties is determined by third-party appraisals, when available. When third-party appraisals are not available, we estimate fair value based on factors such as prices for similar properties in similar geographical areas and/or assessment through observation of such properties. Our acquired property is classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy because significant inputs are unobservable.
 
Derivatives Assets and Liabilities (collectively, “Derivatives”) — The valuation of risk management derivatives uses observable market data provided by third-party sources where available, resulting in level 2 classification. Certain highly complex derivatives use only a single source of price information due to lack of transparency in the market and may be modeled using significant assumptions, resulting in level 3 classification. Mortgage commitment derivatives use observable market data, quotes and actual transaction levels adjusted for market movement and are typically classified as level 2. Adjustments for market movement that require internal model results and cannot be corroborated by observable market data are classified as level 3.
 
Guaranty Assets and Buy-ups — Guaranty assets related to our portfolio securitizations are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Guaranty assets in a lender swap transaction that are impaired under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests that Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets, are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. As described above, level 3 inputs include management’s best estimate of certain key assumptions.
 
Master Servicing Assets and Liabilities —We value our master servicing assets and liabilities based on the present value of expected cash flows of the underlying mortgage assets using management’s best estimates of certain key assumptions, which include prepayment speeds, forward yield curves, adequate compensation, and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Changes in anticipated prepayment speeds, in particular, result in fluctuations in the estimated fair values of our master servicing assets and liabilities. If actual prepayment experience differs from the anticipated rates used in our model, this difference may result in a material change in the fair value. Our master servicing assets and liabilities are classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
 
Short-Term Debt and Long-Term Debt —The majority of our debt instruments are priced using pricing services. Where third party pricing is not available on non-callable debt, we use a discounted cash flow approach based on the Fannie Mae yield curve with an adjustment to reflect fair values at the offer side of the market. When third party pricing is not available for callable bonds, we use internally-developed models calibrated to market to price these bonds. Included within Short-Term Debt and Long-Term Debt are structured notes for which we elected the fair value option under SFAS 159. To estimate the fair value of structured notes, cash flows are evaluated taking into consideration any derivatives through which we have swapped out of the structured features of the notes. Where the inputs into the valuation are primarily based upon observable market data, our debt is classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Where significant inputs are unobservable or valued with a quote from a single source, our debt is classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
 
Other Liabilities —Represents dollar roll repurchase transactions that reflect prices for similar securities in the market. Valuations are based on observable market-based inputs, quoted market prices and actual transaction


132


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
levels adjusted for market movement and are typically classified as level 2. Adjustments for market movement that require internal model results that cannot be corroborated by observable market data are classified as level 3.
 
Fair Value Option
 
On January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS 159. SFAS 159 allows companies the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities, and requires that the difference between the carrying value before election of the fair value option and the fair value of these instruments be recorded as an adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption on a contract-by-contract basis.
 
The following table displays the impact of adopting SFAS 159 to beginning retained earnings as of January 1, 2008.
 
                         
    Carrying Value
          Fair Value as of
 
    as of January 1, 2008
          January 1, 2008
 
    Prior to Adoption of
    Transition
    After Adoption of
 
    Fair Value Option     Gain (Loss)     Fair Value Option  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Investments in securities
  $ 56,217     $ 143 (1)   $ 56,217  
Long-term debt
    9,809       (10 )     9,819  
                         
Pre-tax cumulative effective of adoption
            133          
Increase in deferred taxes
            (47 )        
                         
Cumulative effect of adoption to beginning retained earnings
          $ 86          
                         
 
 
(1) We adopted the fair value option for certain securities classified within our mortgage-related and non-mortgage-related investment portfolio previously classified as available-for-sale. These securities are presented in our condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value in accordance with SFAS 115 and the amount of transition gain was recognized in AOCI as of December 31, 2007 prior to adoption of SFAS 159.
 
Elections
 
The following is a discussion of the primary financial instruments for which we made fair value elections and the basis for those elections.
 
Non-mortgage-related securities
 
We elected the fair value option for all non-mortgage-related securities, excluding those non-mortgage-related securities that are classified as cash equivalents, as these securities are held primarily for liquidity purposes and fair value reflects the most transparent basis for reporting. As of June 30, 2008, these instruments had an aggregate fair value of $22.6 billion.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 159, these available-for-sale securities were recorded at fair value in accordance with SFAS 115, with changes recorded in AOCI. Following the election of the fair value option, these securities were reclassified to “Trading securities” in our condensed consolidated balance sheet and are now recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in “Fair value gains (losses), net” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
Mortgage-related securities
 
We elected the fair value option for certain 15-year and 30-year agency mortgage-related securities that were previously classified as available-for-sale securities in our mortgage portfolio. These securities were selected


133


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
for the fair value option primarily in order to reduce the volatility in earnings that results from accounting asymmetry between our derivatives that are accounted for at fair value through earnings and our available-for-sale securities that are accounted for at fair value through AOCI. As of June 30, 2008, these instruments had an aggregate fair value of $16.5 billion.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 159, these securities were recorded at fair value in accordance with SFAS 115. Following the election of the fair value option, these securities were reclassified to “Trading securities” in our condensed consolidated balance sheet and are now recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in “Fair value gains (losses), net” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
Structured debt instruments
 
We elected the fair value option for short-term and long-term structured debt instruments that are issued in response to specific investor demand and have interest rates that are based on a calculated index or formula and that are economically hedged with derivatives at the time of issuance. By electing the fair value option for these instruments, we are able to eliminate the volatility in our results of operations that would otherwise result from the accounting asymmetry created by the accounting for these structured debt instruments at cost while accounting for the related and the economic hedges at fair value. As of June 30, 2008, these instruments had an aggregate fair value and unpaid principal balance of $4.5 billion, and an aggregate fair value and unpaid principal balance of $22.5 billion, recorded in “Short-term debt” and “Long-term debt,” respectively, in our condensed consolidated balance sheet.
 
Following the election of the fair value option, these debt instruments are recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in “Fair value gains (losses), net.” These structured debt instruments continue to be classified as either “Short-term debt” or “Long-term debt” in our condensed consolidated balance sheets based on their original maturities. Interest accrued on these short-term and long-term debt instruments continues to be recorded in “Interest expense” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations.
 
Changes in Fair Value under the Fair Value Option Election
 
The following table displays debt fair value gains (losses), net, including changes attributable to instrument-specific credit risk. Amounts are recorded as a component of “Fair value gains (losses), net” in our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, for which the fair value election was made.
 
                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended
    For the Six Months Ended
 
    June 30, 2008     June 30, 2008  
    Short-Term
    Long-Term
    Total Gains
    Short-Term
    Long-Term
    Total Gains
 
    Debt     Debt     (Losses)     Debt     Debt     (Losses)  
                (Dollars in millions)              
 
Changes in instrument-specific risk
  $ (3 )   $ (29 )   $ (32 )   $ 5     $ 63     $ 68  
Other changes in fair value
    4       32       36       (6 )     (48 )     (54 )
                                                 
Debt fair value gains (losses), net
  $ 1     $ 3     $ 4     $ (1 )   $ 15     $ 14  
                                                 
 
In determining specific risk, the changes in Fannie Mae debt spreads to LIBOR that occurred during the period were taken into consideration with the overall change in the fair value of the debt for which we elected the fair value option under SFAS 159. Specifically, cash flows are evaluated taking into consideration any derivatives through which Fannie Mae has swapped out of the structured features of the notes and thus created a floating rate LIBOR-based debt instrument. The change in value of these LIBOR-based cash flows based on the Fannie Mae yield curve at the beginning and end of the period represents the instrument specific risk.


134


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
18.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
We are party to various types of legal proceedings that are subject to many uncertain factors that are not recorded in our condensed consolidated financial statements. Each of these is described below.
 
Litigation claims and proceedings of all types are subject to many uncertain factors that generally cannot be predicted with assurance. The following describes our material legal proceedings, examinations and other matters. An unfavorable outcome in certain of these legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of these proceedings, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be. Because we concluded that a loss with respect to any pending matter discussed below was not both probable and reasonably estimable as of August 7, 2008, we have not recorded a reserve for any of those matters. With respect to the lawsuits described below, we believe we have valid defenses to the claims in these lawsuits and intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously.
 
In addition to the matters specifically described herein, we are also involved in a number of legal and regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business that we do not expect will have a material impact on our business.
 
During 2007 and 2008, we advanced fees and expenses of certain current and former officers and directors in connection with various legal proceedings pursuant to indemnification agreements. None of these amounts were material.
 
Securities Class Action Lawsuits
 
In re Fannie Mae Securities Litigation
 
Beginning on September 23, 2004, 13 separate complaints were filed by holders of our securities against us, as well as certain of our former officers, in three federal district courts. All of the cases were consolidated and/or transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. The court entered an order naming the Ohio Public Employees Retirement System and State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio as lead plaintiffs. The lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on March 4, 2005 against us and certain of our former officers. That complaint was subsequently amended on April 17, 2006 and then again on August 14, 2006. The lead plaintiffs’ second amended complaint also added KPMG LLP and Goldman, Sachs & Co. as additional defendants. The lead plaintiffs allege that the defendants made materially false and misleading statements in violation of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and SEC Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, largely with respect to accounting statements that were inconsistent with the GAAP requirements relating to hedge accounting and the amortization of premiums and discounts. The lead plaintiffs contend that the alleged fraud resulted in artificially inflated prices for our common stock and seek unspecified compensatory damages, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and costs.
 
On January 7, 2008, the court issued an order that certified the action as a class action, and appointed the lead plaintiffs as class representatives and their counsel as lead counsel. The court defined the class as all purchasers of Fannie Mae common stock and call options and all sellers of publicly traded Fannie Mae put options during the period from April 17, 2001 through December 22, 2004.
 
On April 16, 2007, KPMG LLP, our former outside auditor and a co-defendant in the shareholder class action suit, filed cross-claims against us in this action for breach of contract, fraudulent misrepresentation, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation and contribution. KPMG amended these cross-claims on February 15, 2008. KPMG is seeking unspecified compensatory, consequential, restitutionary, rescissory and punitive damages, including purported damages related to legal costs, exposure to legal liability, costs and expenses of


135


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
responding to investigations related to our accounting, lost fees, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. Our motion to dismiss certain of KPMG’s cross-claims was denied.
 
Shareholder Derivative Lawsuits
 
In re Fannie Mae Shareholder Derivative Litigation
 
Beginning on September 28, 2004, ten plaintiffs filed twelve shareholder derivative actions ( i.e. , lawsuits filed by shareholder plaintiffs on our behalf) in three different federal district courts and the Superior Court of the District of Columbia against certain of our current and former officers and directors and against us as a nominal defendant. All of these shareholder derivative actions have been consolidated into the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia and the court entered an order naming Pirelli Armstrong Tire Corporation Retiree Medical Benefits Trust and Wayne County Employees’ Retirement System as co-lead plaintiffs. A consolidated complaint was filed on September 26, 2005 against certain of our current and former officers and directors and against us as a nominal defendant. The consolidated complaint alleges that the defendants purposefully misapplied GAAP, maintained poor internal controls, issued a false and misleading proxy statement and falsified documents to cause our financial performance to appear smooth and stable, and that Fannie Mae was harmed as a result. The claims are for breaches of the duty of care, breach of fiduciary duty, waste, insider trading, fraud, gross mismanagement, violations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and unjust enrichment. Plaintiffs seek unspecified compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and costs, as well as injunctive relief directing us to adopt certain proposed corporate governance policies and internal controls.
 
The lead plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on September 1, 2006, which added certain third parties as defendants. The amended complaint also added allegations concerning the nature of certain transactions between these entities and Fannie Mae, and added additional allegations from OFHEO’s May 2006 report on its special investigation of Fannie Mae and from a report by the law firm of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind & Garrison LLP on its investigation of Fannie Mae. On May 31, 2007, the court dismissed this consolidated lawsuit in its entirety against all defendants. On June 27, 2007, plaintiffs filed a Notice of Appeal, which is currently pending with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. On April 16, 2008, the Court of Appeals granted lead plaintiffs’ motion to file a second amended complaint, which added only additional jurisdictional allegations.
 
On September 20, 2007, James Kellmer, a shareholder who had filed one of the derivative actions that was consolidated into the consolidated derivative case, filed a motion for clarification or, in the alternative, for relief of judgment from the Court’s May 31, 2007 Order dismissing the consolidated case. Mr. Kellmer’s motion seeks clarification that the Court’s May 31, 2007 dismissal order does not apply to his January 10, 2005 action, and that his case can now proceed. This motion is pending.
 
On June 29, 2007, Mr. Kellmer also filed a new derivative action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. Mr. Kellmer’s new complaint alleges that he made a demand on the Board of Directors on September 24, 2004, and that this new action should now be allowed to proceed. On December 18, 2007, Mr. Kellmer filed an amended complaint that narrowed the list of named defendants to certain of our current and former directors, Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and us, as a nominal defendant. The factual allegations in Mr. Kellmer’s 2007 amended complaint are largely duplicative of those in the amended consolidated complaint and his amended complaint’s claims are based on theories of breach of fiduciary duty, indemnification, negligence, violations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and unjust enrichment. His amended complaint seeks unspecified money damages, including legal fees and expenses, disgorgement and punitive damages, as well as injunctive relief.


136


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
In addition, on July 6, 2007, Arthur Middleton filed a derivative action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia that is also based on Mr. Kellmer’s alleged September 24, 2004 demand. This complaint names as defendants certain of our current and former officers and directors, the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and us, as a nominal defendant. The allegations in this new complaint are essentially identical to the allegations in the amended consolidated complaint referenced above, and this plaintiff seeks identical relief.
 
On July 27, 2007, Mr. Kellmer filed a motion to consolidate these two new derivative cases and to be appointed lead counsel. We filed a motion to dismiss Mr. Middleton’s complaint for lack of standing on October 3, 2007, and a motion to dismiss Mr. Kellmer’s 2007 complaint for lack of subject matter jurisdiction on October 12, 2007. These motions remain pending.
 
Arthur Derivative Litigation
 
On November 26, 2007, Patricia Browne Arthur filed a shareholder derivative action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia against certain of our current and former officers and directors and against us as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges that the defendants wrongfully failed to disclose our exposure to the subprime mortgage crisis and that this failure artificially inflated our stock price and allowed certain of the defendants to profit by selling their shares based on material inside information; and that the Board improperly authorized the company to buy back $100 million in shares while the stock price was artificially inflated. The complaint alleges that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) (and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. It also alleges breaches of fiduciary duties; misappropriation of information; waste of corporate assets; and unjust enrichment. Plaintiff seeks damages on behalf of the company; corporate governance changes; equitable relief in the form of attaching, impounding or imposing a constructive trust on the individual defendants’ assets; restitution; and attorneys’ fees and costs.
 
Agnes Derivative Litigation
 
On June 25, 2008, L. Jay Agnes filed a shareholder derivative complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia against certain of our current and former directors and officers, Fannie Mae as a nominal defendant, Washington Mutual, Inc., Kerry K. Killinger; Countrywide Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries and/or affiliates, Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust, and Countrywide Bank, FSB, LandSafe, Inc., Angelo R. Mozilo; First American Corporation, First American eAppraiseIt, Anthony R. Merlo, Jr., and Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
 
The complaint alleges two general categories of derivative claims purportedly on our behalf against the current and former Fannie Mae officer and director defendants. First, it alleges illegal accounting manipulations occurring from approximately 1998 through 2004 (“pre-2005 claims”), which is based on the May 2006 OFHEO Report and is largely duplicative of the allegation contained in the existing derivative actions. Second, it makes allegations similar to those in the Arthur Derivative Litigation that was filed in November 2007 and described above. Specifically the complaint contends that the current and former Fannie Mae officer and director defendants irresponsibly engaged in “highly speculative real estate transactions” and concealed the extent of the Company’s exposure to the subprime mortgage crisis, while wasting Company assets by causing it to repurchase its own shares at inflated prices at the same time that certain defendants sold their personally held shares. Based upon these allegations, the complaint asserts causes of action against the current and former Fannie Mae officer and director defendants for breach of fiduciary duty, indemnification, negligence, unjust enrichment, and violations of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
In addition, Mr. Agnes asserts a direct claim on his own behalf under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 14a-9 based upon allegations that the Company’s 2008 Proxy Statement was


137


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
intentionally false and misleading and concealed material facts in order that members of the Board could remain in control of the company.
 
The complaint seeks a declaration that the current and former officer and director defendants breached their fiduciary duties; a declaration that the election of directors pursuant to the 2008 Proxy Statement is null and void, a new election of directors; an accounting for losses and damages to us as a result of the alleged misconduct, disgorgement; unspecified compensatory damages; punitive damages; attorneys’ fees, and other fees and costs; as well as injunctive relief directing us to reform our corporate governance and internal control procedures.
 
ERISA Action
 
In re Fannie Mae ERISA Litigation (formerly David Gwyer v. Fannie Mae)
 
On October 14, 2004, David Gwyer filed a proposed class action complaint in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. Two additional proposed class action complaints were filed by other plaintiffs on May 5, 2005 and May 10, 2005. These cases are based on the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and name us, our Board of Directors’ Compensation Committee and certain of our former and current officers and directors as defendants.
 
These cases were consolidated on May 24, 2005 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia and a consolidated complaint was filed on June 16, 2005. The plaintiffs in this consolidated ERISA-based lawsuit purport to represent a class of participants in our Employee Stock Ownership Plan between January 1, 2001 and the present. Their claims are based on alleged breaches of fiduciary duty relating to accounting matters. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and costs, and other injunctive and equitable relief. On July 23, 2007, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors filed a motion to dismiss, which the Court denied on July 17, 2008.
 
Antitrust Lawsuits
 
In re G-Fees Antitrust Litigation
 
Since January 18, 2005, we have been served with 11 proposed class action complaints filed by single-family borrowers that allege that we and Freddie Mac violated federal and state antitrust and consumer protection statutes by agreeing to artificially fix, raise, maintain or stabilize the price of our and Freddie Mac’s guaranty fees. Two of these cases were filed in state courts. The remaining cases were filed in federal court. The two state court actions were voluntarily dismissed. The federal court actions were consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia. Plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint on August 5, 2005. Plaintiffs in the consolidated action seek to represent a class of consumers whose loans allegedly “contain a guarantee fee set by” us or Freddie Mac between January 1, 2001 and the present. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages, treble damages, punitive damages, and declaratory and injunctive relief, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs.
 
We and Freddie Mac filed a motion to dismiss on October 11, 2005, which remains pending.
 
Escrow Litigation
 
Casa Orlando Apartments, Ltd., et al. v. Federal National Mortgage Association (formerly known as Medlock Southwest Management Corp., et al. v. Federal National Mortgage Association)
 
A complaint was filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas (Texarkana Division) on June 2, 2004, in which plaintiffs purport to represent a class of multifamily borrowers whose mortgages are insured under Sections 221(d)(3), 236 and other sections of the National Housing Act and are


138


 

 
FANNIE MAE
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
 
held or serviced by us. The complaint identified as a proposed class low- and moderate-income apartment building developers who maintained uninvested escrow accounts with us or our servicer. Plaintiffs Casa Orlando Apartments, Ltd., Jasper Housing Development Company and the Porkolab Family Trust No. 1 allege that we violated fiduciary obligations that they contend we owed to borrowers with respect to certain escrow accounts and that we were unjustly enriched. In particular, plaintiffs contend that, starting in 1969, we misused these escrow funds and are therefore liable for any economic benefit we received from the use of these funds. Plaintiffs seek a return of any profits, with accrued interest, earned by us related to the escrow accounts at issue, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. Our motions to dismiss and for summary judgment with respect to the statute of limitations were denied.
 
Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on December 16, 2005. On January 3, 2006, plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification, which remains pending.
 
19.   Subsequent Events
 
The Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008
 
On July 30, 2008, President Bush signed into law a housing recovery package that included government sponsored entity regulatory reform legislation which became effective immediately. The legislation establishes the FHFA, which replaces OFHEO and HUD as our new safety, soundness and mission regulator. In addition to other requirements, the legislation includes the following provisions:
 
Capital.   FHFA will have broad authority to establish capital requirements and capital or reserve requirements for specific products and activities.
 
Portfolio.   The legislation requires FHFA to establish standards governing our portfolio holdings to ensure that they are backed by sufficient capital. The legislation further requires FHFA to monitor our portfolio and, in certain circumstances, authorizes FHFA to require us to dispose of or acquire assets. The circumstances under which the authority would be exercised are subject to rulemaking, and therefore, any potential impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements is uncertain.
 
Affordable Housing Allocations.   The legislation requires us to make annual allocations to fund government affordable housing programs, based on the dollar amount of our total new business purchases, at the rate of 4.2 basis points per dollar.
 
Enhanced Authority of U.S. Treasury to Purchase GSE Securities.   Until December 31, 2009, the U.S. Treasury is authorized to buy our obligations and other securities, on such terms and in such amounts as Treasury may determine, subject to our agreement. As of August 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury has not acquired our obligations or other securities. The U.S. Treasury’s acquisition of our obligations or securities could materially adversely affect our business, competitiveness, ability to pay dividends, and our ability to access the private capital markets in the future.
 
Decrease in Common Stock Dividend
 
On August 7, 2008, our Board of Directors decreased our common stock dividend from $0.35 per share to $0.05 per share effective for the third quarter of 2008, payable on August 29, 2008.


139


 

Item 3.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk is set forth in “Part I—Item 2—MD&A—Risk Management—Interest Rate Risk Management and Other Market Risks.”
 
Item 4.   Controls and Procedures
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As required by Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), management has evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2008. Disclosure controls and procedures refer to controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding our required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply its judgment in evaluating and implementing possible controls and procedures.
 
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded, based on this evaluation, that as of June 30, 2008, the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management has evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, whether any changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on the evaluation we conducted, management has concluded that no such changes have occurred.
 
PART II—OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 1.   Legal Proceedings
 
The following information supplements and amends our discussion set forth under “Part I—Item 3—Legal Proceedings” in our 2007 Form 10-K and “Part II—Item 1—Legal Proceedings” in our 2008 Q1 Form 10-Q. In addition to the matters specifically described in this item, we are involved in a number of legal and regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business that do not have a material impact on our business.
 
We record reserves for claims and lawsuits when they are both probable and reasonably estimable. We presently cannot determine the ultimate resolution of the matters described below and in our 2007 Form 10-K and 2008 Q1 Form 10-Q. For matters where the likelihood or extent of a loss is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, we have not recognized in our condensed consolidated financial statements the potential liability that may result from these matters. If one or more of these matters is determined against us, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings, liquidity and financial condition.


140


 

Shareholder Derivative Lawsuits
 
In re Fannie Mae Shareholder Derivative Litigation
 
In the consolidated shareholder derivative lawsuit against certain of our current and former officers and directors and against us as a nominal defendant, on April 16, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia granted lead plaintiffs’ motion to file a second amended complaint, which added only additional jurisdictional allegations.
 
Agnes Derivative Litigation
 
On June 25, 2008, L. Jay Agnes filed a shareholder derivative complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia against certain of our current and former directors and officers, us as a nominal defendant, Washington Mutual, Inc., Kerry K. Killinger; Countrywide Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries and/or affiliates, Countrywide Home Loans, Inc., Countrywide Home Equity Loan Trust, and Countrywide Bank, FSB, LandSafe, Inc., Angelo R. Mozilo; First American Corporation, First American eAppraiseIt, Anthony R. Merlo, Jr., and Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
 
The complaint alleges two general categories of derivative claims purportedly on our behalf against the current and former Fannie Mae officer and director defendants. First, it alleges illegal accounting manipulations occurring from approximately 1998 through 2004. These claims are based on the May 2006 OFHEO Report and are largely duplicative of the allegations contained in the existing derivative actions. Second, it makes allegations similar to those in the Arthur Derivative Litigation that was filed in November 2007 and described in our 2007 Form 10-K. Specifically, the complaint contends that the current and former Fannie Mae officer and director defendants irresponsibly engaged in “highly speculative real estate transactions” and concealed the extent of our exposure to the subprime mortgage crisis, while wasting our assets by causing us to repurchase our own shares at inflated prices at the same time that certain defendants sold their personally held shares. Based upon these allegations, the complaint asserts causes of action against the current and former Fannie Mae officer and director defendants for breach of fiduciary duty, indemnification, negligence, unjust enrichment, and violations of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
In addition, Mr. Agnes asserts a direct claim on his own behalf under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and SEC Rule 14a-9 based upon allegations that our 2008 Proxy Statement was intentionally false and misleading and concealed material facts in order that members of the Board could remain in control of the company.
 
The complaint seeks a declaration that the current and former officer and director defendants breached their fiduciary duties; a declaration that the election of directors pursuant to the 2008 Proxy Statement is null and void; a new election of directors; an accounting for losses and damages to us as a result of the alleged misconduct; disgorgement; unspecified compensatory damages; punitive damages; attorneys’ fees, and other fees and costs; as well as injunctive relief directing us to reform our corporate governance and internal control procedures.
 
ERISA Action
 
In re Fannie Mae ERISA Litigation (formerly David Gwyer v. Fannie Mae)
 
In the consolidated ERISA-based lawsuit against us, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors and certain of our former and current officers and directors, on July 17, 2008, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia denied the motion to dismiss filed by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors.
 
Former Management Arbitration
 
Former CEO Arbitration
 
In the arbitration proceeding with Franklin D. Raines, our former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, on April 1, 2008, the parties signed a final stipulation and consent award resolving the issues raised in


141


 

Mr. Raines’s arbitration without any additional payment by Fannie Mae. Under the final stipulation and consent award, Mr. Raines agreed not to sue Fannie Mae on the compensation issues reserved in the June 26, 2007 notice to the arbitrator, as well as on any other claims relating to stock options and other forms of incentive compensation. The agreement permits Mr. Raines to pursue such claims only in the event that Fannie Mae directly sues Mr. Raines. In addition, the final stipulation and consent award allows Mr. Raines to share proportionally to the extent Fannie Mae pays to other eligible recipients any additional shares of common stock under the performance share program for the three-year performance share cycle that ended in 2003, or any shares of stock under the performance share program for the three-year performance share cycle that ended in 2004. On June 30, 2008, the arbitrator entered an order terminating the arbitration pursuant to the terms of the final stipulation and consent award.
 
Former CFO Arbitration
 
On July 8, 2008, our former Chief Financial Officer and Vice Chairman, J. Timothy Howard, initiated an arbitration proceeding against Fannie Mae before a Federal Arbitration, Inc. panelist. Mr. Howard claims that he is entitled to salary continuation under his employment agreement because, in December 2004, he allegedly terminated his employment with Fannie Mae for “Good Reason,” as defined in his employment agreement, effective January 31, 2005. We believe the claim is without merit, and that Mr. Howard did not resign his employment for Good Reason. The parties have stipulated that should Mr. Howard prevail on his salary continuation claim, the damages awarded on that claim would be approximately $1.7 million plus any interest deemed appropriate by the arbitrator under applicable law. We have also reserved the discretion, in this arbitration, to pursue counterclaims against Mr. Howard growing out of Mr. Howard’s service as Chief Financial Officer and Vice Chairman of the company’s Board of Directors. Pursuant to Mr. Howard’s employment agreement, we will advance legal fees and expenses Mr. Howard reasonably incurs as a result of the arbitration. Those fees and expenses must be repaid to Fannie Mae should Mr. Howard not prevail in the arbitration.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed under “Part I—Item 1A—Risk Factors” in our 2007 Form 10-K, as supplemented and updated by the discussion below. These factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and capital position, and could cause our actual results to differ materially from our historical results or the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. Also refer to the discussion in “Part I—Item 2—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report for additional information that may supplement or update the discussion of risk factors in our 2007 Form 10-K.
 
The risks described in our 2007 Form 10-K and in this report are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business
 
We are subject to mortgage credit risk. We expect increases in borrower delinquencies and defaults on mortgage assets that we own or that back our guaranteed Fannie Mae MBS to continue to adversely affect our earnings, financial condition and capital position.
 
We are exposed to mortgage credit risk relating to both the mortgage assets that we hold in our investment portfolio and the mortgage assets that back our guaranteed Fannie Mae MBS. Borrowers may fail to make required payments of principal and interest on mortgage loans that we own or that back our guaranteed Fannie Mae MBS, exposing us to the risk of credit losses and credit-related expenses.
 
Conditions in the housing market have worsened in 2008. Home prices have continued to decline in most regions of the country and on a national basis. California, Florida, Arizona and Nevada, which previously experienced rapid home price increases, are now experiencing steep home price declines. The Midwest has


142


 

continued to experience economic weakness and there has been an overall slowdown in the U.S. economy. The recent contraction in the availability of mortgage credit and declines in home prices have limited borrowers’ ability to refinance their mortgage loans or sell their homes to avoid falling behind in their payments or defaulting on their mortgage loans. These conditions have contributed to a deterioration in the credit performance of our book of business, including higher serious delinquency rates, default rates and average loan loss severities on the mortgage loans we hold or that back our guaranteed Fannie Mae MBS. As a result, we have experienced credit-related expenses and credit losses during the first six months of 2008 that substantially exceeded our credit-related expenses and credit losses for the comparable period in 2007, which has adversely affected our earnings, financial condition and capital position.
 
These worsening credit performance trends have been most notable in certain higher risk loan categories, states and vintages. Higher risk loans (such as Alt-A loans, interest-only loans, loans to borrowers with low credit scores and loans with high LTV ratios), loans originated in states that have experienced rapid home price declines (such as California, Florida, Nevada and Arizona) or economic weakness (such as Michigan and Ohio), and loans originated in 2006 and 2007 have represented a disproportionately large share of our seriously delinquent loans and charge-offs for the first six months of 2008. We present more detailed information about the risk characteristics of our conventional single-family mortgage credit book of business in “Part I—Item 2—MD&A—Risk Management—Credit Risk Management—Mortgage Credit Risk Management” and we present more detailed information on our credit-related expenses, credit losses and results of operations for the first six months of 2008 in “Part I—Item 2—MD&A—Consolidated Results of Operations.”
 
We expect that these adverse credit performance trends will continue and that we will experience increased delinquencies, defaults, credit-related expenses and credit losses for the remainder of 2008. We have already observed additional deterioration in credit performance trends in July. The amount by which delinquencies, defaults, credit-related expenses and credit losses will increase will depend on a variety of factors, including the extent of national and regional declines in home prices, the level of interest rates and employment rates. In particular, we expect that the onset of a recession, either in the United States as a whole or in specific regions of the country, would significantly increase the level of our delinquencies, defaults, credit-related expenses and credit losses. Increases in our credit-related expenses would reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity and capital position.
 
We may experience further write-downs and losses relating to our investment securities, which could adversely affect our earnings, liquidity, capital position and financial condition.
 
We have experienced a significant increase in losses and write-downs on our investment securities for the first six months of 2008, as compared with the same period in 2007. A substantial portion of these losses and write-downs relate to our investments in private-label mortgage-related securities backed by Alt-A and subprime mortgage loans. The fair value of these investments may be further adversely affected by additional ratings downgrades or other events.
 
A substantial portion of our investment securities are classified as AFS, with changes in the fair value of those securities recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”), rather than in earnings, until we dispose of the securities. The amount of these gross unrealized losses on our AFS investment securities has significantly increased, from $4.8 billion as of December 31, 2007 to $11.2 billion as of June 30, 2008. If there is further deterioration in the housing and mortgage markets and the decline in home prices exceeds our current expectations, we may recognize significant other-than-temporary impairment amounts in the future. See “Part I—Item 2—MD&A—Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Investments in Private-Label Mortgage-Related Securities” for more detailed information on our investments in private-label securities backed by Alt-A and subprime loans.
 
Changes in market conditions could further reduce the fair value of our other investment securities, particularly those securities that are less liquid and more subject to volatility, such as commercial mortgage-backed securities and mortgage revenue bonds. In addition, in recent months, there have been multiple credit rating downgrades of various classes of the subprime and Alt-A private-label securities held in our portfolio, and other classes have been placed under review for possible downgrade. Mortgage loan


143


 

delinquencies, defaults and credit losses have also increased in recent months, particularly in the subprime and Alt-A sectors. As a result, we also could experience further significant losses or other-than-temporary impairment on other investment securities in our mortgage portfolio or our liquid investment portfolio.
 
Market illiquidity also has increased the amount of management judgment required to value certain of our securities. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the value of our investment securities in the future. If we decide to sell any of these securities, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to take further write-downs in the value of our investment portfolio, which would have an adverse effect on our earnings, liquidity, capital position and financial condition in the future.
 
Our ability to meet our regulatory capital requirements may be adversely affected by market conditions, and actions that we may take to maintain or increase our regulatory capital could adversely affect our stockholders.
 
Our ability to meet our regulatory capital requirements may be adversely affected by market conditions and volatility. We expect some or all of the market conditions that contributed to our net losses in the second half of 2007 and first half of 2008 to continue, and therefore to continue to adversely affect the amount of our capital. Factors that could adversely affect the adequacy of our capital for future periods include: additional net losses; continued declines in home prices; increases in our credit and interest rate risk profiles; adverse changes in interest rates or implied volatility; the ineffectiveness of hedge accounting; adverse OAS changes; impairments of private-label mortgage-related securities; the establishment of a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets; counterparty downgrades; downgrades of private-label mortgage-related securities (with respect to risk-based capital); legislative or regulatory actions that increase our capital requirements; and changes in GAAP or generally accepted accounting practices.
 
We may take a variety of actions to maintain or increase our capital in order to continue to meet our regulatory capital requirements, including: issuing additional common or preferred stock; further reducing or eliminating our common stock dividend; forgoing opportunities to acquire or securitize assets; reducing the size of our investment portfolio through liquidations or by selling assets; slowing growth of our guaranty business; increasing our guaranty fees and changing our current business practices to reduce our losses and expenses. Our ability to execute any of these actions or their effectiveness may be limited and could reduce our earnings. For example, our ability to issue additional preferred or common stock would depend, in part, on market conditions, and we may not be able to raise additional capital in the amounts and at the time needed, on favorable terms or at all. Issuances of new common or preferred stock are likely to be dilutive to existing stockholders and may carry other terms and conditions that could adversely affect the value of the common or preferred stock held by existing stockholders. Issuances of new preferred stock also may be costly and may result in downgrades in our credit ratings. To the extent we raised capital by selling our securities to the U.S. Treasury, the terms and conditions related to any such transaction could be materially adverse to us and or our shareholders.


144


 

If we fail to meet our regulatory capital requirements, we would become subject to significant restrictions on our business and use of capital.
 
If we become undercapitalized (that is, we fail to meet our risk-based capital requirement but continue to meet our minimum capital requirement), we would be required to submit and implement a capital restoration plan to FHFA and would become subject to significant restrictions on our business and use of capital. We would not be permitted to make any capital distribution that would cause us to be reclassified as significantly or critically undercapitalized. In addition, we would not be permitted to increase the size of our mortgage portfolio or to engage in any new activity without the approval of the Director of FHFA. The Director of FHFA would also have the discretionary authority to take a number of additional actions relating to our business, including requiring that we sell assets, reduce our off-balance sheet obligations, acquire new capital, terminate certain business activities, replace our management or any other action the Director deems appropriate. If we become significantly undercapitalized (that is, under existing regulations, we fail to meet our minimum capital requirement, but continue to meet our critical capital requirement), we would become subject to significant additional restrictions beyond those described above. If we become critically undercapitalized (that is, we fail to meet both our risk-based and critical capital requirements), the Director of FHFA may place us into conservatorship or receivership under specified conditions, which would transfer control of the corporation to the U.S. government. Moreover, the Director of FHFA is required to appoint a receiver if he determines that, for the preceding 60 days, our debts have exceeded our assets or we have not been paying our debts as they become due.
 
The Director of FHFA also has the discretionary authority to downgrade our capital classification if the Director determines that we are engaging in conduct that could result in rapid depletion of our capital, the value of the property subject to mortgages we hold or have securitized has decreased significantly or we are operating in an unsafe or unsound condition, or for other reasons. In addition, the Director of FHFA has the right, by order, to temporarily increase our capital requirements to ensure our safe and sound operations.
 
We depend on our mortgage insurer counterparties to provide services that are critical to our business. If one or more of these counterparties defaults on its obligations to us or becomes insolvent, it could materially adversely affect our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position.
 
Increases in mortgage insurance claims due to higher credit losses in recent periods have adversely affected the financial results and condition of many mortgage insurers. The insurer financial strength ratings of several of our major mortgage insurer counterparties have been downgraded in recent months to reflect their weakened financial condition. This condition creates an increased risk that these counterparties will fail to fulfill their obligations to reimburse us for claims under insurance policies.
 
If the financial condition of one or more of these mortgage insurer counterparties deteriorates further, it could result in an increase in our loss reserves and the fair value of our guaranty obligations if we determine it is probable that we would not collect all of our claims from the affected mortgage insurer, which could adversely affect our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position. In addition, if a mortgage insurer implements a run-off plan in which the insurer no longer enters into new business, which was the substance of Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation’s announcement in June 2008, the quality and speed of their claims processing could deteriorate. Following Triad’s announced run-off, we suspended Triad as a qualified provider of mortgage insurance effective July 15, 2008, the date as of which it announced it would cease entering into new business. As a result, we could experience an increase in our concentration risk with the remaining mortgage insurer counterparties.
 
If another of our mortgage insurer counterparties stopped entering into new business or became insolvent, or if we were no longer willing to conduct business with more of our existing mortgage insurer counterparties, it is likely we would further increase our concentration risk with the remaining mortgage insurers in the industry.
 
In addition, we are required pursuant to our charter to obtain credit enhancement on conventional single-family mortgage loans that we purchase or securitize with LTV ratios over 80% at the time of purchase. Accordingly, if we are no longer able or willing to conduct business with some of our primary mortgage insurer counterparties and we do not find suitable alternative methods of obtaining credit enhancement for


145


 

these loans, we may be restricted in our ability to purchase loans with LTV ratios over 80% at the time of purchase. This restriction could negatively impact our competitive position and our earnings.
 
We rely on internal models to manage risk and to make business decisions. Our business could be adversely affected if those models fail to produce reliable results.
 
We make significant use of business and financial models to measure and monitor our risk exposures and to manage our business. For example, we use models to measure and monitor our exposures to interest rate and other market risks and credit risk. The information provided by these models is used in making business decisions relating to strategies, initiatives, transactions and products.
 
Models are inherently imperfect predictors of actual results because they are based on data available to us and our assumptions about factors such as future loan demand, prepayment speeds, default rates, severity rates and other factors that may overstate or understate future experience. Our models could produce unreliable results for a number of reasons, including invalid or incorrect assumptions underlying the models, the need for manual adjustments to respond to rapid changes in economic conditions, incorrect coding of the models, incorrect data being used by the models or because actual results do not conform to the historical trends and experience used to build the models.
 
The turmoil in the housing and credit markets, including the decrease in availability of corporate credit and liquidity within the mortgage industry, creates additional risk regarding the reliability of our models, particularly since we may make adjustments to our models in response to rapid changes in economic conditions. This may increase the risk that our models could produce unreliable results. When market conditions change rapidly and dramatically, as they have several times in recent periods, the assumptions that we use for our models may not keep pace with changing conditions. If our models fail to produce reliable results, we may not make appropriate risk management or business decisions, including decisions affecting loan purchases, management and guaranty fee pricing, asset and liability management and capital management, and any of those decisions could adversely affect our earnings, liquidity, capital position and financial condition. Furthermore, any strategies we employ to attempt to manage the risks associated with our use of models may not be effective.
 
An inability to access the debt capital markets would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, earnings, financial condition and capital position.
 
Our ability to operate our business, meet our obligations and generate net interest income depends primarily on our ability to issue substantial amounts of debt frequently and at attractive rates. The issuance of short-term and long-term debt securities in the domestic and international capital markets is our primary source of funding for our purchases of assets for our mortgage portfolio and for repaying or refinancing our existing debt. Moreover, a primary source of our revenue is the net interest income we earn from the difference, or spread, between the return that we receive on our mortgage assets and our borrowing costs. In addition, if we issue greater amounts of short-term debt than long-term debt, we may have periods where we have more debt maturing than we are able to replace. Our ability to obtain funds through the issuance of debt, and the cost at which we are able to obtain these funds, depends on many factors, including:
 
  •  our corporate and regulatory structure, including our status as a GSE;
 
  •  legislative or regulatory actions relating to our business, including any actions that would affect our GSE status or add additional requirements that would restrict or reduce our ability to issue debt;
 
  •  our credit ratings, including rating agency actions relating to our credit ratings;
 
  •  our financial results and changes in our financial condition;
 
  •  significant events relating to our business or industry;
 
  •  the public’s perception of the risks to and financial prospects of our business or industry;
 
  •  the preferences of debt investors;


146


 

 
  •  the breadth of our investor base;
 
  •  prevailing conditions in the capital markets;
 
  •  foreign exchange rates;
 
  •  interest rate fluctuations;
 
  •  the rate of inflation;
 
  •  competition from other issuers of AAA-rated agency debt;
 
  •  general economic conditions in the U.S. and abroad; and
 
  •  broader trade and political considerations among the U.S. and other countries.
 
Foreign investors, particularly in Asia, hold a significant portion of our debt securities and are an important source of funding for our business. The willingness of foreign investors to purchase and hold our debt securities can be influenced by many factors, including changes in the world economies, changes in foreign-currency exchange rates, regulatory and political factors, as well as the availability of and preferences for other investments. If foreign investors divest any significant portion of their holdings or reduce their purchases of our debt securities, our funding costs may increase. The willingness of foreign investors to purchase or hold our debt securities, and any changes to such willingness, may materially affect our liquidity, earnings, financial condition and capital position. Foreign investors are also significant purchasers of mortgage-related securities and changes in the strength and stability of foreign demand for mortgage-related securities could affect the overall market for those securities and the returns available to us on our portfolio investments.
 
If we are unable to issue debt securities at attractive rates in amounts sufficient to operate our business and meet our obligations, it would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, earnings, financial condition and capital position.
 
Our liquidity contingency plan may not provide sufficient liquidity to operate our business and meet our obligations in the event that we cannot access the debt capital markets.
 
In the event that we are unable to access the debt capital markets, we maintain a liquidity contingency plan that is intended to allow us to meet all of our cash obligations for 90 days without relying upon the issuance of unsecured debt. This plan is described in “Part I—Item 2—MD&A—Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity—Liquidity Contingency Plan.” To the extent that a liquidity event lasts for more than 90 days, or our expectations concerning the market conditions that exist during a liquidity event, or our access to funds, prove to be inaccurate (including, for example, if our expectations of the level of secured financing “haircuts” (the difference between the market and pledge value of the assets) that would be required to fund our obligations in a stressed market event environment is greater than expected), our ability to repay maturing indebtedness and fund our operations could be significantly impaired. Even within the 90-day time frame contemplated by our liquidity contingency plan, we depend on continuous access to secured financing in the repurchase and securities lending markets to continue our operations, and that access could be impaired by factors that are not specific to Fannie Mae, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets. Our ability to sell mortgage assets and other assets may also be impaired, or be subject to a greater “haircut,” if other market participants are seeking to sell similar assets at the same time.
 
A decrease in our current credit ratings would have an adverse effect on our ability to issue debt on acceptable terms, which would reduce our earnings and materially adversely affect our ability to conduct our normal business operations and our liquidity and financial condition.
 
Our borrowing costs and our broad access to the debt capital markets depend in large part on our high credit ratings, particularly on our senior unsecured debt. Our ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies. Factors such as the amount of our net losses, deterioration in our capital levels, actions by governmental entities or others, and sustained declines in our long-term profitability could adversely affect our credit ratings. A reduction in our credit ratings could increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to the


147


 

capital markets and trigger additional collateral requirements under our derivatives contracts and other borrowing arrangements. A substantial reduction in our credit ratings would reduce our earnings and materially adversely affect our liquidity, our ability to conduct our normal business operations and our financial condition. Our credit ratings and ratings outlook is included in “Part I—Item 2—MD&A—Liquidity and Capital Management—Liquidity—Credit Ratings.”
 
New legislation may have a material adverse effect on our business, competitiveness, results of operations and financial condition.
 
The Regulatory Reform Act, enacted on July 30, 2008, will have a significant effect on us in a variety of ways. We expect that our new regulator will implement the various provisions of the legislation over the next several months, generally through the administrative rulemaking process. We cannot predict the content of any regulations, orders and determinations that may result. In general, we remain subject to existing regulations, guidelines and orders until new ones are issued or made.
 
The legislation imposes an annual levy of 4.2 basis points on our total new business purchases which, absent a temporary suspension by FHFA, we are required to pay regardless of our earnings or the level of capital we hold at the time the levy is due. This levy could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and profitability. If the legislation had been in effect in 2007, we would have been required to pay approximately $300 million based on our 2007 purchases.
 
The legislation also contains numerous provisions that may significantly change how we are regulated and how we operate and may, under certain circumstances, have a material adverse effect on our overall financial condition and performance, on our ability to increase or maintain our market share and to compete successfully in our industry and on our ability to attract and retain senior executives. Regulations interpreting these new provisions have not yet been adopted, and may make the impact of such legislation more or less adverse for us. Examples of aspects of the legislation that may significantly affect us include the following:
 
  •  Capital.   FHFA will have broad authority to establish risk-based capital standards, increase the level of our required minimum capital, and establish capital or reserve requirements for specific programs or activities. Increasing our capital requirements may have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our business and compete with other non-GSE market participants.
 
  •  Portfolio.   Under the new legislation, FHFA is required to establish standards governing our portfolio holdings, and is authorized, in some circumstances, to require us to dispose of or acquire assets selected by FHFA. If FHFA were to limit the size or composition of our portfolio assets, this would have a material adverse effect on our earnings and future profitability.
 
  •  Product Approval.   The legislation requires us to obtain FHFA’s approval, subject to limited exceptions, before we offer a new product. The product approval process may require us to comply with an extensive application process, including public notice of the proposed new product, coupled with a 30-day comment period, for a broad range of new products. Depending on the manner in which this provision is implemented, we may be significantly constrained in our ability to respond quickly to a changing marketplace by offering competitive products and services.
 
  •  Affordable Housing Goals.   The legislation provides FHFA with substantial discretion to set targets and other requirements that need not be balanced with our ability to engage in business that we believe is likely to produce reasonable economic returns.
 
  •  Conservatorship and Receivership.   FHFA has enhanced authority to place us into conservatorship or receivership, which would transfer control of the corporation to the U.S. government. In addition, FHFA has broad authority to restrict our growth and activities if it determines that we are not adequately capitalized.
 
  •  Expanded Treasury Investment Authority.   The Secretary of the Treasury has longstanding authority to purchase up to $2.25 billion of our obligations. The legislation provides the Secretary of the Treasury with additional temporary authority to purchase our obligations and other securities on terms that the


148


 

  Secretary may determine, subject to our agreement. This expanded authority expires on December 31, 2009. In connection with exercising this authority, the Secretary must consider certain specified factors, including the need for preferences or priorities regarding payments to the government, and restrictions on the use of our resources, including limitations on the payment of dividends and executive compensation. As of August 7, 2008, Treasury has not made any investment in our obligations or securities. Any investment by Treasury could materially adversely affect our business, competitiveness, and ability to pay dividends, as well as our ability to access the private capital markets in the future. In addition, any investment by Treasury would likely result in increased dilution to holders of our common stock and could result in dilution or reduction or elimination of the dividend on our common stock or any series of our preferred stock.
 
We may be required to establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which likely would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and capital position.
 
As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately $20.6 billion in net deferred tax assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Deferred tax assets refer to assets on our consolidated balance sheets that are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and to tax credits. The realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income.
 
We are in a cumulative book taxable loss position as of the three-year period ended June 30, 2008. For purposes of establishing a deferred tax valuation allowance, this cumulative book taxable loss position is considered significant, objective evidence that we may not be able to realize some portion of our deferred tax assets in the future. Based on our forecasts of future taxable income, we anticipate that it is more likely than not that our results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to allow us to realize our deferred tax assets, and, therefore, we did not record a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2008. If future events differ from our current forecasts, a valuation allowance may need to be established, which likely would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position.
 
We have several key lender customers, and the loss of business volume from any one of these customers could adversely affect our business and result in a decrease in our market share and earnings.
 
Our ability to generate revenue from the purchase and securitization of mortgage loans depends on our ability to acquire a steady flow of mortgage loans from the originators of those loans. We acquire a significant portion of our mortgage loans from several large mortgage lenders. During the first six months of 2008, our top ten lender customers accounted for approximately 77% of our single-family business volume, and three of our customers each accounted for greater than 10% of our single-family business volume. Accordingly, maintaining our current business relationships and business volumes with our top lender customers is critical to our business.
 
We enter into mortgage purchase volume commitments with many of our customers that are renewed annually and provide for a minimum level of mortgage volume that these customers will deliver to us. In July 2008, Bank of America Corporation completed its acquisition of Countrywide Financial Corporation. Together, these companies accounted for approximately 28% of our single-family business volume in the first six months of 2008. Because the transaction has only recently been completed, it is uncertain how the transaction will affect our future business volume. The mortgage industry has been consolidating and a decreasing number of large lenders originate most single-family mortgages. The loss of business from any one of our major lenders could adversely affect our market share, our revenues and the liquidity of Fannie Mae MBS, which in turn could have an adverse effect on their market value.
 
In addition, some of our lender customers are experiencing, or may experience in the future, liquidity problems that would affect the volume of business they are able to generate. If any of our key lender customers significantly reduces the volume or quality of mortgage loans that the lender delivers to us or that we are willing to buy from them, we could lose significant business volume that we might be unable to


149


 

replace, which could adversely affect our business and result in a decrease in our market share and earnings. In addition, a significant reduction in the volume of mortgage loans that we securitize could reduce the liquidity of Fannie Mae MBS, which in turn could have an adverse effect on their market value.
 
Negative publicity causing damage to our reputation could adversely affect our business prospects, liquidity, earnings, financial condition and capital position.
 
Reputation risk, or the risk to our business from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers or otherwise impair our customer relationships, adversely affect our ability to obtain financing, impede our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, hinder our business prospects or adversely impact the trading price of our securities. Perceptions regarding the practices of our competitors or our industry as a whole may also adversely impact our reputation. The effect of a poor reputation on third parties with whom we have important relationships may impair market confidence or investor confidence in our business operations as well. In addition, negative publicity could expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences, including greater regulatory scrutiny or adverse regulatory or legislative changes. These adverse consequences could result from our actual or alleged action or failure to act in any number of activities, including corporate governance, regulatory compliance, financial reporting and disclosure, maintenance of financial condition, purchases of products perceived to be predatory, safeguarding or using nonpublic personal information, or from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to our actual or alleged conduct.
 
Risks Relating to Our Industry
 
A continuing, or broader, decline in U.S. home prices or in activity in the U.S. housing market will negatively impact our earnings, financial condition and capital position.
 
The continued deterioration of the U.S. housing market and national decline in home prices in the first half of 2008, along with the expected continued decline for the remainder of 2008 and 2009, are likely to result in increased delinquencies and defaults on the mortgage assets we own and that back our guaranteed Fannie Mae MBS, as well as increase the severity of our losses on defaulted mortgage loans. Increases in loan delinquencies, defaults and loss severities will result in a higher level of credit losses and credit-related expenses, which in turn will reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition and capital position.
 
Our business volume is affected by the rate of growth in total U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding and the size of the U.S. residential mortgage market. The rate of growth in total U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding slowed sharply in 2007 and during the first half of 2008 in response to the reduced activity in the housing market and national declines in home prices. We believe the rate of growth in U.S. residential mortgage debt outstanding will slow even further in the second half of 2008 and in 2009. A decline in the rate of growth in mortgage debt outstanding reduces the number of mortgage loans available for us to purchase or securitize, which in turn could lead to a reduction in our net interest income and guaranty fee income. If we do not continue to increase our share of the secondary mortgage market, this decline in mortgage originations could adversely affect our earnings, financial condition and capital position.
 
Market uncertainty and volatility may adversely affect our business, profitability and results of operations.
 
The mortgage credit markets experienced difficult conditions and volatility during 2007 which continued in the first half of 2008. These deteriorating conditions in the mortgage market resulted in a decrease in availability of corporate credit and liquidity within the mortgage industry and have caused disruptions to normal operations of major mortgage originators, including some of our largest customers. These conditions resulted in less liquidity, greater volatility, widening of credit spreads and a lack of price transparency. We operate in these markets and are subject to potential adverse effects on our results of operations and financial condition due to our activities involving securities, mortgages, derivatives and other mortgage commitments with our customers.


150


 

Changes in general market and economic conditions in the United States and abroad may adversely affect our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position.
 
Our earnings, liquidity, financial condition and capital position may be adversely affected by changes in general market and economic conditions in the United States and abroad. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, the value of the U.S. dollar compared with the value of foreign currencies, the rate of inflation, fluctuations in both the debt and equity capital markets, employment growth and unemployment rates, and the strength of the U.S. national economy and local economies in the United States and economies of other countries with investors that hold our debt. These conditions are beyond our control and may change suddenly and dramatically.
 
Changes in market and economic conditions could adversely affect us in many ways, including the following:
 
  •  fluctuations in the global debt and equity capital markets, including sudden and unexpected changes in short-term or long-term interest rates, could decrease the fair value of our mortgage assets, derivatives positions and other investments, negatively affect our ability to issue debt at attractive rates, and reduce our net interest income; and
 
  •  a recession or other economic downturn, or rising unemployment, in the United States, either as a whole or in specific regions of the country, could decrease homeowner demand for mortgage loans and increase the number of homeowners who become delinquent or default on their mortgage loans. An increase in delinquencies or defaults would likely result in a higher level of credit losses and credit-related expenses, which would reduce our earnings. Also, decreased homeowner demand for mortgage loans could reduce our guaranty fee income, net interest income and the fair value of our mortgage assets. A recession or other economic downturn could also increase the risk that our counterparties will default on their obligations to us or become insolvent, resulting in a reduction in our earnings and thereby adversely affecting our financial condition and capital position.
 
Item 2.   Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
(a) Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Under the Fannie Mae Stock Compensation Plan of 1993 and the Fannie Mae Stock Compensation Plan of 2003 (the “Plans”), we regularly provide stock compensation to employees and members of the Board of Directors to attract, motivate and retain these individuals and promote an identity of interests with shareholders.
 
In consideration of services rendered or to be rendered, we issued 34,737 shares of restricted stock during the quarter ended June 30, 2008. These share issuances were primarily made in connection with hirings and promotions. In addition, 4,308 restricted stock units vested, as a result of which 2,882 shares of common stock were issued and 1,426 shares of common stock that otherwise would have been issued were withheld by us in lieu of requiring the recipients to pay us the withholding taxes due upon vesting. Shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under the Plans typically vest in equal annual installments over three or four years beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. Each restricted stock unit represents the right to receive a share of common stock at the time of vesting. As a result, restricted stock units are generally similar to restricted stock, except that restricted stock units do not confer voting rights on their holders.
 
All shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units were granted to persons who were employees or members of the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae.
 
Consistent with our Board of Directors’ determination in June 2007 that a portion of contingent awards of our common stock under our Performance Share Award Program would be paid out, on April 21, 2008, we paid out a total of 66,644 shares of common stock to Franklin D. Raines, our former Chief Executive Officer, and Timothy Howard, our former Chief Financial Officer, as a result of which 37,236 shares of common stock was


151


 

issued and 29,408 shares of common stock that otherwise would have been issued were withheld by us in lieu of requiring the recipients to pay us the withholding taxes due upon the payment of these awards.
 
On June 30, 2008, we issued 5,112 shares of deferred common stock to non-management members of our Board of Directors in lieu of $102,500 in cash retainer payments for the second quarter of 2008. Deferred shares receive dividend equivalents which are reinvested in additional deferred shares. Each deferred share represents the right to receive a share of common stock upon distribution, which is approximately six months after the director has left the Board.
 
As reported in a current report on Form 8-K filed with SEC on May 14, 2008, we issued 94,300,000 shares of common stock and 51,750,000 shares of 8.75% Non-Cumulative Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2008-1 (the “Series 2008-1 Preferred Stock”) in two separate offerings that closed on May 14, 2008. As reported in a current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 19, 2008, in an offering that closed on that date we issued 80,000,000 shares of 8.25% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series T (the “Series T Preferred Stock”), plus an option to purchase up to an additional 12,000,000 shares of Series T Preferred Stock to cover over-allotments that was exercisable until June 12, 2008. The Series T Preferred Stock was sold through a syndicate of underwriters led by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC. As a result of exercises of the over-allotment option, we issued and sold an aggregate of 9,000,000 shares of Series T Preferred Stock on May 22, 2008 and June 4, 2008. These over-allotment option shares had an aggregate initial offering price of $225,000,000 and an aggregate underwriting discount of $7,087,500, with total proceeds to Fannie Mae (exclusive of the offering expenses and any advisory fees) of $217,912,500.
 
The securities we issue are “exempted securities” under laws administered by the SEC to the same extent as securities that are obligations of, or are guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States, except that, under the Regulatory Reform Act, our equity securities are not treated as exempted securities for purposes of Section 12, 13, 14 or 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result, we do not file registration statements with the SEC with respect to offerings of certain securities.
 
Information about Certain Securities Issuances by Fannie Mae
 
Pursuant to SEC regulations, public companies are required to disclose certain information when they incur a material direct financial obligation or become directly or contingently liable for a material obligation under an off-balance sheet arrangement. The disclosure must be made in a current report on Form 8-K under Item 2.03 or, if the obligation is incurred in connection with certain types of securities offerings, in prospectuses for that offering that are filed with the SEC.
 
Fannie Mae’s securities offerings are exempted from SEC registration requirements, except that, under the Regulatory Reform Act, our equity securities are not treated as exempted securities for purposes of Section 12, 13, 14 or 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result, we are not required to and do not file registration statements or prospectuses with the SEC with respect to certain securities offerings. To comply with the disclosure requirements of Form 8-K relating to the incurrence of material financial obligations, we report our incurrence of these types of obligations either in offering circulars or prospectuses (or supplements thereto) that we post on our Web site or in a current report on Form 8-K, in accordance with a “no-action” letter we received from the SEC Staff. In cases where the information is disclosed in a prospectus or offering circular posted on our Web site, the document will be posted on our Web site within the same time period that a prospectus for a non-exempt securities offering would be required to be filed with the SEC.
 
The Web site address for disclosure about our debt securities is www.fanniemae.com/debtsearch. From this address, investors can access the offering circular and related supplements for debt securities offerings under Fannie Mae’s universal debt facility, including pricing supplements for individual issuances of debt securities.
 
Disclosure about our off-balance sheet obligations pursuant to some of the MBS we issue can be found at www.fanniemae.com/mbsdisclosure. From this address, investors can access information and documents about our MBS, including prospectuses and related prospectus supplements.


152


 

We are providing our Web site addresses and the Web site address of the SEC solely for your information. Information appearing on our Web site or on the SEC’s Web site is not incorporated into this quarterly report on Form 10-Q.
 
(b) None.
 
(c) Share Repurchases
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The following table shows shares of our common stock we repurchased during the second quarter of 2008.
 
                                 
                      Maximum Number
 
                Total Number of
    of Shares that
 
    Total Number
    Average
    Shares Purchased
    May Yet be
 
    of Shares
    Price Paid
    as Part of Publicly
    Purchased Under
 
    Purchased (1)     per Share     Announced Program (2)     the Program (3)  
    (Shares in thousands)  
 
2008
                               
April 1-30
    12,135     $ 28.51             58,313  
May 1-31
    18,248       29.53             57,140  
June 1-30
    10,179       26.06             56,995  
Total
    40,562                          
 
 
(1) Consists of shares of common stock reacquired from employees to pay an aggregate of approximately $1.2 million in withholding taxes due upon the vesting of restricted stock.
 
(2) On January 21, 2003, we publicly announced that the Board of Directors had approved a share repurchase program (the “General Repurchase Authority”) under which we could purchase in open market transactions the sum of (a) up to 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2002 (49.4 million shares) and (b) additional shares to offset stock issued or expected to be issued under our employee benefit plans. No shares were repurchased during the second quarter of 2008 pursuant to the General Repurchase Authority. The General Repurchase Authority has no specified expiration date.
 
(3) Consists of the total number of shares that may yet be purchased under the General Repurchase Authority as of the end of the month, including the number of shares that may be repurchased to offset stock that may be issued pursuant to awards outstanding under our employee benefit plans. Repurchased shares are first offset against any issuances of stock under our employee benefit plans. To the extent that we repurchase more shares in a given month than have been issued under our plans, the excess number of shares is deducted from the 49.4 million shares approved for repurchase under the General Repurchase Authority. Because of new stock issuances and expected issuances pursuant to new grants under our employee benefit plans, the number of shares that may be purchased under the General Repurchase Authority fluctuates from month to month. See “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 13, Stock-Based Compensation Plans” in our 2007 Form 10-K, for information about shares issued, shares expected to be issued, and shares remaining available for grant under our employee benefit plans. Shares that remain available for grant under our employee benefit plans are not included in the amount of shares that may yet be purchased reflected in the table above.
 
Dividend Restrictions
 
Our payment of dividends is subject to certain restrictions. Under the Regulatory Reform Act, FHFA has authority to prohibit capital distributions, including payment of dividends, if we fail to meet our capital requirements. If FHFA classifies us as significantly undercapitalized, approval of the Director of FHFA is required for any dividend payment. Under the Regulatory Reform Act, we are not permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making the distribution, we would be undercapitalized, except the Director of FHFA may permit us to repurchase shares if the repurchase is made in connection with the issuance of additional shares or obligations in at least an equivalent amount and will reduce our financial obligations or otherwise improve our financial condition.
 
In addition, during any period in which we defer payment of interest on qualifying subordinated debt, we may not declare or pay dividends on, or redeem, purchase or acquire, our common stock or preferred stock. Our qualifying subordinated debt requires us to defer the payment of interest for up to five years if either: (i) our core capital is below 125% of our critical capital requirement; or (ii) our core capital is below our statutory minimum capital requirement, and the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, acting on our request, exercises his or her discretionary authority pursuant to Section 304(c) of the Charter Act to purchase our debt obligations. To


153


 

date, no triggering events have occurred that would require us to defer interest payments on our qualifying subordinated debt.
 
Payment of dividends on our common stock is also subject to the prior payment of dividends on our 17 series of preferred stock, representing an aggregate of 607,125,000 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2008. Quarterly dividends declared on the shares of our preferred stock outstanding totaled $303 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
 
For a description of our capital requirements, refer to “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 15, Regulatory Capital Requirements.”
 
Item 3.   Defaults Upon Senior Securities
 
None.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
Fannie Mae’s annual meeting of shareholders was held on May 20, 2008. At the meeting, shareholders voted on the following matters:
 
1. The election of 12 directors;
 
2. The ratification of the selection of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent registered public accounting firm for 2008; and
 
3. A shareholder proposal to authorize cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
The following individuals were elected as directors for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of the shareholders.
 
                 
Director Nominee
  Votes For     Votes Against  
 
Stephen B. Ashley
    861,925,071       22,514,949  
Dennis R. Beresford
    867,217,338       17,222,682  
Louis J. Freeh
    866,047,858       18,392,162  
Brenda J. Gaines
    867,008,320       17,431,700  
Karen N. Horn, Ph.D. 
    855,375,542       29,064,478  
Bridget A. Macaskill
    866,199,847       18,240,173  
Daniel H. Mudd
    867,085,065       17,354,955  
Leslie Rahl
    864,428,317       20,011,703  
John C. Sites, Jr. 
    867,350,249       17,089,771  
Greg C. Smith
    867,094,029       17,345,991  
H. Patrick Swygert
    865,830,917       18,609,103  
John K. Wulff
    865,591,897       18,848,123  
 
The Regulatory Reform Act eliminated the provision from our charter that provided for the appointment of five members to our Board of Directors by the President of the United States.
 
The selection of Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent registered public accounting firm for 2008 was ratified as follows:
 
         
Votes FOR:
    875,342,754  
Votes AGAINST:
    1,042,549  
Abstentions:
    8,054,717  
 
There were no broker non-votes with respect to the ratification of the selection of Deloitte & Touche LLP.


154


 

A shareholder proposal to authorize cumulative voting in the election of directors was not approved as follows:
 
         
Votes FOR:
    354,219,156  
Votes AGAINST:
    428,354,484  
Abstentions:
    8,145,440  
Broker non-votes:
    93,720,940  
 
Item 5.   Other Information
 
None.
 
Item 6.   Exhibits
 
An index to exhibits has been filed as part of this report beginning on page E-1 and is incorporated herein by reference.


155


 

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
 
  By: 
/s/   Daniel H. Mudd
Daniel H. Mudd
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: August 8, 2008
 
 
  By: 
/s/   Stephen M. Swad
Stephen M. Swad
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: August 8, 2008


156


 

 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
Item
 
Description
 
  3 .1   Fannie Mae Charter Act (12 U.S.C. § 1716 et seq.) as amended through July 30, 2008
  3 .2   Fannie Mae Bylaws, as amended through February 29, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Fannie Mae’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed March 6, 2008.)
  4 .1   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series D (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s registration statement on Form 10, filed March 31, 2003.)
  4 .2   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series E (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Fannie Mae’s registration statement on Form 10, filed March 31, 2003.)
  4 .3   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series F (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Fannie Mae’s registration statement on Form 10, filed March 31, 2003.)
  4 .4   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series G (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Fannie Mae’s registration statement on Form 10, filed March 31, 2003.)
  4 .5   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series H (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Fannie Mae’s registration statement on Form 10, filed March 31, 2003.)
  4 .6   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series I (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Fannie Mae’s registration statement on Form 10, filed March 31, 2003.)
  4 .7   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series L
  4 .8   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series M
  4 .9   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series N
  4 .10   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2004-1 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 4, 2005.)
  4 .11   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series O (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 4, 2005.)
  4 .12   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series P (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 28, 2007.)
  4 .13   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series Q (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 5, 2007.)
  4 .14   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series R (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 21, 2007.)
  4 .15   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series S (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2007.)
  4 .16   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Non-Cumulative Mandatory Convertible Preferred Stock, Series 2008-1 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 14, 2008.)
  4 .17   Certificate of Designation of Terms of Fannie Mae Preferred Stock, Series T (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Fannie Mae’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 19, 2008.)
  10 .1   Amendment to Fannie Mae Elective Deferred Compensation Plan II, effective April 29, 2008
  10 .2   Fannie Mae Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, as amended through April 29, 2008†
  10 .3   Fannie Mae Executive Life Insurance Program, as amended April 9, 2008†
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
 
 
This exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.


E-1


 

 
FANNIEMAE LOGO
 
LE048

The following Charter Act reflects amendments promulgated by the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008, signed into law by President Bush on July 30, 2008, and effective immediately. As of the date of this filing, it has not yet been published in the U.S. Code, and this exhibit is not a substitute for the text in the U.S. Code.
Exhibit 3.1
Title 12 — Banks and Banking
Chapter 13 — National Housing
Subchapter III — National Mortgage Associations
Section 1716. Declaration of purposes of subchapter {Section 301}
The Congress declares that the purposes of this subchapter are to establish secondary market facilities for residential mortgages, to provide that the operations thereof shall be financed by private capital to the maximum extent feasible, and to authorize such facilities to —
  (1)   provide stability in the secondary market for residential mortgages;
 
  (2)   respond appropriately to the private capital market;
 
  (3)   provide ongoing assistance to the secondary market for residential mortgages (including activities relating to mortgages on housing for low- and moderate-income families involving a reasonable economic return that may be less than the return earned on other activities) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing;
 
  (4)   promote access to mortgage credit throughout the Nation (including central cities, rural areas, and underserved areas) by increasing the liquidity of mortgage investments and improving the distribution of investment capital available for residential mortgage financing; and
 
  (5)   manage and liquidate federally owned mortgage portfolios in an orderly manner, with a minimum of adverse effect upon the residential mortgage market and minimum loss to the Federal Government.
Section 1717. Federal National Mortgage Association and Government National Mortgage Association {Section 302}
(a)   Creation; succession; principal and other offices
  (1)   There is created a body corporate to be known as the “Federal National Mortgage Association,’’ which shall be in the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The Association shall have succession until dissolved by Act of Congress. It shall maintain its principal office in the District of Columbia and shall be deemed, for purposes of venue in civil actions, to be a resident thereof. Agencies or offices may be established by the Association in such other place or places as it may deem necessary or appropriate in the conduct of its business.
 
  (2)   On September 1, 1968, the body corporate described in the foregoing paragraph shall cease to exist in that form and is hereby partitioned into two separate and distinct bodies corporate, each of which shall have continuity and corporate succession as a separated portion of the previously existing body corporate, as follows:
  (A)   One of such separated portions shall be a body corporate without capital stock to be known as Government National Mortgage Association (hereinafter referred to as the “Association’’), which shall be in the Department of Housing and Urban Development and which shall retain the assets and liabilities acquired and incurred under sections 1720 and 1721 of this title prior to such date, including any and all liabilities incurred pursuant to subsection (c) of this section. The Association shall have succession until dissolved by Act of Congress. It shall maintain its principal office in the District of Columbia and shall be deemed, for purposes of venue in civil actions, to be a resident thereof. Agencies or offices may be established by

 


 

      the Association in such other place or places as it may deem necessary or appropriate in the conduct of its business.
 
  (B)   The other such separated portion shall be a body corporate to be known as Federal National Mortgage Association (hereinafter referred to as the “corporation’’), which shall retain the assets and liabilities acquired and incurred under sections 1718 and 1719 of this title prior to such date. The corporation shall have succession until dissolved by Act of Congress. It shall maintain its principal office in the District of Columbia or the metropolitan area thereof and shall be deemed, for purposes of jurisdiction and venue in civil actions, to be a District of Columbia corporation.
  (3)   The partition transaction effected pursuant to the foregoing paragraph constitutes a reorganization within the meaning section 368(a)(1)(E) of title 26; and for the purposes of such title 26, no gain or loss is recognized by the previously existing body corporate by reason of the partition, and the basis and holding period of the assets of the corporation immediately following such partition are the same as the basis and holding period of such assets immediately prior to such partition.
(b)   Purchase and sale of insured and conventional mortgages; transactions in loans and advances of credit
  (1)   For the purposes set forth in section 1716 of this title and subject to the limitations and restrictions of this subchapter, each of the bodies corporate named in subsection (a)(2) of this section is authorized pursuant to commitments or otherwise, to purchase, service, sell, or otherwise deal in any mortgages which are insured under this chapter or title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.), or which are insured or guaranteed under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944 or chapter 37 of title 38; and to purchase, service, sell, or otherwise deal in any loans made or guaranteed under part B of title VI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 291j-1 et seq.); and the corporation is authorized to lend on the security of any such mortgages and to purchase, sell, or otherwise deal in any securities guaranteed by the Association under section 1721(g) of this title: Provided, That (1) the Association may not purchase any mortgage at a price exceeding 100 per centum of the unpaid principal amount thereof at the time of purchase, with adjustments for interest and any comparable items; (2) the Association may not purchase any mortgage, except a mortgage insured under title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.), if it is offered by, or covers property held by, a State, territorial, or municipal instrumentality; and (3) the Association may not purchase any mortgage under section 1720 of this title, except a mortgage insured under section 1715k of this title or subchapter VIII of this chapter or section 1709(k) of this title, or under subchapter IX-A of this chapter with respect to a new community approved under section 1749cc-1 of this title, or insured under section 1715e of this title and covering property located in an urban renewal area, or a mortgage covering property located in Alaska, Guam, or Hawaii, if the original principal obligation thereof exceeds or exceeded $55,000 in the case of property upon which is located a dwelling designed principally for a one-family residence; or $60,000 in the case of a two- or three-family residence; or $68,750 in the case of a four-family residence; or, in the case of a property containing more than four dwelling units, $38,000 per dwelling unit (or such higher amount not in excess of $45,000 per dwelling unit as the Secretary may by regulation specify in any geographical area where the Secretary finds that cost levels so require) for that part of the property attributable to dwelling use. Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (3) of the preceding sentence, the Association may purchase a mortgage under section 1720 of this title with an original principal obligation which exceeds the otherwise applicable maximum amount per dwelling unit if the mortgage is insured under section 1713(c)(3), 1715e(b)(2), 1715k(d)(3)(B)(iii), 1715l(d)(3)(ii), 1715l(d)(4)(ii), 1715v(c)(2), 1715y(e)(3), or 1715z-1 of this title. For the purposes of this subchapter, the terms “mortgages’’ and “home mortgages’’ shall be inclusive of any mortgages or other loans insured under any of the provisions of this chapter or title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.).

 


 

  (2)   For the purposes set forth in section 1716(a) of this title, the corporation is authorized, pursuant to commitments or otherwise, to purchase, service, sell, lend on the security of, or otherwise deal in mortgages which are not insured or guaranteed as provided in paragraph (1) (such mortgages referred to hereinafter as “conventional mortgages’’). No such purchase of a conventional mortgage secured by a property comprising one- to four-family dwelling units shall be made if the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage at the time of purchase exceeds 80 per centum of the value of the property securing the mortgage, unless (A) the seller retains a participation of not less than 10 per centum in the mortgage; (B) for such period and under such circumstances as the corporation may require, the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the mortgage upon demand of the corporation in the event that the mortgage is in default; or (C) that portion of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage which is in excess of such 80 per centum is guaranteed or insured by a qualified insurer as determined by the corporation. The corporation shall not issue a commitment to purchase a conventional mortgage prior to the date the mortgage is originated, if such mortgage is eligible for purchase under the preceding sentence only by reason of compliance with the requirements of clause (A) of such sentence. The corporation may purchase a conventional mortgage which was originated more than one year prior to the purchase date only if the seller is the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Resolution Trust Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, or any other seller currently engaged in mortgage lending or investing activities. For the purpose of this section, the term “conventional mortgages’’ shall include a mortgage, lien, or other security interest on the stock or membership certificate issued to a tenant-stockholder or resident-member of a cooperative housing corporation, as defined in section 216 of title 26, and on the proprietary lease, occupancy agreement, or right of tenancy in the dwelling unit of the tenant-stockholder or resident-member in such cooperative housing corporation. The corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum original principal obligation of conventional mortgages that are purchased by it; in any case in which the corporation purchases a participation interest in such a mortgage, the limitation shall be calculated with respect to the total original principal obligation of the mortgage and not merely with respect to the interest purchased by the corporation. Such limitations shall not exceed $417,000 for a mortgage secured by a single-family residence, $533,850 for a mortgage secured by a 2-family residence, $645,300 for a mortgage secured by a 3-family residence, and $801,950 for a mortgage secured by a 4-family residence, except that such maximum limitations shall be adjusted effective January 1 of each year beginning after the effective date of the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008, subject to the limitations in this paragraph. Each adjustment shall be made by adding to each such amount (as it may have been previously adjusted) a percentage thereof equal to the percentage increase, during the most recent 12-month or 4-quarter period ending before the time of determining such annual adjustment, in the housing price index maintained by the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (pursuant to section 1322 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4541)). If the change in such house price index during the most recent 12-month or 4-quarter period ending before the time of determining such annual adjustment is a decrease, then no adjustment shall be made for the next year, and the next adjustment shall take into account prior declines in the house price index, so that any adjustment shall reflect the net change in the house price index since the last adjustment. Declines in the house price index shall be accumulated and then reduce increases until subsequent increases exceed prior declines . The foregoing limitations may be increased by not to exceed 50 per centum with respect to properties located in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, and the Virgin Islands. Such foregoing limitations shall also be increased, with respect to properties of a particular size located in any area for which 115 percent of the median house price for such size residence exceeds the foregoing limitation for such size residence, to the lesser of 150 percent of such limitation for such size residence or the amount that is equal to 115 percent of the median house price in such area for such size residence.
 
  (3)   The corporation is authorized to purchase, service, sell, lend on the security of, and otherwise deal in loans or advances of credit for the purchase and installation of home improvements, including energy conserving improvements or solar energy systems described in the last paragraph of section 1703(a) of this title and residential energy conservation measures as described in section 210(11) of the National Energy Conservation Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 8211(11)) and financed by a public utility in accordance with the requirements of title II of such Act (42 U.S.C. 8211 et seq.). To be eligible for purchase, any such loan or advance of credit (other than a loan or advance made with respect to energy conserving improvements or solar energy systems or residential energy conservation measures) not insured under subchapter I of this chapter shall be secured by a lien against the property to be improved.
 
  (4)   The corporation is authorized to purchase, service, sell, lend on the security of, and otherwise deal in loans or advances of credit secured by mortgages or other liens against manufactured homes.
 
  (5)  
(A)     The corporation is authorized to purchase, service, sell, lend on the security of, and otherwise deal in (i) conventional mortgages that are secured by a subordinate lien

 


 

      against a one- to four-family residence that is the principal residence of the mortgagor; and (ii) conventional mortgages that are secured by a subordinate lien against a property comprising five or more family dwelling units. If the corporation, pursuant to paragraphs (1) through (4), shall have purchased, serviced, sold, or otherwise dealt with any other outstanding mortgage secured by the same residence, the aggregate original amount of such other mortgage and the mortgage authorized to be purchased, serviced, sold, or otherwise dealt with under this paragraph shall not exceed the applicable limitation determined under paragraph (2).
 
  (B)   The corporation shall establish limitations governing the maximum original principal obligation of conventional mortgages described in subparagraph (A). In any case in which the corporation purchases a participation interest in such a mortgage, the limitation shall be calculated with respect to the total original principal obligation of such mortgage described in subparagraph (A) and not merely with respect to the interest purchased by the corporation. Such limitations shall not exceed (i) with respect to mortgages described in subparagraph (A)(i), 50 per centum of the single-family residence mortgage limitation determined under paragraph (2); and (ii) with respect to mortgages described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the applicable limitation determined under paragraph (2).
 
  (C)   No subordinate mortgage against a one- to four-family residence shall be purchased by the corporation if the total outstanding indebtedness secured by the property as a result of such mortgage exceeds 80 per centum of the value of such property unless (i) that portion of such total outstanding indebtedness that exceeds such 80 per centum is guaranteed or insured by a qualified insurer as determined by the corporation; (ii) the seller retains a participation of not less than 10 per centum in the mortgage; or (iii) for such period and under such circumstances as the corporation may require, the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the mortgage upon demand of the corporation in the event that the mortgage is in default. The corporation shall not issue a commitment to purchase a subordinate mortgage prior to the date the mortgage is originated, if such mortgage is eligible for purchase under the preceding sentence only by reason of compliance with the requirements of clause (ii) of such sentence.
  (6)   The corporation may not implement any new program (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) before obtaining the approval of the Secretary under section 4542 of this title.
(c) Administration of trusts; obligations of departments and agencies of the United States; exemption of interest income from taxation; authorization of appropriations for differential reimbursements
  (1)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter or of any other law, the Association is authorized under section 1721 of this title to create, accept, execute, and otherwise administer in all respects such trusts, receiverships, conservatorships, liquidating or other agencies, or other fiduciary and representative undertakings and activities, hereinafter in this subsection called “trusts,’’ as might be appropriate for financing purposes; and in relation thereto the Association may acquire, hold and manage, dispose of, and otherwise deal in any mortgages or other types of obligations in which any department or agency of the United States listed in paragraph (2) of this subsection may have a financial interest. The Association may join in any such undertakings and activities, hereinafter in this subsection called “trusts;’’ notwithstanding that it is also serving in a fiduciary or representative capacity; and is authorized to guarantee any participations or other instruments, whether evidence of property rights or debt, issued for such financing purposes. Participations or other instruments issued by the Association pursuant to this subsection shall to the same extent as securities which are direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States be deemed to be exempt securities within the meaning of laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The amounts of any mortgages and their obligations acquired by the

 


 

      Association under section 1721 of this title, pursuant to this subsection, shall not be included in the total amounts set forth in section 1721(c) of this title.
 
  (2)   Subject to the limitations provided in paragraph (4) of this subsection, one or more trusts may be established as provided in this subsection by each of the following departments or agencies:
  (A)   The Farmers Home Administration of the Department of Agriculture, but only with respect to operating loans, direct farm ownership loans, direct housing loans, and direct soil and water loans. Such trusts may not be established with respect to loans for housing for the elderly under sections 502 and 515(a) of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1472 and 1485(a)), nor with respect to loans for nonfarm recreational development.
 
  (B)   The Department of Education, but only with respect to loans made by the Secretary of Education for construction of academic facilities, and loans to help finance student loan programs.
 
  (C)   The Department of Housing and Urban Development.
 
  (D)   The Department of Veterans Affairs.
 
  (E)   The Export-Import Bank.
 
  (F)   The Small Business Administration.
      The head of each such department or agency, hereinafter in this subsection called the “trustor,’’ is authorized to set aside a part or all of any obligations held by the trustor and subject them to a trust or trusts and, incident thereto, shall guarantee to the trustee timely payment thereof. The trust instrument may provide for the issuance and sale of beneficial interests or participations, by the trustee, in such obligations or in the right to receive interest and principal collections therefrom; and may provide for the substitution or withdrawal of such obligations, or for the substitution of cash for obligations. The trust or trusts shall be exempt from all taxation. The trust instrument may also contain other appropriate provisions in keeping with the purposes of this subsection. The Association shall be named and shall act as trustee of any such trusts and, for the purposes thereof, the title to such obligations shall be deemed to have passed to the Association in trust. The trust instrument shall provide that custody, control, and administration of the obligations shall remain in the trustor subjecting the obligations to the trust, subject to transfer to the trustee in event of default or probable default, as determined by the trustee, in the payment of principal and interest of the beneficial interests or participations. Collections from obligations subject to the trust shall be dealt with as provided in the instrument creating the trust. The trust instrument shall provide that the trustee will promptly pay to the trustor the full net proceeds of any sale of beneficial interests or participations to the extent they are based upon such obligations or collections. Such proceeds shall be dealt with as otherwise provided by law for sales or repayment of such obligations. The effect of both past and future sales of any issue of beneficial interests or participations shall be the same, to the extent of the principal of such issue, as the direct sale with recourse of the obligations subject to the trust. Any trustor creating a trust or trusts hereunder is authorized to purchase, through the facilities of the trustee, outstanding beneficial interests or participations to the extent of the amount of the trustor’s responsibility to the trustee on beneficial interests or participations outstanding, and to pay the trustor’s proper share of the costs and expenses incurred by the Association as trustee pursuant to the trust instrument.
 
  (3)   When any trustor guarantees to the trustee the timely payment of obligations the trustor subjects to a trust pursuant to this subsection, and it becomes necessary for such trustor to meet his responsibilities under such guaranty, the trustor is authorized to fulfill such guaranty.
 
  (4)   Beneficial interests or participations shall not be issued for the account of any trustor in an aggregate principal amount greater than is authorized with respect to such trustor in an appropriation Act. Any such authorization shall remain available only for the fiscal year for which it is granted and for the succeeding fiscal year.
 
  (5)   The Association, as trustee, is authorized to issue and sell beneficial interests or participations under this subsection, notwithstanding that there may be an insufficiency in aggregate receipts from obligations subject to the related trust to provide for the payment by the trustee (on a timely basis out of current receipts or otherwise) of all interest or principal on such interests or

 


 

      participations (after provision for all costs and expenses incurred by the trustee, fairly prorated among trustors). There are authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation such sums as may be necessary to enable any trustor to pay the trustee such insufficiency as the trustee may require on account of outstanding beneficial interests or participations authorized to be issued pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection. Such trustor shall make timely payments to the trustee from such appropriations, subject to and in accord with the trust instrument. In the event that the insufficiency required by the trustee is on account of principal maturities of outstanding beneficial interests or participations authorized to be issued pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection, or pursuant hereto, the trustee is authorized to elect to issue additional beneficial interests or participations for refinancing purposes in lieu of requiring any trustor or trustors to make payments to the trustee from appropriated funds or other sources. Each such issue of beneficial interests or participations shall be in an amount determined by the trustee but not in excess of the aggregate amount which the trustee would otherwise require the trustor or trustors to pay from appropriated funds or other sources, and may be issued without regard to the provisions of paragraph (4) of this subsection. All refinancing issues of beneficial interests or participations shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the authority contained in the appropriation Act or Acts under which the beneficial interests or participations were originally issued.
Section 1718. Capitalization of Federal National Mortgage Association {Section 303}
(a) Common stock; preferred stock; transferability of shares
The corporation shall have common stock, without par value, which shall be vested with all voting rights, each share being entitled to one vote with rights of cumulative voting at all elections of directors. The corporation may eliminate such rights of cumulative voting by a resolution adopted by its board of directors and approved by the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock voting in person or by proxy at the annual meeting, or other special meeting, at which such resolution is considered. The corporation may have preferred stock on such terms and conditions as the board of directors shall prescribe. The free transferability of the stock at all times to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity shall not be restricted except that, as to the corporation, it shall be transferable only on the books of the corporation. The corporation may issue shares of common stock in return for appropriate payments into capital or capital and surplus.
(b) Fees and charges; annual transfer of earnings to general surplus account
  (1)   The corporation may impose charges or fees, which may be regarded as elements of pricing, with the objective that all costs and expenses of the operations of the corporation should be within its income derived from such operations and that such operations should be fully self-supporting.
 
  (2)   All earnings from the operations of the corporation shall annually be transferred to the general surplus account of the corporation. At any time, funds of the general surplus account may, in the discretion of the board of directors, be transferred to reserves.
(c) Capital distributions from general surplus account; minimum capitalization levels
  (1)   Except as provided in paragraph (2), the corporation may make such capital distributions (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) as may be declared by the board of directors. All capital distributions shall be charged against the general surplus account of the corporation.
 
  (2)   The corporation may not make any capital distribution that would decrease the total capital of the corporation (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) to an amount less than the risk-based capital level for the corporation established under section 4611 of this title or that would decrease the core capital of the corporation (as such term is defined in section 4502 of this title) to an amount less than the minimum capital level for the corporation established under section 4612 of this title, without prior written approval of the distribution by the

 


 

      Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency.
(d) Institutions eligible to purchase stock
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any institution, including a national bank or State member bank of the Federal Reserve System or any member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, trust company, or other banking organization, organized under any law of the United States, including the laws relating to the District of Columbia, shall be authorized to purchase shares of common stock of the corporation and to hold or dispose of such stock, subject to the provisions of this subchapter.
Section 1719. Secondary market operations {Section 304}
(a) Purchase and sale of mortgages; secondary market operations; advance of funds or origination of loans; settlement or extinguishment of borrower’s rights
  (1)   To carry out the purposes set forth in paragraph (a) of section 1716 of this title, the operations of the corporation under this section shall be confined, so far as practicable, to mortgages which are deemed by the corporation to be of such quality, type, and class as to meet, generally, the purchase standards imposed by private institutional mortgage investors. In the interest of assuring sound operation, the prices to be paid by the corporation for mortgages purchased in its secondary market operations under this section, should be established, from time to time, within the range of market prices for the particular class of mortgages involved, as determined by the corporation. The volume of the corporation’s purchases and sales, and the establishment of the purchase prices, sale prices, and charges or fees, in its secondary market operations under this section, should be determined by the corporation from time to time, and such determinations should be consistent with the objectives that such purchases and sales should be effected only at such prices and on such terms as will reasonably prevent excessive use of the corporation’s facilities, and that the operations of the corporation under this section should be within its income derived from such operations and that such operations should be fully self-supporting. Nothing in this subchapter shall prohibit the corporation from purchasing, and making commitments to purchase, any mortgage with respect to which the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development has entered into a contract with the corporation to make interest subsidy payments under section 1715z-8 of this title.
 
  (2)   The volume of the corporation’s lending activities and the establishment of its loan ratios, interest rates, maturities, and charges or fees, in its secondary market operations under this section, should be determined by the corporation from time to time; and such determinations, in conjunction with determinations made under paragraph (1), should be consistent with the objectives that the lending activities should be conducted on such terms as will reasonably prevent excessive use of the corporation’s facilities, and that the operations of the corporation under this section should be within its income derived from such operations and that such operations should be fully self-supporting. The corporation shall not be permitted to use its lending authority (A) to advance funds to a mortgage seller on an interim basis, using mortgage loans as collateral, pending the sale of the mortgages in the secondary market; or (B) to originate mortgage loans. Notwithstanding any Federal, State, or other law to the contrary, the corporation is empowered, in connection with any loan under this section, whether before or after any default, to provide by contract with the borrower for the settlement or extinguishment, upon default, of any redemption, equitable, legal, or other right, title, or interest of the borrower in any mortgage or mortgages that constitute the security for the loan; and with respect to any such loan, in the event of default and pursuant otherwise to the terms of the contract, the mortgages that constitute such security shall become the absolute property of the corporation.
(b) Obligations of the Corporation

 


 

For the purposes of this section, the corporation is authorized to issue, upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, and have outstanding at any one time obligations having such maturities and bearing such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the corporation with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, to be redeemable at the option of the corporation before maturity in such manner as may be stipulated in such obligations. The corporation shall insert appropriate language in all of its obligations issued under this subsection clearly indicating that such obligations, together with the interest thereon, are not guaranteed by the United States and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof other than the corporation. The corporation is authorized to purchase in the open market any of its obligations outstanding under this subsection at any time and at any price.
(c) Purchase of obligations by Treasury; conditions and restrictions
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized in the Secretary’s discretion to purchase any obligations issued pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, as now or hereafter in force, and for such purpose the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds of the sale of any securities hereafter issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of title 31 are extended to include such purchases. The Secretary of the Treasury shall not at any time purchase any obligations under this subsection if such purchase would increase the aggregate principal amount of the Secretary’s then outstanding holdings of such obligations under this subsection to an amount greater than $2,250,000,000. Each purchase of obligations by the Secretary of the Treasury under this subsection shall be upon such terms and conditions as to yield a return at a rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the current average rate on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States as of the last day of the month preceding the making of such purchase. The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, sell, upon such terms and conditions and at such price or prices as the Secretary shall determine, any of the obligations acquired by the Secretary under this subsection. All redemptions, purchases, and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of such obligations under this subsection shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States.
(d) Mortgage-backed securities; issuance; maturities; rates of interest; exempt securities; adequacy of mortgages to permit principal and interest payments; statement in securities
To provide a greater degree of liquidity to the mortgage investment market and an additional means of financing its operations under this section, the corporation is authorized to set aside any mortgages held by it under this section, and, upon approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, to issue and sell securities based upon the mortgages so set aside. Securities issued under this subsection may be in the form of debt obligations or trust certificates of beneficial interest, or both. Securities issued under this subsection shall have such maturities and bear such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the corporation with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury. Securities issued by the corporation under this subsection shall, to the same extent as securities which are direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, be deemed to be exempt securities within the meaning of laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Mortgages set aside pursuant to this subsection shall at all times be adequate to enable the corporation to make timely principal and interest payments on the securities issued and sold pursuant to this subsection. The corporation shall insert appropriate language in all of the securities issued under this subsection clearly indicating that such securities, together with the interest thereon, are not guaranteed by the United States and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof other than the corporation.
(e) Subordinated or convertible obligations; issuance; maturities; rate of interest; redemption; exempt securities; debt or obligation of United States; purchases in open market For the purposes of this section, the corporation is authorized to issue, upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, obligations which are subordinated to any or all other obligations of the corporation, including subsequent obligations. The obligations issued under this subsection shall have such maturities and bear such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the corporation with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury and may be made redeemable at the option of the corporation before maturity in such manner as may be stipulated in such obligations. Any of such obligations may be made convertible

 


 

into shares of common stock in such manner, at such price or prices, and at such time or times as may be stipulated therein. Obligations issued by the corporation under this subsection shall, to the same extent as securities which are direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States, be deemed to be exempt securities within the meaning of laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The corporation shall insert appropriate language in all of its obligations issued under this subsection clearly indicating that such obligations, together with the interest thereon, are not guaranteed by the United States and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any agency or instrumentality thereof other than the corporation. The corporation is authorized to purchase in the open market any of its obligations outstanding under this subsection at any time and at any price.
(f) Prohibition on assessment or collection of fee or charge by United States
Except for fees paid pursuant to section 1723a(g) of this title and assessments pursuant to section 4516 of this title, no fee or charge may be assessed or collected by the United States (including any executive department, agency, or independent establishment of the United States) on or with regard to the purchase, acquisition, sale, pledge, issuance, guarantee, or redemption of any mortgage, asset, obligation, trust certificate of beneficial interest, or other security by the corporation. No provision of this subsection shall affect the purchase of any obligation by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to subsection (c) of this section.
(g) Temporary Authority of Treasury to Purchase Obligations and Securities; Conditions—
     (1) AUTHORITY TO PURCHASE—
          (A) GENERAL AUTHORITY—In addition to the authority under subsection (c) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to purchase any obligations and other securities issued by the corporation under any section of this Act, on such terms and conditions as the Secretary may determine and in such amounts as the Secretary may determine. Nothing in this subsection requires the corporation to issue obligations or securities to the Secretary without mutual agreement between the Secretary and the corporation. Nothing in this subsection permits or authorizes the Secretary, without the agreement of the corporation, to engage in open market purchases of the common securities of the corporation.
          (B) EMERGENCY DETERMINATION REQUIRED—In connection with any use of this authority, the Secretary must determine that such actions are necessary to—
               (i) provide stability to the financial markets,
               (ii) prevent disruptions in the availability of mortgage finance; and
               (iii) protect the taxpayer.
          (C) CONSIDERATIONS—To protect the taxpayers, the Secretary of the Treasury shall take into consideration the following in connection with exercising the authority contained in this paragraph:
               (i) the need for preferences or priorities regarding payments to the Government.
               (ii) Limits on maturity or disposition of obligations or securities to be purchased.

 


 

               (iii) The corporation’s plan for the orderly resumption of private market funding or capital market access.
               (iv) The probability of the corporation fulfilling the terms of any such obligation or other security, including repayment.
               (v) The need to maintain the corporation’s status as a private shareholder-owned company.
               (vi) Restrictions on the use of corporation resources, including limitations on the payment of dividends and executive compensation and any other terms and conditions as appropriate for these purposes.
          (D) REPORTS TO CONGRESS—Upon exercise of this authority, the Secretary shall report to the Committees on the Budget, Financial Services and Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committees on the Budget, Finance, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate as to the necessity for the purchase and the determinations made by the Secretary under subparagraph (B) and with respect to the considerations required under subparagraph (C), and the size, terms, and probability of repayment or fulfillment of other terms of such purchase.
     (2) RIGHTS; SALE OF OBLIGATIONS AND SECURITIES—
          (A) EXERCISE OF RIGHTS—The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, exercise any rights received in connection with such purchases.
          (B) SALE OF OBLIGATION AND SECURITIES—The Secretary of the Treasury may, at any time, subject to the terms of the security or otherwise upon terms and conditions and at prices determined by the Secretary, sell any obligation or security acquired by the Secretary under this subsection. ,
(C) APPLICATION OF SUNSET TO PURCHASED OBLIGATIONS OR SECURITIES—The authority of the Secretary of the Treasury to hold, exercise any rights received in connection with, or sell, any obligations or securities purchased is not subject to the provisions of paragraph (4).
(3) FUNDING—For the purpose of the authorities granted in this subsection, the Secretary of the Treasury may use the proceeds of the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of Title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of Title 31 are extended to include such purchases and the exercise of any rights in connection with such purchases. Any funds expended for the purchase of, or modifications to, obligations and securities, or the exercise of any rights received in connection with such purchases under this subsection shall be deemed appropriated at the time of such purchase, modification, or exercise.
(4) TERMINATION OF AUTHORITY—The authority under this subsection (g), with the exception of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection, shall expire December 31, 2009.
(5) AUTHORITY OF THE DIRECTOR WITH RESPECT TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION—The Director shall have the power to approve, disapprove, or modify the executive compensation of the corporation, as defined under Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R. 229.
Section 1720. Repealed {Section 305}
Section 1721. Management and liquidation functions of Government National Mortgage Association {Section 306}
(a) Separate accountability of assets and liabilities
To carry out the purposes set forth in paragraph (c) of section 1716 of this title, the Association is authorized and directed, as of the close of the cutoff date determined by the Association pursuant to section 1718(d) of this title, to establish separate accountability for all of its assets and liabilities (exclusive of capital, surplus, surplus reserves, and undistributed earnings to be evidenced by preferred stock as provided in section 1718(d) of this title, but inclusive of all rights and obligations under any outstanding contracts), and to maintain such separate accountability for the management and orderly liquidation of such assets and liabilities as provided in this section.
(b) Issuance of obligations to expedite substitution of private financing
For the purposes of this section and to assure that, to the maximum extent, and as rapidly as possible, private financing will be substituted for Treasury borrowings otherwise required to carry mortgages held under the aforesaid separate accountability, the Association is authorized to issue, upon the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, and have outstanding at any one time obligations having such maturities and bearing such rate or rates of interest as may be determined by the Association with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, to be redeemable at the option of the Association before maturity in such manner as may be stipulated in such obligations; but in no event shall any such obligations be issued if, at the time of such proposed issuance, and as a consequence thereof, the resulting aggregate amount of its outstanding obligations under this subsection would exceed the amount of the Association’s ownership under the aforesaid separate accountability, free from any liens or encumbrances, of cash, mortgages, and obligations of the United States or guaranteed hereby, or obligations, participations, or other instruments which re lawful investments for fiduciary, trust or public funds. The proceeds of any private financing effected under this subsection shall be paid to the Secretary of the Treasury in reduction of the indebtedness of the Association to the Secretary of the Treasury under the aforesaid separate accountability. The Association shall insert appropriate language in all of its obligations issued under this subsection clearly indicating that such obligations, together with the interest thereon, are not guaranteed by the United States and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any agency or instrumentality thereof other than the Association. The Association is authorized to purchase in the open market any of its obligations outstanding under this subsection at any time and at any price.

 


 

(c) Cutoff date as controlling purchases; total amount of mortgages and commitments
No mortgage shall be purchased by the Association in its operations under this section except pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of a contract or commitment to purchase the same made prior to the cutoff date provided for in section 1718(d) of this title, which contract or commitment became a part of the aforesaid separate accountability, and the total amount of mortgages and commitments held by the Association under this section shall not, in any event, exceed $3,350,000,000: Provided, that such maximum amount shall be progressively reduced by the amount of cash realizations on account of principal of mortgages held under the aforesaid separate accountability and by cancellation of any commitments to purchase mortgages thereunder, as reflected by the books of the Association, with the objective that the entire aforesaid maximum amount shall be eliminated with the orderly liquidation of all mortgages held under the aforesaid separate accountability: And provided further, That nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Association from granting such usual and customary increases in the amounts of outstanding commitments (resulting from increased costs or otherwise) as have theretofore been covered by like increases in commitments granted by the agencies of the Federal Government insuring or guaranteeing the mortgages. There shall be excluded from the total amounts set forth in this subsection the amounts of any mortgages which, subsequent to May 31, 1954, are transferred by law to the Association and held under the aforesaid separate accountability.
(d) Issuance of obligations sufficient to carry out functions; character; purchase
The Association may issue to the Secretary of the Treasury its obligations in an amount outstanding at any one time sufficient to enable the Association to carry out its functions under this section, such obligations to mature not more than five years from their respective dates of issue, to be redeemable at the option of the Association before maturity in such manner as may be stipulated in such obligations. Each such obligation shall bear interest at a rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the current average rate on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States as of the last day of the month preceding the issuance of the obligation of the Association. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to purchase any obligations of the Association to be issued under this section, and for such purpose the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds from the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under chapter 31 of title 31 are extended to include any purchases of the Association’s obligations hereunder.
(e) Acquisition of mortgages offered by Secretary of Housing and Urban Development
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Association is authorized, under the aforesaid separate accountability, to make commitments to purchase, and to purchase, service, or sell any obligations offered to it by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, or any mortgages covering residential property offered to it by any Federal instrumentality, or the head thereof. These shall be excluded from the total amounts set forth in subsection (c) of this section the amounts of any obligations or mortgages purchased by the Association pursuant to this subsection.
(f) Transfer of funds
Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this chapter or of any other law, an amount equal to the net decrease for the preceding fiscal year in the aggregate principal amount of all mortgages owned by the Association under this section shall, as of July 1 of each of the years 1961 through 1964, be transferred to and merged with the authority provided under section 1720(a) of this title, and the amount of such authority as specified in section 1720(c) of this title shall be increased by any amounts so transferred.
(g) Guarantee of principal and interest on trust certificates and other securities; fees and charges; subrogation; contract for extinguishment of right, title, or interest in mortgages; protection of interests; full faith and credit; commitments limited; limitation on fees or charges

 


 

  (1)   The Association is authorized, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, to guarantee the timely payment of principal of and interest on such trust certificates or other securities as shall (i) be issued by the corporation under section 1719(d) of this title, or by any other issuer approved for the purposes of this subsection by the Association, and (ii) be based on and backed by a trust or pool composed of mortgages which are insured under this chapter or title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.), or which are insured or guaranteed under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944 or chapter 37 of title 38, or which are guaranteed under title XIII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300e et seq.); or guaranteed under section 1715z-13a of this title. The Association shall collect from the issuer a reasonable fee for any guaranty under this subsection and shall make such charges as it may determine to be reasonable for the analysis of any trust or other security arrangement proposed by the issuer. In the event the issuer is unable to make any payment of principal of or interest on any security guaranteed under this subsection, the Association shall make such payment as and when due in cash, and thereupon shall be subrogated fully to the rights satisfied by such payment. In any case in which (I) Federal law requires the reduction of the interest rate on any mortgage backing a security guaranteed under this subsection, (II) the mortgagor under the mortgage is a person in the military service, and (III) the issuer of such security fails to receive from the mortgagor the full amount of interest payment due, the Association may make payments of interest on the security in amounts not exceeding the difference between the amount payable under the interest rate on the mortgage and the amount of interest actually paid by the mortgagor. The Association is hereby empowered, in connection with any guaranty under this subsection, whether before or after any default, to provide by contract with the issuer for the extinguishment, upon default by the issuer, of any redemption, equitable, legal, or other right, title, or interest of the issuer in any mortgage or mortgages constituting the trust or pool against which the guaranteed securities are issued; and with respect to any issue of guaranteed securities, in the event of default and pursuant otherwise to the terms of the contract, the mortgages that constitute such trust or pool shall become the absolute property of the Association subject only to the unsatisfied rights of the holders of the securities based on and backed by such trust or pool. No State or local law, and no Federal law (except Federal law enacted expressly in limitation of this subsection after October 8, 1980), shall preclude or limit the exercise by the Association of (A) its power to contract with the issuer on the terms stated in the preceding sentence, (B) its rights to enforce any such contract with the issuer, or (C) its ownership rights, as provided in the preceding sentence, in the mortgages constituting the trust or pool against which the guaranteed securities are issued. The full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the payment of all amounts which may be required to be paid under any guaranty under this subsection. There shall be excluded from the total amounts set forth in subsection (c) of this section the amounts of any mortgages acquired by the Association as a result of its operations under this subsection.
 
  (2)   Notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject only to the absence of qualified requests for guarantees, to the authority provided in this subsection, and to the extent of or in such amounts as any funding limitation approved in appropriation Acts, the Association shall enter into commitments to issue guarantees under this subsection in an aggregate amount of $110,000,000,000 during fiscal year 1996. There are authorized to be appropriated to cover the costs (as such term is defined in section 661a of title 2) of guarantees issued under this chapter by the Association such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 1996.
 
  (3)  
(A)     No fee or charge in excess of 6 basis points may be assessed or collected by the United States (including any executive department, agency, or independent establishment of the United States) on or with regard to any guaranty of the timely payment of principal or interest on securities or notes based on or backed by mortgages that are secured by 1- to 4-family dwellings and (i) insured by the Federal Housing Administration under subchapter II of this chapter; or (ii) insured or guaranteed under the Serviceman’s Readjustment Act of 1944, chapter 37 of title 38, or title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.).

 


 

  (B)   The fees charged for the guaranty of securities or on notes based on or backed by mortgages not referred to in subparagraph (A), as authorized by other provisions of law, shall be set by the Association at a level not more than necessary to create reserves sufficient to meet anticipated claims based upon actuarial analysis, and for no other purpose.
 
  (C)   Fees or charges for the issuance of commitments or miscellaneous administrative fees of the Association shall not be on a competitive auction basis and shall remain at the level set for such fees or charges as of September 1, 1985, except that such fees or charges may be increased if reasonably related to the cost of administering the program, and for no other purpose.
 
  (D)   Not less than 90 days before increasing any fee or charge under subparagraph (B) or (C), the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a certification that such increase is solely for the purpose specified in such subparagraph.
 
  (E)    
  (i)   Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) through (D), fees charged for the guarantee of, or commitment to guarantee, multiclass securities backed by a trust or pool of securities or notes guaranteed by the Association under this subsection, and other related fees shall be charged by the Association in an amount the Association deems appropriate. The Association shall take such action as may be necessary to reasonably assure that such portion of the benefit, resulting from the Association’s multiclass securities program, as the Association determines is appropriate accrues to mortgagors who execute eligible mortgages after August 10, 1993.
 
  (ii)   The Association shall provide for the initial implementation of the program for which fees are charged under the first sentence of clause (i) by notice published in the Federal Register. The notice shall be effective upon publication and shall provide an opportunity for public comment. Not later than 12 months after publication of the notice, the Association shall issue regulations for such program based on the notice, comments received, and the experience of the Association in carrying out the program during such period.
 
  (iii)   The Association shall consult with persons or entities in such manner as the Association deems appropriate to ensure the efficient commencement and operation of the multiclass securities program.
 
  (iv)   No State or local law, and no Federal law (except Federal law enacted expressly in limitation of this clause after August 10, 1993) shall preclude or limit the exercise by the Association of its power to contract with persons or entities, and its rights to enforce such contracts, for the purpose of ensuring the efficient commencement and continued operation of the multiclass securities program.
Section 1722. Benefits and burdens incident to administration of functions and operations under sections 1720 and 1721 {Section 307}
All of the benefits and burdens incident to the administration of the functions and operations of the Association under sections 1720 and 1721, respectively, of this title, after allowance for related obligations of the Association, its prorated expenses, and the like, including amounts required for the establishment of such reserves as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall deem appropriate, shall inure solely to the Secretary of the Treasury, and such related earnings or other amounts as become available shall be paid annually by the Association to the Secretary of the Treasury for covering into miscellaneous receipts.
Section 1723. Management {Section 308}
(a) Government National Mortgage Association
All the powers and duties of the Government National Mortgage Association shall be vested in the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the Association shall be administered under the

 


 

direction of the Secretary. Within the limitations of law, the Secretary shall determine the general policies which shall govern the operations of the Association, and shall have power to adopt, amend, and repeal bylaws governing the performance of the powers and duties granted to or imposed upon it by law. There is hereby established in the Department of Housing and Urban Development the position of President, Government National Mortgage Association, who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Secretary shall select and effect the appointment of qualified persons to fill the offices of vice president, and such other offices as may be provided for in the bylaws. Persons appointed under the preceding sentence shall perform such executive functions, powers, and duties as may be prescribed by the bylaws or by the Secretary, and such persons shall be executive officers of the Association and shall discharge all such executive functions, powers, and duties.
(b) Federal National Mortgage Association
The Federal National Mortgage Association shall have a board of directors, which shall consist of 13 persons, or such other number that the Director determines appropriate, who shall be elected annually by the common stockholders. Except to the extent that action under section 1377 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 temporarily results in a lesser number, the board shall at all times have as members at least one person from the homebuilding industry, at least one person from the mortgage lending industry, at least one person from the real estate industry, and at least one person from an organization that has represented consumer or community interests for not less than 2 years or one person who has demonstrated a career commitment to the provision of housing for low-income households. Each member of the board of directors shall be elected for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting of the stockholders. Any seat on the board which becomes vacant after the annual election of the directors shall be filled by the board, but only for the unexpired portion of the term. Within the limitations of law and regulation, the board shall determine the general policies which shall govern the operations of the corporation, and shall have power to adopt, amend, and repeal bylaws governing the performance of the powers and duties granted to or imposed upon it by law. The board of directors shall select and effect the appointment of qualified persons to fill the offices of president and vice president, and such other offices as may be provided for in the bylaws. Any member of the board who is a full-time officer or employee of the Federal Government shall not, as such member, receive compensation for his services.
Section 1723a. General powers of Government National Mortgage Association and Federal National Mortgage Association {Section 309}
(a) Seal, and other matters incident to operation
Each of the bodies corporate named in section 1717(a)(2) of this title shall have power to adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal, which shall be judicially noticed; to enter into and perform contracts, leases, cooperative agreements, or other transactions, on such terms as it may deem appropriate, with any agency or instrumentality of the United States, or with any State, Territory, or possession, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, or with any political subdivision thereof, or with any person, firm, association, or corporation; to execute, in accordance with its bylaws, all instruments necessary or appropriate in the exercise of any of its powers; in its corporate name, to sue and to be sued, and to complain and to defend, in any court of competent jurisdiction, State or Federal, but no attachment, injunction, or other similar process, mesne or final, shall be issued against the property of the Association or against the Association with respect to its property; to conduct its business without regard to any qualification or similar statute in any State of the United States, including the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Territories and possessions of the United States; to lease, purchase, or acquire any property, real, personal, or mixed, or any interest therein, to hold, rent, maintain, modernize, renovate, improve, use, and operate such property, and to sell, for cash or credit, lease, or otherwise dispose of the same, at such time and in such manner as and to the extent that it may deem necessary or appropriate; to prescribe, repeal, and amend or modify, rules, regulations, or requirements governing the manner in which its general business may be conducted; to accept gifts or donations of services, or of property, real, personal, or mixed, tangible, or

 


 

intangible, in aid of any of its purposes; and to do all things as are necessary or incidental to the proper management of its affairs and the proper conduct of its business.
(b) Determination with respect to obligations and expenditures
Except as may be otherwise provided in this subchapter, in chapter 91 of title 31, or in other laws specifically applicable to Government corporations, the Association shall determine the necessity for and the character and amount of its obligations and expenditures and the manner in which they shall be incurred, allowed, paid, and accounted for.
(c) Exemption from taxation
  (1)   The Association, including its franchise, capital, reserves, surplus, mortgages or other security holdings, and income shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by the United States, by any territory, dependency, or possession thereof, or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority, except that any real property of the Association shall be subject to State, territorial, county, municipal, or local taxation to the same extent according to its value as other real property is taxed.
 
  (2)   The corporation, including its franchise, capital, reserves, surplus, mortgages or other security holdings, and income, shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by any State, territory, possession, Commonwealth, or dependency of the United States, or by the District of Columbia, or by any county, municipality, or local taxing authority, except that any real property of the corporation shall be subject to State, territorial, county, municipal, or local taxation to the same extent as other real property is taxed.
(d) Appointment and compensation of personnel; use of services of other agencies
  (1)   Subject to the provisions of section 1723(a) of this title, the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development shall have power to select and appoint or employ such officers, attorneys, employees, and agents of the Association, to vest them with such powers and duties, and to fix and to cause the Association to pay such compensation to them for their services, as he may determine, subject to the civil service and classification laws. With the consent of any Government corporation or Federal Reserve bank, or of any board, commission, independent establishment, or executive department of the Government, the Association may avail itself on a reimbursable basis of the use of information, services, facilities, officers, and employees thereof, including any field service thereof, in carrying out the provisions of the subchapter.
 
  (2)   The board of directors of the corporation shall have the power to select and appoint or employ such officers, attorneys, employees, and agents, to vest them with such powers and duties, and to fix and to cause the corporation to pay such compensation to them for their services, as the board of directors determines reasonable and comparable with compensation for employment in other similar businesses (including other publicly held financial institutions or major financial services companies) involving similar duties and responsibilities, except that a significant portion of potential compensation of all executive officers (as such term is defined in paragraph (3)(C)) of the corporation shall be based on the performance of the corporation; and any such action shall be without regard to the Federal civil service and classification laws. Appointments, promotions, and separations so made shall be based on merit and efficiency, and no political tests or qualifications shall be permitted or given consideration. Each officer and employee of the corporation who is employed by the corporation prior to January 31, 1972, and who on the day previous to the beginning of such employment will have been subject to the civil service retirement law (subch. III of ch. 83 of title 5) shall, so long as the employment of such officer or employee by the corporation continues without a break in continuity of service, continue to be subject to such law; and for the purpose of such law the employment of such officer or employee by the corporation without a break in continuity of service shall be deemed to be employment by the Government of the United States. The corporation shall contribute to

 


 

      the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund a sum as provided by section 8334(a) of title 5, except that such sum shall be determined by applying to the total basic pay (as defined in section 8331(3) of title 5 and except as hereinafter provided) paid to the employees of the corporation who are covered by the civil service retirement law, the per centum rate determined annually by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management to be the excess of the total normal cost per centum rate of the civil service retirement system over the employee deduction rate specified in section 8334(a) of title 5. The corporation shall also pay into the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund such portion of the cost of administration of the fund as is determined by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management to be attributable to its employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, there shall not be considered for the purposes of the civil service retirement law that portion of the basic pay in any one year of any officer or employee of the corporation which exceeds the basic pay provided for positions listed in section 5312 of title 5 on the last day of such year: Provided, That with respect to any person whose employment is made subject to the civil service retirement law by section 806 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974, there shall not be considered for the purposes of such law that portion of the basic pay of such person in any one year which exceeds the basic pay provided for positions listed in section 5316 of such title 5 on the last day of such year. Except as provided in this subsection, the corporation shall not be subject to the provisions of title 5.
(3)(A)     Not later than June 30, 1993, and annually thereafter, the corporation shall submit a report to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate on (i) the comparability of the compensation policies of the corporation with the compensation policies of other similar businesses, (ii) in the aggregate, the percentage of total cash compensation and payments under employee benefit plans (which shall be defined in a manner consistent with the corporation’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders for the preceding year) earned by executive officers of the corporation during the preceding year that was based on the corporation’s performance, and (iii) the comparability of the corporation’s financial performance with the performance of other similar businesses. The report shall include a copy of the corporation’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders for the preceding year.
  (B)   Notwithstanding the first sentence of paragraph (2), after October 28, 1992, the corporation may not enter into any agreement or contract to provide any payment of money or other thing of current or potential value in connection with the termination of employment of any executive officer of the corporation, unless such agreement or contract is approved in advance by the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. The Director may not approve any such agreement or contract unless the Director determines that the benefits provided under the agreement or contract are comparable to benefits under such agreements for officers of other public and private entities involved in financial services and housing interests who have comparable duties and responsibilities. For purposes of this subparagraph, any renegotiation, amendment, or change after October 28, 1992, to any such agreement or contract entered into on or before October 28, 1992, shall be considered entering into an agreement or contract.
  (C)   For purposes of this paragraph, the term “executive officer’’ has the meaning given the term in section 1303 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4502).
(4)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the corporation shall not transfer, disburse, or pay compensation to any executive officer, or enter into an agreement with such executive officer, without the approval of the Director, for matters being reviewed under section 1318 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4518).
(e) Prohibition against use of names; injunction; damages
No individual, association, partnership, or corporation, except the bodies corporate named in section 1717(a)(2) of this title, shall hereafter use the words “Federal National Mortgage Association,’’ “Government National Mortgage Association,’’ or any combination of such words, as the name or a part

 


 

thereof under which the individual, association, partnership, or corporation shall do business. Violations of the foregoing sentence may be enjoined by any court of general jurisdiction at the suit of the proper body corporate. In any such suit, the plaintiff may recover any actual damages flowing from such violation, and, in addition, shall be entitled to punitive damages (regardless of the existence or nonexistence of actual damages) of not exceeding $100 for each day during which such violation is committed or repeated.
(f) Preparation of forms of obligations and certificates
In order that the Association may be supplied with such forms of obligations or certificates as it may need for issuance under this subchapter, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized, upon request of the Association, to prepare such forms as shall be suitable and approved by the Association, to be held in the Treasury subject to delivery, upon order of the Association. The engraved plates, dies, bed pieces, and other material executed in connection therewith shall remain in the custody of the Secretary of the Treasury. The Association shall reimburse the Secretary of the Treasury for any expenses incurred in the preparation, custody, and delivery of such forms.
(g) Depositaries, custodians, and fiscal agents
The Federal Reserve banks are authorized and directed to act as depositaries, custodians, and fiscal agents for each of the bodies corporate named in section 1717(a)(2) of this title, for its own account or as fiduciary, and such banks shall be reimbursed for such services in such manner as may be agreed upon; and each of such bodies corporate may itself act in such capacities, for its own account or as fiduciary, and for the account of others.
(h) Repealed.
(i) Repealed.
(j) Audit; access to books, etc.; report of audit
  (1)   The programs, activities, receipts, expenditures, and financial transactions of the corporation shall be subject to audit by the Comptroller General of the United States under such rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General. The representatives of the General Accounting Office shall have access to such books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, and such other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by the corporation and necessary to facilitate the audit, and they shall be afforded full facilities for verifying transactions with the balances or securities held by depositories, fiscal agents, and custodians. A report on each such audit shall be made by the Comptroller General to the Congress. The corporation shall reimburse the General Accounting Office for the full cost of any such audit as billed therefor by the Comptroller General.
 
  (2)   To carry out this subsection, the representatives of the General Accounting Office shall have access, upon request to the corporation or any auditor for an audit of the corporation under subsection (l) of this section, to any books, accounts, financial records, reports, files, or other papers, things, or property belonging to or in use by the corporation and used in any such audit and to any papers, records, files, and reports of the auditor used in such an audit.
(k) Financial reports; submission to Director; contents
  (1)   The corporation shall submit to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency annual and quarterly reports of the financial condition and operations of the corporation which shall be in such form, contain such information, and be submitted on such dates as the Director shall require.
 
  (2)   Each such annual report shall include -
  (A)   financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 


 

  (B)   any supplemental information or alternative presentation that the Director may require; and
 
  (C)   an assessment (as of the end of the corporation’s most recent fiscal year), signed by the chief executive officer and chief accounting or financial officer of the corporation, of —
  (i)   the effectiveness of the internal control structure and procedures of the corporation; and
 
  (ii)   the compliance of the corporation with designated safety and soundness laws.
  (3)   The corporation shall also submit to the Director any other reports required by the Director pursuant to section 1314 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4514).
 
  (4)   Each report of financial condition shall contain a declaration by the president, vice president, treasurer, or any other officer designated by the board of directors of the corporation to make such declaration, that the report is true and correct to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief.
(l) Independent audits of financial statements
  (1)   The corporation shall have an annual independent audit made of its financial statements by an independent public accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
 
  (2)   In conducting an audit under this subsection, the independent public accountant shall determine and report on whether the financial statements of the corporation (A) are presented fairly in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and (B) to the extent determined necessary by the Director, comply with any disclosure requirements imposed under subsection (k)(2)(B) of this section.
(m) Mortgage data collection and reporting requirements
  (1)   The corporation shall collect, maintain, and provide to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, in a form determined by the Director, data relating to its mortgages on housing consisting of 1 to 4 dwelling units. Such data shall include —
  (A)   the income, census tract location, race, and gender of mortgagors under such mortgages;
 
  (B)   the loan-to-value ratios of purchased mortgages at the time of origination;
 
  (C)   whether a particular mortgage purchased is newly originated or seasoned;
 
  (D)   the number of units in the housing subject to the mortgage and whether the units are owner-occupied; and
 
  (E)   any other characteristics that the Secretary considers appropriate, to the extent practicable.
  (2)   The corporation shall collect, maintain, and provide to the Director of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, in a form determined by the Director, data relating to its mortgages on housing consisting of more than 4 dwelling units. Such data shall include —
  (A)   census tract location of the housing;
 
  (B)   income levels and characteristics of tenants of the housing (to the extent practicable);
 
  (C)   rent levels for units in the housing;
 
  (D)   mortgage characteristics (such as the number of units financed per mortgage and the amount of loans);
 
  (E)   mortgagor characteristics (such as nonprofit, for-profit, limited equity cooperatives);
 
  (F)   use of funds (such as new construction, rehabilitation, refinancing);
 
  (G)   type of originating institution; and
 
  (H)   any other information that the Secretary considers appropriate, to the extent practicable.
  (3)  
(A)     Except as provided in subparagraph (B), this subsection shall apply only to mortgages purchased by the corporation after December 31, 1992.

 


 

  (B)   This subsection shall apply to any mortgage purchased by the corporation after the date determined under subparagraph (A) if the mortgage was originated before such date, but only to the extent that the data referred in paragraph (1) or (2), as applicable, is available to the corporation.
(n) Report on housing activities; contents; public disclosure
  (1)   The corporation shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and the Secretary a report on its activities under subpart B of part 2 of subtitle A of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4561 et seq.).
 
  (2)   The report under this subsection shall -
  (A)   include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, statements of the dollar volume and number of mortgages on owner-occupied and rental properties purchased which relate to each of the annual housing goals established under such subpart;
 
  (B)   include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, statements of the number of families served by the corporation, the income class, race, and gender of homebuyers served, the income class of tenants of rental housing (to the extent such information is available), the characteristics of the census tracts, and the geographic distribution of the housing financed;
 
  (C)   include a statement of the extent to which the mortgages purchased by the corporation have been used in conjunction with public subsidy programs under Federal law;
 
  (D)   include statements of the proportion of mortgages on housing consisting of 1 to 4 dwelling units purchased by the corporation that have been made to first-time homebuyers, as soon as providing such data is practicable, and identifying any special programs (or revisions to conventional practices) facilitating homeownership opportunities for first-time homebuyers;
 
  (E)   include, in aggregate form and by appropriate category, the data provided to the Secretary under subsection (m)(1)(B) of this section;
 
  (F)   compare the level of securitization versus portfolio activity;
 
  (G)   assess underwriting standards, business practices, repurchase requirements, pricing, fees, and procedures, that affect the purchase of mortgages for low- and moderate-income families, or that may yield disparate results based on the race of the borrower, including revisions thereto to promote affordable housing or fair lending;
 
  (H)   describe trends in both the primary and secondary multifamily housing mortgage markets, including a description of the progress made, and any factors impeding progress toward standardization and securitization of mortgage products for multifamily housing;
 
  (I)   describe trends in the delinquency and default rates of mortgages secured by housing for low- and moderate-income families that have been purchased by the corporation, including a comparison of such trends with delinquency and default information for mortgage products serving households with incomes above the median level that have been purchased by the corporation, and evaluate the impact of such trends on the standards and levels of risk of mortgage products serving low- and moderate-income families;
 
  (J)   describe in the aggregate the seller and servicer network of the corporation, including the volume of mortgages purchased from minority-owned, women-owned, and community-oriented lenders, and any efforts to facilitate relationships with such lenders;
 
  (K)   describe the activities undertaken by the corporation with nonprofit and for-profit organizations and with State and local governments and housing finance agencies, including how the corporation’s activities support the objectives of comprehensive housing affordability strategies under section 12705 of title 42; and

 


 

  (L)   include any other information that the Secretary considers appropriate.
  (3)  
(A)     The corporation shall make each report under this subsection available to the public at the principal and regional offices of the corporation.
  (B)   Before making a report under this subsection available to the public, the corporation may exclude from the report information that the Secretary has determined is proprietary information under section 1326 of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C. 4546).
(o) Affordable Housing Advisory Council
  (1)   Not later than 4 months after October 28, 1992, the corporation shall appoint an Affordable Housing Advisory Council to advise the corporation regarding possible methods for promoting affordable housing for low- and moderate-income families.
 
  (2)   The Affordable Housing Advisory Council shall consist of 15 individuals, who shall include representatives of community-based and other nonprofit and for-profit organizations and State and local government agencies actively engaged in the promotion, development, or financing of housing for low- and moderate-income families.
Section 1723b. Investment of funds {Section 310}
Moneys of the Association not invested in mortgages or other security holdings or in operating facilities shall be kept in cash on hand or on deposit, or invested in obligations of the United States or guaranteed thereby, or in obligations, participations, or other instruments which are lawful investments for fiduciary, trust, or public funds.
Section 1723c. Obligations, participations, or other instruments as lawful investments; acceptance as security; exempt securities {Section 311}
All obligations, participations, or other instruments issued by either of the bodies corporate named in section 1717(a)(2) of this title shall be lawful investments, and may be accepted as security for all fiduciary, trust, and public funds, the investment or deposit of which shall be under the authority and control of the United States or any officer or officers thereof. All stock, obligations, securities, participations, or other instruments issued pursuant to this subchapter shall, to the same extent as securities which are direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States, be deemed to be exempt securities within the meaning of laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Section 1723d. Transfer of certain functions to Association {Section 312}
The functions of the Housing and Home Finance Administrator (including the function of making payments to the Secretary of the Treasury) under section 2 of Reorganization Plan Numbered 22 of 1950, together with the notes and capital stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association held by said Administrator thereunder, are transferred to the Federal National Mortgage Association.
Section 1723e. Repealed {Section 313}
Section 1723f. Repealed {Section 314}
Section 1723g. Repealed {Section 315}
Section 1723h. Repealed {Section 316}
Section 1723i. Civil money penalties against issuers {Section 317}
(a) In general

 


 

  (1)   Whenever an issuer or custodian approved under section 1721(g) of this title knowingly and materially violates any provisions of subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may impose a civil money penalty on the issuer or the custodian in accordance with the provisions of this section. The penalty shall be in addition to any other available civil remedy or any available criminal penalty and may be imposed whether or not the Secretary imposes other administrative sanctions.
 
  (2)   The amount of the penalty, as determined by the Secretary, may not exceed $5,000 for each violation, except that the maximum penalty for all violations by a particular issuer or custodian during any one-year period shall not exceed $1,000,000. Each violation of a provision of subsection (b)(1) of this section shall constitute a separate violation with respect to each pool of mortgages. In the case of a continuing violation, as determined by the Secretary, each day shall constitute a separate violation.
(b) Violations for which penalty may be imposed
  (1)   The violations by an issuer or a custodian for which the Secretary may impose a civil money penalty under subsection (a) of this section are the following:
  (A)   Failure to make timely payments of principal and interest to holders of securities guaranteed under section 1721(g) of this title.
 
  (B)   Failure to segregate cash flow from pooled mortgages or to deposit either principal and interest funds or escrow funds into special accounts with a depository institution whose accounts are insured by the National Credit Union Administration or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation through the Bank Insurance Fund for banks or through the Savings Association Insurance Fund for savings associations.
 
  (C)   Use of escrow funds for any purpose other than that for which they were received.
 
  (D)   Transfer of servicing for a pool of mortgages to an issuer not approved under this subchapter, unless expressly permitted by statute, regulation, or contract approved by the Secretary.
 
  (E)   Failure to maintain a minimum net worth in accordance with requirements prescribed by the Association;
 
  (F)   Failure to promptly notify the Association in writing of any changes that materially affect the business status of an issuer.
 
  (G)   Submission to the Association of false information in connection with any securities guaranteed, or mortgages pooled, under section 1721(g) of this title.
 
  (H)   Hiring, or retaining in employment, an officer, director, principal, or employee whose duties involve, directly or indirectly, programs administered by the Association while such person was under suspension or debarment by the Secretary.
 
  (I)   Submission to the Association of a false certification either on its own behalf or on behalf of another person or entity.
 
  (J)   Failure to comply with an agreement, certification, or condition of approval set forth on, or applicable to, the application for approval as an issuer of securities under section 1721(g) of this title.
 
  (K)   Violation of any provisions of this subchapter or any implementing regulation, handbook, or participant letter issued under authority of this subchapter.
  (2)   Before taking action to impose a civil money penalty for a violation under paragraph (1)(G) or paragraph (1)(I), the Secretary shall inform the Attorney General of the United States.
(c) Agency procedures
  (1)   The Secretary shall establish standards and procedures governing the imposition of civil money penalties under subsection (a) of this section. The standards and procedures —
  (A)   shall provide for the Secretary to make the determination to impose the penalty;
 
  (B)   shall provide for the imposition of a penalty only after an issuer or a custodian has been given notice of, and opportunity for, a hearing on the record; and

 


 

  (C)   may provide for review by the Secretary of any determination or order, or interlocutory ruling, arising from a hearing.
  (2)   If no hearing is requested within 15 days of receipt of a notice of opportunity for hearing, the imposition of a penalty shall constitute a final and unappealable determination. If the Secretary reviews the determination or order, the Secretary may affirm, modify, or reverse that determination or order. If the Secretary does not review the determination or order within 90 days of the issuance of the determination or order, the determination or order shall be final.
 
  (3)   In determining the amount of a penalty under subsection (a) of this section, consideration shall be given to such factors as the gravity of the offense, any history of prior offenses (including offenses occurring before December 15, 1989), ability to pay the penalty, injury to the public, benefits received, deterrence of future violations, and such other factors as the Secretary may determine by regulations.
 
  (4)   The Secretary’s determination or order imposing a penalty under subsection (a) of this section shall not be subject to review, except as provided in subsection (d) of this section.
(d) Judicial review of agency determination
  (1)   After exhausting all administrative remedies established by the Secretary under subsection (c)(1) of this section, an issuer or a custodian against which the Secretary has imposed a civil money penalty under subsection (a) of this section may obtain a review of the penalty and such ancillary issues as may be addressed in the notice provided under subsection (c)(1)(A) of this section in the appropriate court of appeals of the United States, by filing in such court, within 20 days after the entry of such order or determination, a written petition praying that the Secretary’s order or determination be modified or be set aside in whole or in part.
 
  (2)   A court shall not consider any objection that was not raised in the hearing conducted pursuant to subsection (c)(1) of this section unless a demonstration is made of extraordinary circumstances causing the failure to raise the objection. If any party demonstrates to the satisfaction of the court that additional evidence, which was not presented at such hearing, is material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to present such evidence at the hearing, the court shall remand the matter to the Secretary for consideration of such additional evidence.
 
  (3)   The decisions, findings, and determinations of the Secretary shall be reviewed pursuant to section 706 of title 5.
 
  (4)   Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the court shall have the power in any such review to order payment of the penalty imposed by the Secretary.
(e) Action to collect penalty
If any issuer or custodian fails to comply with the Secretary’s determination or order imposing a civil money penalty under subsection (a) of this section, after the determination or order is no longer subject to review as provided by subsections (c)(1) and (d) of this section, the Secretary may request the Attorney General of the United States to bring an action in an appropriate United States district court to obtain a monetary judgment against the issuer or custodian and such other relief as may be available. The monetary judgment may, in the discretion of the court, include any attorneys fees and other expenses incurred by the United States in connection with the action. In an action under this subsection, the validity and appropriateness of the Secretary’s determination or order imposing the penalty shall not be subject to review.
(f) Settlement by Secretary
The Secretary may compromise, modify, or remit any civil money penalty which may be, or has been, imposed under this section.
(g) “Knowingly’’ defined

 


 

The term “knowingly’’ means having actual knowledge of or acting with deliberate ignorance of or reckless disregard for the prohibitions under this section.
(h) Regulations
The Secretary shall issue such regulations as the Secretary deems appropriate to implement this section.
(i) Deposit of penalties
The Secretary shall deposit all civil money penalties collected under this section into moneys of the Association pursuant to section 1722 of this title.

 

Exhibit 4.7
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF TERMS OF
5.125% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES L
1. Designation, Par Value and Number of Shares.
     The designation of the series of preferred stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) created by his resolution shall be “5.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series L” (the “Series L Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares initially constituting the Series L Preferred Stock is 6,000,000*. Shares of Series L Preferred Stock will have no par value and a stated value and liquidation preference of $50 per share. The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion, may reduce the number of shares of Series L Preferred Stock, provided such reduction is not below the number of shares of Series L Preferred Stock then outstanding.
2. Dividends.
     (a) Holders of record of Series L Preferred Stock (each individually a “Holder”, or collectively the “Holders”) will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative quarterly cash dividends which will accrue from and including April 29, 2003 and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing June 30, 2003 at the annual rate of $2.5625 per share or 5.125% of the stated value and liquidation preference of $50 per share (without taking into account any adjustments referred to in clause (b) below). If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the related dividend (if declared) will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. A “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized by law to close. Dividends will be paid to Holders on the record date fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, which may not be earlier than 45 days or later than 10 days prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date. If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from and including April 29, 2003 to but excluding June 30, 2003, will be $0.4342 per share and will be payable on June 30, 2003 and, thereafter, if declared, quarterly dividends will be $0.6406 per share. After the initial dividend, the dividend period relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from and including the preceding Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the related Dividend Payment Date. If Fannie Mae redeems the Series L Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable. Dividends payable on the Series L Preferred Stock for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends per share payable at redemption will be rounded to the fourth digit after the decimal point. (If the fifth digit to the right of the decimal point is five or greater, the fourth digit will be rounded up by one.)
     (b) If, prior to October 29, 2004, one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), are enacted that eliminate or reduce the percentage of the dividends-received deduction applicable to the Series L Preferred Stock as specified in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision thereto (the “Dividends-Received Percentage”), certain adjustments may be made in respect of the dividends payable by Fannie Mae, and Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends (as such terms are defined below) may become payable, as described below.
     The amount of each dividend payable (if declared) per share of Series L Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after the effective date of such change in the Code will be adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2 (before adjustment) by a factor, which will be the number determined in accordance with the following formula (the “DRD
 
*   Plus up to 900,000 additional shares pursuant to the Underwriters’ overallotment option.

1


 

Formula”), and rounding the result to the nearest cent (with one-half cent rounded up):
         
 
  1-.35(1-.70)    
 
 
 
1-.35(1-DRP)
   
     For purposes of the DRD Formula, “DRP” means the Dividends-Received Percentage (expressed as a decimal) applicable to the dividend in question; provided, however, that if the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question shall be less than 50%, then the DRP shall equal .50. No amendment to the Code, other than a change in the percentage of the dividends-received deduction applicable to the Series L Preferred Stock as set forth in section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision thereto, will give rise to an adjustment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, Fannie Mae receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by Fannie Mae or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to the effect that such an amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on the Series L Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant to the DRD Formula with respect to such dividend. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon the legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to dividends herein will mean dividends as adjusted by the DRD Formula. Fannie Mae’s calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted shall be final and not subject to review.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such amendment to the Code is enacted after the dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared but before such dividend is paid, the amount of the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date will not be increased; instead, additional dividends (the “Post Declaration Date Dividends”), equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the product of the dividend paid by Fannie Mae on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage applicable to the dividend in question and .50) over (2) the dividend paid by Fannie Mae on such Dividend Payment Date, will be payable (if declared) to Holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date.
     If any such amendment to the Code is enacted and the reduction in the Dividends-Received Percentage retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which Fannie Mae previously paid dividends on the Series L Preferred Stock (each, an “Affected Dividend Payment Date”), Fannie Mae will pay (if declared) additional dividends (the “Retroactive Dividends”) to Holders on the record date applicable to the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date (or, if such amendment is enacted after the dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, to Holders on the record date applicable to the second succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment), in an amount equal to the excess of (1) the product of the dividend paid by Fannie Mae on each Affected Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the greater of the Dividends-Received Percentage and .50 applied to each Affected Dividend Payment Date) over (2) the sum of the dividend paid by Fannie Mae on each Affected Dividend Payment Date. Fannie Mae will only make one payment of Retroactive Dividends for any such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if, with respect to any such amendment, Fannie Mae receives either an unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by Fannie Mae or a private letter ruling or similar form of assurance from the IRS to the effect that such amendment does not apply to a dividend payable on an Affected Dividend Payment Date for the Series L Preferred Stock, then such amendment will not result in the payment of Retroactive Dividends with respect to such Affected Dividend Payment Date. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be based upon legislation amending or establishing the DRP or upon a published pronouncement of the IRS addressing such legislation.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment in the dividends payable by Fannie Mae shall be made, and no Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends shall be payable by Fannie Mae, in respect of the enactment of any amendment to the Code on or after October 29, 2004 that eliminates or reduces the Dividends-Received Percentage.

2


 

     In the event that the amount of dividends payable per share of Series L Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Post Declaration Date Dividends or Retroactive Dividends are to be paid, Fannie Mae will cause notice of each such adjustment and, if applicable, Post Declaration Date Dividends and Retroactive Dividends to be given as soon as practicable to the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock.
     (c) No dividend (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, the common stock of Fannie Mae or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, junior to the Series L Preferred Stock) may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or on any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series L Preferred Stock) unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered to be set apart) on the Series L Preferred Stock for the then-current quarterly dividend period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock in the event that dividends have not been declared or paid or set apart (or ordered to be set apart) on the Series L Preferred Stock in respect of any prior dividend period. If the full dividend on the Series L Preferred Stock is not paid for any quarterly dividend period, the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock will have no claim in respect of the unpaid amount so long as no dividend (other than those referred to above) is paid on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series L Preferred Stock) for such dividend period.
     (d) The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, may, in its discretion, choose to pay dividends on the Series L Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series L Preferred Stock).
     (e) No full dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with the Series L Preferred Stock for any period unless full dividends have been declared and paid or set apart for payment on the Series L Preferred Stock for the then current quarterly dividend period. When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series L Preferred Stock and all other classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, if any, ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with the Series L Preferred Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series L Preferred Stock and all such other stock of Fannie Mae will be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share of Series L Preferred Stock and all such other stock will in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per share of Series L Preferred Stock (including any adjustments in dividends payable due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage but without, in the case of any noncumulative preferred stock, accumulation of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods) and such other stock bear to each other.
     (f) No dividends may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of Series L Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears exist or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, prior to the Series L Preferred Stock.
     (g) Holders of Series L Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash or property, other than as herein provided and will not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, in respect of any dividend payment.
3. Optional Redemption.
     (a) The Series L Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to April 29, 2008. On or after that date, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and subject to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Fannie Mae may redeem the Series L Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50 per

3


 

share plus an amount equal to the amount of the dividend (whether or not declared) for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of such redemption, including any adjustments in dividends payable due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage but without accumulation of unpaid dividends on the Series L Preferred Stock for prior dividend periods. If less than all of the outstanding shares of Series L Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Fannie Mae will select the shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method that the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion deems equitable.
     (b) In the event Fannie Mae shall redeem any or all of the Series L Preferred Stock as aforesaid, Fannie Mae will give notice of any such redemption to Holders of Series L Preferred Stock not less than 30 days prior to the date fixed by the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or duly authorized committee thereof, for such redemption. Each such notice will state: (1) the number of shares of Series L Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all of the shares of Series L Preferred Stock held by a Holder are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed from such Holder; (2) the redemption price; (3) the redemption date; and (4) the place at which a Holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of Series L Preferred Stock must be presented upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any Holder of Series L Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other Holder of Series L Preferred Stock being redeemed.
     (c) Notice having been given as herein provided, from and after the redemption date, dividends on the Series L Preferred Stock called for redemption shall cease to accrue and such Series L Preferred Stock called for redemption will no longer be deemed outstanding, and all rights of the Holders thereof as registered holders of such shares of Series L Preferred Stock will cease. Upon surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificate(s) representing shares of Series L Preferred Stock so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by Fannie Mae at the redemption price aforesaid. Any shares of Series L Preferred Stock that shall at any time have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, be cancelled and not reissued. In case fewer than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without cost to the Holder thereof.
     (d) The Series L Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. In addition, Holders of Series L Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series L Preferred Stock.
4. Liquidation Rights.
     (a) Upon any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, after payment or provision for the liabilities of Fannie Mae and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the Holders of outstanding shares of the Series L Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive out of the assets of Fannie Mae or proceeds thereof available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution of assets is made to holders of Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, junior to the Series L Preferred Stock), the amount of $50 per share plus an amount equal to the dividend (whether or not declared) for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of such liquidation payment, including any adjustments in dividends payable due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage but without accumulation of unpaid dividends on the Series L Preferred Stock for prior dividend periods.
     (b) If the assets of Fannie Mae available for distribution in such event are insufficient to pay in full the aggregate amount payable to Holders of Series L Preferred Stock and holders of all other classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, if any, ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, on a parity with the Series L Preferred Stock, the assets will be distributed to the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock and holders of all such other stock pro rata, based on the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled (including any adjustments in dividends payable

4


 

due to changes in the Dividends-Received Percentage but without, in the case of any noncumulative preferred stock, accumulation of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods).
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders of Series L Preferred Stock will not be entitled to be paid any amount in respect of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae until holders of any classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, prior to the Series L Preferred Stock have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled.
     (d) Neither the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of Fannie Mae, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Fannie Mae into or with any other corporation or the merger, consolidation or combination of any other corporation or entity into or with Fannie Mae, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this Section 4.
     (e) After payment of the full amount of the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4, the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by Fannie Mae.
5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights.
     The Holders of shares of Series L Preferred Stock will not have any rights to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for shares of any other class or classes, or of any other series of any class or classes, of stock or obligations of Fannie Mae.
6. No Pre-Emptive Rights.
     No Holder of Series L Preferred Stock shall be entitled as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase, or have any pre-emptive right with respect to, any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class whatsoever, or of securities convertible into any stock of any class whatsoever, or any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized and whether issued for cash or other consideration or by way of dividend.
7. Voting Rights; Amendments.
     (a) Except as provided below, the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any voting rights, either general or special.
     (b) Without the consent of the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock, Fannie Mae will have the right to amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of this Certificate or the Series L Preferred Stock (1) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or (2) to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series L Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation so long as such action does not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of authorized or issued Series L Preferred Stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other class or series of stock of Fannie Mae, whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Series L Preferred Stock, as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, or otherwise, will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock.
     (c) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 7, the terms of this Certificate or the Series L Preferred Stock may be amended, altered, supplemented, or repealed only with the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series L Preferred Stock then outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting of stockholders at which the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock

5


 

shall vote separately as a class. On matters requiring their consent, Holders of Series L Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote per share.
     (d) The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of Holders (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents, and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules that the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Series L Preferred Stock are listed at the time.
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock.
     The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Series L Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, or otherwise.
9. Priority.
     For purposes of this Certificate of Designation, any stock of any class or series of Fannie Mae shall be deemed to rank:
     (a) Prior to the shares of Series L Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the Holders of shares of Series L Preferred Stock.
     (b) On a parity with shares of Series L Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Series L Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the Holders of shares of Series L Preferred Stock.
     (c) Junior to shares of Series L Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, if such class shall be common stock of Fannie Mae or if the Holders of shares of Series L Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in preference or priority over the holders of such class or series.
     (d) The shares of Preferred Stock of Fannie Mae designated “5.25% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), “5.10% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E” (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F” (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G” (the “Series G Preferred Stock”), “5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H” (the “Series H Preferred Stock”), “5.375% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I” (the “Series I Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non- Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J (the “Series J Preferred Stock”) and “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K” (the “Series K Preferred Stock”) shall be deemed to rank on a parity with shares of Series L Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution,

6


 

liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae. Accordingly, the holders of record of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series G Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series H Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series I Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series J Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series K Preferred Stock and the holders of record of Series L Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends and of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other.
10. Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Registrar.
     Fannie Mae hereby appoints EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as its initial transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the Series L Preferred Stock. Fannie Mae may at any time designate an additional or substitute transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the Series L Preferred Stock.
11. Notices.
     Any notice provided or permitted by this Certificate of Designation to be made upon, or given or furnished to, the Holders of Series L Preferred Stock by Fannie Mae shall be made by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses of such Holders as they appear on the books and records of Fannie Mae. Such notice shall be deemed to have been sufficiently made upon deposit thereof in the United States mail. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable, in Fannie Mae’s judgment, to give notice by mail, then such notification may be made, in Fannie Mae’s discretion, by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or by hand delivery to the addresses of Holders as they appear on the books and records of Fannie Mae.
      Receipt and acceptance of a share or shares of the Series L Preferred Stock by or on behalf of a Holder shall constitute the unconditional acceptance by such Holder (and all others having beneficial ownership of such share or shares) of all of the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Designation. No signature or other further manifestation of assent to the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Designation shall be necessary for its operation or effect as between Fannie Mae and the Holder (and all such others).

7

Exhibit 4.8
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF TERMS OF
4.75% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES M
1. Designation, Par Value and Number of Shares.
     The designation of the series of preferred stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) created by this resolution shall be “4.75% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series M” (the “Series M Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares initially constituting the Series M Preferred Stock is 8,000,000*. Shares of Series M Preferred Stock will have no par value and a stated value and liquidation preference of $50 per share. The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion, may reduce the number of shares of Series M Preferred Stock, provided such reduction is not below the number of shares of Series M Preferred Stock then outstanding.
2. Dividends.
     (a) Holders of record of Series M Preferred Stock (each individually a “Holder”, or collectively the “Holders”) will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative quarterly cash dividends which will accrue from and including June 10, 2003 and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing September 30, 2003 at the annual rate of $2.375 per share or 4.75% of the stated value and liquidation preference of $50 per share (without taking into account any adjustments referred to in clause (b) below). If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the related dividend (if declared) will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. A “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized by law to close. Dividends will be paid to Holders on the record date fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, which may not be earlier than 45 days or later than 10 days prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date. If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from and including June 10, 2003 to but excluding September 30, 2003, will be $0.7257 per share and will be payable on September 30, 2003 and, thereafter, if declared, quarterly dividends will be $0.5938 per share. After the initial dividend, the dividend period relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from and including the preceding Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the related Dividend Payment Date. If Fannie Mae redeems the Series M Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable. Dividends payable on the Series M Preferred Stock for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends per share payable at redemption will be rounded to the fourth digit after the decimal point. (If the fifth digit to the right of the decimal point is five or greater, the fourth digit will be rounded up by one.)
     (b) No dividend (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, the common stock of Fannie Mae or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, junior to the Series M Preferred Stock) may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or on any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series M Preferred Stock) unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered to be set apart) on the Series M Preferred Stock for the then-current quarterly dividend period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in
 
*   Plus up to 1,200,000 additional shares pursuant to the Underwriters’ overallotment option.

1


 

any way create any claim or right in favor of the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock in the event that dividends have not been declared or paid or set apart (or ordered to be set apart) on the Series M Preferred Stock in respect of any prior dividend period. If the full dividend on the Series M Preferred Stock is not paid for any quarterly dividend period, the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock will have no claim in respect of the unpaid amount so long as no dividend (other than those referred to above) is paid on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series M Preferred Stock) for such dividend period.
     (c) The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, may, in its discretion, choose to pay dividends on the Series M Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series M Preferred Stock).
     (d) No full dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with the Series M Preferred Stock for any period unless full dividends have been declared and paid or set apart for payment on the Series M Preferred Stock for the then-current quarterly dividend period. When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series M Preferred Stock and all other classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, if any, ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with the Series M Preferred Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series M Preferred Stock and all such other stock of Fannie Mae will be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share of Series M Preferred Stock and all such other stock will in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per share of Series M Preferred Stock (but without, in the case of any noncumulative preferred stock, accumulation of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods) and such other stock bear to each other.
     (e) No dividends may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of Series M Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears exist or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, prior to the Series M Preferred Stock.
     (f) Holders of Series M Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash or property, other than as herein provided and will not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, in respect of any dividend payment.
3. Optional Redemption.
     (a) The Series M Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to June 10, 2008. On or after that date, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and subject to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Fannie Mae may redeem the Series M Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50 per share plus an amount equal to the amount of the dividend (whether or not declared) for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of such redemption, but without accumulation of unpaid dividends on the Series M Preferred Stock for prior dividend periods. If less than all of the outstanding shares of Series M Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Fannie Mae will select the shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method that the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion deems equitable.
     (b) In the event Fannie Mae shall redeem any or all of the Series M Preferred Stock as aforesaid, Fannie Mae will give notice of any such redemption to Holders of Series M Preferred Stock not less than 30 days prior to the date fixed by the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or duly authorized committee thereof, for such redemption. Each such notice will state: (1) the number of shares of Series M Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all of the shares of Series M Preferred Stock held by a Holder are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed from such Holder; (2) the redemption price; (3) the redemption date; and (4) the place at which a Holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of Series M Preferred Stock must be presented upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice,

2


 

to any Holder of Series M Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other Holder of Series M Preferred Stock being redeemed.
     (c) Notice having been given as herein provided, from and after the redemption date, dividends on the Series M Preferred Stock called for redemption shall cease to accrue and such Series M Preferred Stock called for redemption will no longer be deemed outstanding, and all rights of the Holders thereof as registered holders of such shares of Series M Preferred Stock will cease. Upon surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificate(s) representing shares of Series M Preferred Stock so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by Fannie Mae at the redemption price aforesaid. Any shares of Series M Preferred Stock that shall at any time have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, be cancelled and not reissued. In case fewer than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without cost to the Holder thereof.
     (d) The Series M Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. In addition, Holders of Series M Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series M Preferred Stock.
4. Liquidation Rights.
     (a) Upon any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, after payment or provision for the liabilities of Fannie Mae and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the Holders of outstanding shares of the Series M Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive out of the assets of Fannie Mae or proceeds thereof available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution of assets is made to holders of Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, junior to the Series M Preferred Stock), the amount of $50 per share plus an amount equal to the dividend (whether or not declared) for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of such liquidation payment, but without accumulation of unpaid dividends on the Series M Preferred Stock for prior dividend periods.
     (b) If the assets of Fannie Mae available for distribution in such event are insufficient to pay in full the aggregate amount payable to Holders of Series M Preferred Stock and holders of all other classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, if any, ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, on a parity with the Series M Preferred Stock, the assets will be distributed to the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock and holders of all such other stock pro rata, based on the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled (but without, in the case of any noncumulative preferred stock, accumulation of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods).
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders of Series M Preferred Stock will not be entitled to be paid any amount in respect of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae until holders of any classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, prior to the Series M Preferred Stock have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled.
     (d) Neither the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of Fannie Mae, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Fannie Mae into or with any other corporation or the merger, consolidation or combination of any other corporation or entity into or with Fannie Mae, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this Section 4.
     (e) After payment of the full amount of the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4, the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by Fannie Mae.

3


 

5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights.
     The Holders of shares of Series M Preferred Stock will not have any rights to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for shares of any other class or classes, or of any other series of any class or classes, of stock or obligations of Fannie Mae.
6. No Pre-Emptive Rights.
     No Holder of Series M Preferred Stock shall be entitled as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase, or have any pre-emptive right with respect to, any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class whatsoever, or of securities convertible into any stock of any class whatsoever, or any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized and whether issued for cash or other consideration or by way of dividend.
7. Voting Rights; Amendments.
     (a) Except as provided below, the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any voting rights, either general or special.
     (b) Without the consent of the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock, Fannie Mae will have the right to amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of this Certificate or the Series M Preferred Stock (1) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or (2) to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series M Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation so long as such action does not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of authorized or issued Series M Preferred Stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other class or series of stock of Fannie Mae, whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Series M Preferred Stock, as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, or otherwise, will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock.
     (c) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 7, the terms of this Certificate or the Series M Preferred Stock may be amended, altered, supplemented, or repealed only with the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series M Preferred Stock then outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting of stockholders at which the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock shall vote separately as a class. On matters requiring their consent, Holders of Series M Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote per share.
     (d) The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of Holders (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents, and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules that the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Series M Preferred Stock are listed at the time.
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock.
     The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of

4


 

stock may rank prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Series M Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, or otherwise.
9. Priority.
     For purposes of this Certificate of Designation, any stock of any class or series of Fannie Mae shall be deemed to rank:
     (a) Prior to the shares of Series M Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the Holders of shares of Series M Preferred Stock.
     (b) On a parity with shares of Series M Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Series M Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the Holders of shares of Series M Preferred Stock.
     (c) Junior to shares of Series M Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, if such class shall be common stock of Fannie Mae or if the Holders of shares of Series M Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in preference or priority over the holders of such class or series.
     (d) The shares of Preferred Stock of Fannie Mae designated “5.25% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), “5.10% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E” (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F” (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G” (the “Series G Preferred Stock”), “5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H” (the “Series H Preferred Stock”), “5.375% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I” (the “Series I Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non- Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J (the “Series J Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K” (the “Series K Preferred Stock”) and “5.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series L” (the “Series L Preferred Stock”) shall be deemed to rank on a parity with shares of Series M Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae. Accordingly, the holders of record of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series G Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series H Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series I Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series J Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series K Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series L Preferred Stock and the holders of record of Series M Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends and of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other.
10. Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Registrar.
     Fannie Mae hereby appoints EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as its initial transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the Series M Preferred Stock. Fannie Mae may at any time designate an additional or substitute transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the Series M Preferred Stock.

5


 

11. Notices.
     Any notice provided or permitted by this Certificate of Designation to be made upon, or given or furnished to, the Holders of Series M Preferred Stock by Fannie Mae shall be made by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses of such Holders as they appear on the books and records of Fannie Mae. Such notice shall be deemed to have been sufficiently made upon deposit thereof in the United States mail. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable, in Fannie Mae’s judgment, to give notice by mail, then such notification may be made, in Fannie Mae’s discretion, by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or by hand delivery to the addresses of Holders as they appear on the books and records of Fannie Mae.
      Receipt and acceptance of a share or shares of the Series M Preferred Stock by or on behalf of a Holder shall constitute the unconditional acceptance by such Holder (and all others having beneficial ownership of such share or shares) of all of the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Designation. No signature or other further manifestation of assent to the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Designation shall be necessary for its operation or effect as between Fannie Mae and the Holder (and all such others).

6

Exhibit 4.9
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF TERMS OF
5.50% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES N
1. Designation, Par Value and Number of Shares.
     The designation of the series of preferred stock of the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) created by this resolution shall be “5.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series N” (the “Series N Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares initially constituting the Series N Preferred Stock is 4,500,000*. Shares of Series N Preferred Stock will have no par value and a stated value and liquidation preference of $50 per share. The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion, may reduce the number of shares of Series N Preferred Stock, provided such reduction is not below the number of shares of Series N Preferred Stock then outstanding.
2. Dividends.
     (a) Holders of record of Series N Preferred Stock (each individually a “Holder”, or collectively the “Holders”) will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative quarterly cash dividends which will accrue from and including September 25, 2003 and will be payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing December 31, 2003 at the annual rate of $2.75 per share or 5.50% of the stated value and liquidation preference of $50 per share. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, the related dividend (if declared) will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as though paid on the Dividend Payment Date, without any increase to account for the period from such Dividend Payment Date through the date of actual payment. A “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized by law to close. Dividends will be paid to Holders on the record date fixed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, which may not be earlier than 45 days or later than 10 days prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date. If declared, the initial dividend, which will be for the period from and including September 25, 2003 to but excluding December 31, 2003, will be $0.733 per share and will be payable on December 31, 2003 and, thereafter, if declared, quarterly dividends will be $0.6875 per share. After the initial dividend, the dividend period relating to a Dividend Payment Date will be the period from and including the preceding Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the related Dividend Payment Date. If Fannie Mae redeems the Series N Preferred Stock, the dividend that would otherwise be payable for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of redemption will be included in the redemption price of the shares redeemed and will not be separately payable. Dividends payable on the Series N Preferred Stock for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends per share payable at redemption will be rounded to the fourth digit after the decimal point. (If the fifth digit to the right of the decimal point is five or greater, the fourth digit will be rounded up by one.)
     (b) No dividend (other than dividends or distributions paid in shares of, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, the common stock of Fannie Mae or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, junior to the Series N Preferred Stock) may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or on any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series N Preferred Stock) unless dividends have been declared and paid or set apart (or ordered to be set apart) on the Series N Preferred Stock for the then-current quarterly dividend period; provided, however, that the foregoing dividend preference shall not be cumulative and shall not in any way create any claim or right in favor of the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock in the event that dividends have not been declared or paid or set apart (or ordered to be set apart) on the Series N Preferred
 
*   Plus up to 675,000 additional shares pursuant to the Underwriters’ overallotment option.

1


 

Stock in respect of any prior dividend period. If the full dividend on the Series N Preferred Stock is not paid for any quarterly dividend period, the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock will have no claim in respect of the unpaid amount so long as no dividend (other than those referred to above) is paid on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series N Preferred Stock) for such dividend period.
     (c) The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, may, in its discretion, choose to pay dividends on the Series N Preferred Stock without the payment of any dividends on Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, junior to the Series N Preferred Stock).
     (d) No full dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with the Series N Preferred Stock for any period unless full dividends have been declared and paid or set apart for payment on the Series N Preferred Stock for the then-current quarterly dividend period. When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series N Preferred Stock and all other classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, if any, ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with the Series N Preferred Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series N Preferred Stock and all such other stock of Fannie Mae will be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share of Series N Preferred Stock and all such other stock will in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per share of Series N Preferred Stock (but without, in the case of any noncumulative preferred stock, accumulation of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods) and such other stock bear to each other.
     (e) No dividends may be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares of Series N Preferred Stock if at the same time any arrears exist or default exists in the payment of dividends on any outstanding class or series of stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the payment of dividends, prior to the Series N Preferred Stock.
     (f) Holders of Series N Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash or property, other than as herein provided and will not be entitled to interest, or any sum in lieu of interest, in respect of any dividend payment.
3. Optional Redemption.
     (a) The Series N Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable prior to September 25, 2008. On or after that date, subject to the notice provisions set forth in Section 3(b) below and subject to any further limitations which may be imposed by law, Fannie Mae may redeem the Series N Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, at the redemption price of $50 per share plus an amount equal to the amount of the dividend (whether or not declared) for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of such redemption, but without accumulation of unpaid dividends on the Series N Preferred Stock for prior dividend periods. If less than all of the outstanding shares of Series N Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, Fannie Mae will select the shares to be redeemed from the outstanding shares not previously called for redemption by lot or pro rata (as nearly as possible) or by any other method that the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its sole discretion deems equitable.
     (b) In the event Fannie Mae shall redeem any or all of the Series N Preferred Stock as aforesaid, Fannie Mae will give notice of any such redemption to Holders of Series N Preferred Stock not less than 30 days prior to the date fixed by the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or duly authorized committee thereof, for such redemption. Each such notice will state: (1) the number of shares of Series N Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all of the shares of Series N Preferred Stock held by a Holder are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed from such Holder; (2) the redemption price; (3) the redemption date; and (4) the place at which a Holder’s certificate(s) representing shares of Series N Preferred Stock must be presented upon such redemption. Failure to give notice, or any defect in the notice, to any Holder of Series N Preferred Stock shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of shares of any other Holder of Series N Preferred Stock being redeemed.

2


 

     (c) Notice having been given as herein provided, from and after the redemption date, dividends on the Series N Preferred Stock called for redemption shall cease to accrue and such Series N Preferred Stock called for redemption will no longer be deemed outstanding, and all rights of the Holders thereof as registered holders of such shares of Series N Preferred Stock will cease. Upon surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificate(s) representing shares of Series N Preferred Stock so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by Fannie Mae at the redemption price aforesaid. Any shares of Series N Preferred Stock that shall at any time have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, be cancelled and not reissued. In case fewer than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without cost to the Holder thereof.
     (d) The Series N Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. In addition, Holders of Series N Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series N Preferred Stock.
4. Liquidation Rights.
     (a) Upon any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, after payment or provision for the liabilities of Fannie Mae and the expenses of such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the Holders of outstanding shares of the Series N Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive out of the assets of Fannie Mae or proceeds thereof available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution of assets is made to holders of Fannie Mae’s common stock (or any other stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, junior to the Series N Preferred Stock), the amount of $50 per share plus an amount equal to the dividend (whether or not declared) for the then-current quarterly dividend period accrued to but excluding the date of such liquidation payment, but without accumulation of unpaid dividends on the Series N Preferred Stock for prior dividend periods.
     (b) If the assets of Fannie Mae available for distribution in such event are insufficient to pay in full the aggregate amount payable to Holders of Series N Preferred Stock and holders of all other classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, if any, ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, on a parity with the Series N Preferred Stock, the assets will be distributed to the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock and holders of all such other stock pro rata, based on the full respective preferential amounts to which they are entitled (but without, in the case of any noncumulative preferred stock, accumulation of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods).
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders of Series N Preferred Stock will not be entitled to be paid any amount in respect of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae until holders of any classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae ranking, as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, prior to the Series N Preferred Stock have been paid all amounts to which such classes or series are entitled.
     (d) Neither the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of Fannie Mae, nor the merger, consolidation or combination of Fannie Mae into or with any other corporation or the merger, consolidation or combination of any other corporation or entity into or with Fannie Mae, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this Section 4.
     (e) After payment of the full amount of the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4, the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by Fannie Mae.

3


 

5. No Conversion or Exchange Rights.
     The Holders of shares of Series N Preferred Stock will not have any rights to convert such shares into or exchange such shares for shares of any other class or classes, or of any other series of any class or classes, of stock or obligations of Fannie Mae.
6. No Pre-Emptive Rights.
     No Holder of Series N Preferred Stock shall be entitled as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase, or have any pre-emptive right with respect to, any part of any new or additional issue of stock of any class whatsoever, or of securities convertible into any stock of any class whatsoever, or any other shares, rights, options or other securities of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized and whether issued for cash or other consideration or by way of dividend.
7. Voting Rights; Amendments.
     (a) Except as provided below, the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any voting rights, either general or special.
     (b) Without the consent of the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock, Fannie Mae will have the right to amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of this Certificate or the Series N Preferred Stock (1) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein or (2) to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series N Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation so long as such action does not materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of authorized or issued Series N Preferred Stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other class or series of stock of Fannie Mae, whether ranking prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Series N Preferred Stock, as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, or otherwise, will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock.
     (c) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 7, the terms of this Certificate or the Series N Preferred Stock may be amended, altered, supplemented, or repealed only with the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series N Preferred Stock then outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting of stockholders at which the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock shall vote separately as a class. On matters requiring their consent, Holders of Series N Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote per share.
     (d) The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of Holders (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents, and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules that the Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Series N Preferred Stock are listed at the time.
8. Additional Classes or Series of Stock.
     The Board of Directors of Fannie Mae, or a duly authorized committee thereof, shall have the right at any time in the future to authorize, create and issue, by resolution or resolutions, one or more additional classes or series of stock of Fannie Mae, and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences, privileges and other terms of the shares thereof. Any such class or series of stock may rank prior to, on a parity with or junior to the Series N Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, or otherwise.

4


 

9. Priority.
     For purposes of this Certificate of Designation, any stock of any class or series of Fannie Mae shall be deemed to rank:
     (a) Prior to the shares of Series N Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the Holders of shares of Series N Preferred Stock.
     (b) On a parity with shares of Series N Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, whether or not the dividend rates or amounts, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share, if any, be different from those of the Series N Preferred Stock, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such class or series and the Holders of shares of Series N Preferred Stock.
     (c) Junior to shares of Series N Preferred Stock, either as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, if such class shall be common stock of Fannie Mae or if the Holders of shares of Series N Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in preference or priority over the holders of such class or series.
     (d) The shares of Preferred Stock of Fannie Mae designated “5.25% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D” (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), “5.10% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E” (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F” (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G” (the “Series G Preferred Stock”), “5.81% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H” (the “Series H Preferred Stock”), “5.375% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I” (the “Series I Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non- Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J (the “Series J Preferred Stock”), “Variable Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K” (the “Series K Preferred Stock”), “5.125% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series L” (the “Series L Preferred Stock”) and 4.75% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series M (“the Series M Preferred Stock”) shall be deemed to rank on a parity with shares of Series N Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae. Accordingly, the holders of record of Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series G Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series H Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series I Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series J Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series K Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series L Preferred Stock, the holders of record of Series M Preferred Stock and the holders of record of Series N Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends and of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Fannie Mae, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or amounts or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other.
10. Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Registrar.
     Fannie Mae hereby appoints EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as its initial transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the Series N Preferred Stock. Fannie Mae may at any time designate an additional or substitute transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar for the Series N Preferred Stock.

5


 

11. Notices.
     Any notice provided or permitted by this Certificate of Designation to be made upon, or given or furnished to, the Holders of Series N Preferred Stock by Fannie Mae shall be made by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses of such Holders as they appear on the books and records of Fannie Mae. Such notice shall be deemed to have been sufficiently made upon deposit thereof in the United States mail. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable, in Fannie Mae’s judgment, to give notice by mail, then such notification may be made, in Fannie Mae’s discretion, by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or by hand delivery to the addresses of Holders as they appear on the books and records of Fannie Mae.
      Receipt and acceptance of a share or shares of the Series N Preferred Stock by or on behalf of a Holder shall constitute the unconditional acceptance by such Holder (and all others having beneficial ownership of such share or shares) of all of the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Designation. No signature or other further manifestation of assent to the terms and provisions of this Certificate of Designation shall be necessary for its operation or effect as between Fannie Mae and the Holder (and all such others).

6

Exhibit 10.1
FANNIE MAE
ELECTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN II
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)
Amendment
     Pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Fannie Mae Elective Deferred Compensation Plan II (the “Plan”), the Benefit Plans Committee hereby amends the Plan, effective April 29, 2008, as follows:
1.   Section 7.7 of the Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
     “7.7 Section 409A Transition Relief . The Company may, by action of the Committee, authorize changes to time and form of payment elections but only to the extent consistent with the transition rules, and during the transition relief period, provided under Section 409A and guidance issued thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service. Without limiting the foregoing, the senior ranking officer in Human Resources is authorized to designate an election window, commencing and ending on such dates during the transition relief period as he or she shall determine, during which Participants shall be permitted to change any or all outstanding payment elections in accordance with those transition rules and such procedures as may be prescribed by the senior ranking officer in Human Resources or his or her delegate.”

 

Exhibit 10.2
FANNIE MAE
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
as amended through April 29, 2008
ARTICLE I
Establishment and Purpose
     Fannie Mae hereby establishes the Fannie Mae Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective July 1, 2008. The purpose of the Plan is to attract and retain individuals of outstanding competence as employees of the Company by permitting such individuals to elect to defer a portion of their compensation from the Company and by providing benefits to supplement benefits provided under the Federal National Mortgage Association Retirement Savings Plan for Employees. The Plan is intended to be “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) of ERISA, and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with that intent. The Plan is intended to be operated in accordance with the requirements applicable to a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Code section 409A and the regulations thereunder and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with that intent.
ARTICLE II
Definitions
     When used herein the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     2.1. “Account” means a bookkeeping account described in Section 6.1.
     2.2. “Administrator” means the most senior officer in the Human Resources department or his or her designee.
     2.3. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.4. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as from time to time amended and in effect.
     2.5. “Company” means Federal National Mortgage Association or Fannie Mae.
     2.6. “Compensation” for any period shall have the meaning given to the term “Earnings” under applicable provisions of the Retirement Savings Plan, as in effect from time to time, but shall be determined for all purposes of the Plan without regard to the IRS Limit; provided, however, that “Compensation” for a Plan Year shall include AIP bonuses, non-management group annual bonuses, and variable compensation (VCP) earned in, rather than received or paid in, the Plan Year. For the avoidance of doubt, “Compensation” for the Plan Year ending on December 31, 2008 shall include amounts described in the preceding sentence

 


 

earned for services performed in 2008, regardless of whether the related services were performed before or after the Effective Date.
     2.7. “Credit” means an Elective Credit, a Matching Credit, or a Nondiscretionary Credit.
     2.8. “Deferred Compensation Agreement” means an agreement relating to the deferral of Compensation pursuant to Section 4.1.
     2.9. “Deemed Investment Portfolio” means a hypothetical portfolio chosen by the Participant from among such investment options as the Benefit Plans Committee, or its designee, may designate as available under the Plan.
     2.10. “Disabled” and “Disability” mean, for any Participant, that the Participant, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator:
     (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or
     (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.
     2.11. “Effective Date” means July 1, 2008.
     2.12. “Elective Credit” means an amount credited under Section 4.1.
     2.13. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended and in effect.
     2.14. “Executive” means any officer or other highly compensated employee of the Company whose regular base salary and expected bonus (or bonuses) is at least equal to the minimum qualifying salary and expected bonus established each year by the highest ranking officer in the Human Resources department or his or her designee.
     2.15. “Grandfathered Executive” means an Executive who satisfies the requirements for being treated as a “Grandfathered Participant” under the Retirement Plan.
     2.16. “Investment Administrator” means the investment advisor with responsibility for administering the Deemed Investment Portfolio.
     2.17. “IRS Limit” for any Plan Year means the dollar limit in effect for such Plan Year under Code section 401(a)(17). For the avoidance of doubt, the IRS Limit with respect to

-2-


 

Compensation paid after the end of a Plan Year in respect of services provided during the Plan Year shall be the dollar limit in effect for the Plan Year in which such Compensation is earned.
     2.18. “Matching Credit” means an amount credited under Section 4.3.
     2.19. “Nondiscretionary Credit” means an amount credited under Section 4.4.
     2.20. “Participant” means any Executive who participates in the Plan.
     2.21. “Plan Year” means the calendar year.
     2.22. “Plan” means the Fannie Mae Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan as set forth herein.
     2.23. “Retirement Plan” means the Federal National Mortgage Association Retirement Plan for Employees Not Covered Under Civil Service Retirement Law.
     2.24. “Retirement Savings Plan” means the Federal National Mortgage Association Retirement Savings Plan for Employees.
     2.25. “Section 409A” means Code section 409A and the regulations issued by the Department of the Treasury thereunder.
     2.26. “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” (as that term is defined at Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(h)) from the Company and its affiliates, where “affiliate” means any corporation, partnership or other entity that would be treated as a single employer with the Company under Code section 414(b) or (c). The Administrator may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(h) for purposes of determining whether a “separation from service” has occurred. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Plan.
     2.27. “Specified Employee” means an individual who is determined by the Administrator to be or to have been, as of the relevant time, a “specified employee” (as that term is defined at Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(i)) of the Company. The Administrator may, but need not, elect in writing, subject to the applicable limitations under Section 409A, any of the special elective rules prescribed in Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(i) for purposes of determining “specified employee” status. Any such written election shall be deemed part of the Plan.
     2.28. “Year of Service” means a “Year of Service” as defined in the Retirement Savings Plan.
     To the extent permitted by the Administrator, the terms “written,” “in writing,” and terms of similar import shall include communications by electronic media.

-3-


 

ARTICLE III
Eligibility and Participation
     3.1. Eligibility . Subject to Section 3.2, each Executive who is not a Grandfathered Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
     3.2. Termination of Participation . The Administrator may terminate an individual’s participation in the Plan at any time. If an individual’s participation in the Plan terminates, the individual’s Account shall continue to be adjusted for notional gain or loss in accordance with Section 6.1 until it is distributed.
     3.3. Effect on Elections . No termination of eligibility or participation shall result in a cessation or refund of deferrals for which the deferral election has already been made, except in a manner that is consistent with compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.
ARTICLE IV
Elective Deferrals and Employer Credits
     4.1. Deferred Compensation; Elective Credits . Subject to such limitations as the Administrator may prescribe, a Participant may elect to defer for any Plan Year 6% (between 0% and 6% in 1% increments for deferral elections made prior to January 1, 2008 for Compensation earned in the 2008 Plan Year) of the lesser of (a) the amount of the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year or (b) two times the amount of the Participant’s base salary for such Plan Year, in either case as reduced by the IRS Limit, by entering into a Deferred Compensation Agreement, which shall contain such terms and such provisions as to payment as the Administrator shall prescribe. No amount shall be deferred out of Compensation for a Plan Year until Compensation for such Plan Year exceeds the IRS Limit and no amount that would otherwise be paid prior to the Effective Date shall be eligible for deferral. Elective Credits equal to the amounts deferred shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as soon as practicable after the deferral is withheld from pay. A Participant’s deferral election shall not apply to bonuses that are paid after the Participant Separates from Service.
     4.2. Timing of Deferral Elections .
     (a) Subject to Sections 4.2(b) and (c) below, the applicable deadline for a deferral election is such deadline as the Administrator or his or her delegate shall establish, which deadline shall in no event be later than the December 31 preceding the Plan Year in which the services to which the Compensation relates are to be performed.
     (b) A Participant who first becomes an Executive during a Plan Year by reason of commencing employment with the Company after the beginning of a Plan Year (i.e., a new hire) may defer Compensation for such Plan Year in accordance with Section 4.1 above by executing, within thirty (30) days following the date that he or she becomes an Executive, an irrevocable deferral election (on a form prescribed by the Administrator or his or her delegate) with respect to Compensation for services performed after the election. An individual who already participates or is eligible to participate in any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan that

-4-


 

would be required to be aggregated with the Plan under Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(c)(2) shall not be treated as eligible to make a mid-year election under this Section 4.2(b) with respect to the Plan, even if he or she has not previously been eligible to participate in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, determine prior to the beginning of a Plan Year that no mid-year election that would otherwise be permitted under this Section 4.2(b) shall be permitted for such Plan Year.
     (c) A Participant’s deferral elections for a Plan Year shall be cancelled as to future deferrals if the Participant makes an in-service withdrawal under Section 7.3 below or receives a hardship distribution under the Retirement Savings Plan pursuant to Treas. Regs. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3). A Participant may also cancel his or her deferral elections as to future deferrals upon becoming Disabled, provided such cancellation is made by the later of (i) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes Disabled and (ii) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled. If a Participant’s deferral elections are cancelled pursuant to this Section 4.2(c), any later deferral election by the Participant will be subject to the timing requirements of Section 4.2(a).
     4.3. Matching Credits . For each Plan Year, a Matching Credit shall be added to the Account of each Participant equal to the amount of the Elective Credits, if any, credited to such Participant’s account for such Plan Year. Matching Credits shall be added to the Participant’s Account at such times as the Administrator may determine.
     4.4. Nondiscretionary Credits . For each Plan Year, a Nondiscretionary Credit shall be added to the Account of each Participant other than a Participant who participated in the Fannie Mae Executive Pension Plan on November 20, 2007. The amount of the Participant’s Nondiscretionary Credit shall be equal to 2% of the lesser of (a) the amount of the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year or (b) two times the amount of the Participant’s base salary for such Plan Year, in either case as reduced by the IRS Limit.
ARTICLE V
Vesting
     5.1. Elective Credits and Matching Credits . The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Elective Credits and Matching Credits shall be fully vested at all times.
     5.2. Nondiscretionary Credits . The portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Nondiscretionary Credits shall be fully vested on the Participant’s completion of three Years of Service or, if earlier, on the Participant’s Disability, death, or attainment of age 65, or on a complete termination of the Plan.
     5.3. Effect of Vesting . No person shall have any interest in any portion of a Participant’s Account until such portion has become vested. The fact that an Account or any portion thereof is vested shall not give any person a right to receive the value of such Account except in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

-5-


 

ARTICLE VI
Participant’s Accounts
     6.1. Accounts . The Company shall establish bookkeeping accounts to record the Credits made under the Plan. Each Account shall be increased and decreased in accordance with the following provisions:
     (a) A Participant shall designate a Deemed Investment Portfolio and shall allocate amounts credited to his or her Account among the hypothetical investment options offered for inclusion in a Deemed Investment Portfolio. A Participant may change such allocation at any time by notice to the Investment Administrator, in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the Investment Administrator. If the Participant fails to designate a Deemed Investment Portfolio, Participant’s deferral shall be allocated among the hypothetical investment options in accordance with the Participant’s most recent Deemed Investment Portfolio designation. If the Participant has not previously made a Deemed Investment Portfolio designation, the Participant’s deferral shall be allocated to the age appropriate Fidelity Freedom Fund (or the successor fund designated by the Benefit Plans Committee or its designee), and the deferral shall remain allocated to such Portfolio until such time as the Participant changes the allocation.
     (b) The Participant’s Account shall be adjusted periodically for notional gain or loss with respect to the Deemed Investment Portfolio, determined by reference to the total actual return, net of applicable fees and expenses, on the investment options in the Deemed Investment Portfolio for the period in question. A Participant’s Account (reduced in accordance with Section 6.1(c)) shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with this Section 6.1(b) during (i) any installment payment period which may have been elected by the Participant, and (ii) the period following the Participant’s death but prior to the payment of the balance of the Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 7.4.
     (c) The Participant’s Account shall be reduced by any payments made to the Participant, his or her beneficiary, estate or representative. Each payment shall be made from the Participant’s Account on a pro rata basis from among the hypothetical investments designated for such Account by the Participant.
     6.2. Funding Prohibitions . All payments to be made under the Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company. All entries in a Participant’s Account shall be bookkeeping entries only and shall not represent a special reserve or otherwise constitute a funding of the Company’s unsecured promise to pay any amounts hereunder. Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no right, title or interest in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. All such assets shall be the property solely of the Company and shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s unsecured general creditors. To the extent a Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company and such person shall have only the unsecured promise of the Company that such payments shall be made.

-6-


 

ARTICLE VII
Payment
     7.1. Time of Payment . Amounts credited to the Participant’s vested Account shall be paid or commence to be paid on the January 15 or July 15 next following the Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, that if a Participant is a Specified Employee, payment of the Participant’s account by reason of a Separation from Service shall be made (or commence) on the January 15 or July 15 coinciding with or next following the date that is six months from the date of such Separation from Service or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death in accordance with Section 7.4.
     7.2. Form of Payment . When a Participant enters into a Deferred Compensation Agreement, he or she shall elect to have his or her vested Account paid out either (i) in a single lump sum or (ii) in a single lump sum if the Participant has not reached retirement age at the time of Separation from Service, and otherwise in annual installments over a period of years selected by the Participant, not to exceed fifteen (15) years. For the purpose of this Section 7.2, a Participant reaches retirement age upon attainment of age sixty-five (65) or, if earlier, upon the later of attainment of age fifty-five (55) and completion of five (5) Years of Service. Annual installments will be calculated by dividing the balance of the Account at the end of the prior year by the number of installments remaining to be paid. If a Participant makes no election at the time of entering into a Deferred Compensation Agreement with regard to the form in which his or her Account is to be paid, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected payment in a single lump sum.
     7.3. In-Service Withdrawals . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant or beneficiary may be permitted to withdraw, but only to the extent permitted by Section 409A, a part or all of the vested portion of the Participant’s Account, provided, however, that such distribution shall be made only if the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that an acceleration of payments is necessary in order for a federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the federal government. The entire vested balance in the Participant’s Account may be withdrawn pursuant to this subsection. The Administrator shall have the right to require the Participant or beneficiary to submit such documentation as it deems appropriate for the purpose of determining the existence of the circumstances described in this subsection.
     7.4. Payment on Death . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of the death of any Participant, the balance in each of the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary in a single lump sum payment within thirty (30) days after the date of such death. In the event no designated or alternate beneficiary can receive such payment for any reason, payment will be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or if the Participant has no surviving spouse, then to the following beneficiaries if then living in the following order of priority: (i) to the Participant’s children (including adopted children and stepchildren) in equal shares, (ii) to the Participant’s parents in equal shares, (iii) to the Participant’s brothers and sisters in equal shares, and (iv) to the Participant’s estate. A Participant may change any beneficiary designation at any time by notice in writing delivered to the Administrator or his or her delegate. The interest of any beneficiary who dies before the Participant will terminate unless otherwise specified by the Participant.

-7-


 

     7.5. Payment on Disability . If the Participant is determined to be Disabled, the Participant’s Account shall be distributed to the Participant in a single lump sum by the later of (i) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes Disabled and (ii) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled, provided the Participant has remained Disabled through such date.
     7.6. Certain Tax Matters . Payments hereunder shall be reduced by required tax withholdings. To the extent any deferral or Credit under the Plan results in current “wages” for FICA purposes, the Company may reduce other pay of the Participant to satisfy withholding requirements related thereto; but if there is no other pay (or if the Company fails to withhold from such other pay to satisfy its FICA withholding obligations), the Participant’s Account shall be appropriately reduced by the amount of the required withholding.
     7.7. Distribution of Taxable Amounts . Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII to the contrary, if any portion of an Account is determined by the Administrator to be includible by reason of Section 409A in a Participant’s (or other person’s) taxable income, such portion shall be paid to such Participant or other person.
     7.8. Distribution of Small Accounts . If, at the time a Participant’s vested Account is scheduled to be paid or commence to be paid under Section 7.1, the amount credited to such Account (together with any other amounts payable to a Participant pursuant to another “account balance plan,” as defined in Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A), with which the Plan is required to be aggregated under Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(c)(2)) is less than the dollar amount in effect under Code section 402(g)(1)(B), the Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed in a single lump sum as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the date the Account would otherwise have been distributed (or would otherwise have commenced to be distributed) under Section 7.1.
ARTICLE VIII
Administration
     8.1. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including, without reservation, the power to delegate administrative matters to other persons and to interpret the Plan in a manner consistent with its express provisions.
     8.2. Outside services . The Administrator may engage counsel and such clerical, financial, investment, accounting, and other specialized services as the Administrator may deem necessary or appropriate in the administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon any opinions, reports, or other advice furnished by counsel or other specialists engaged for that purpose and, in so relying, shall be fully protected in any action, determination, or omission made in good faith.
     8.3. Indemnification . To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Administrator and the members of the Benefit Plans Committee shall not be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed in connection with the Plan by such person or on his or her

-8-


 

behalf in his or her capacity as Administrator or a member of the Benefit Plans Committee, nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums of which are paid from the Company’s assets), such Administrator, the members of the Benefit Plans Committee, and each other officer, employee, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be delegated or allocated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Company) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.
     8.4. Claims procedure . The Administrator shall adopt procedures for the filing and review of claims in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA.
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
     9.1. Termination of Plan . The Company may at any time by action of the Board terminate this Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, no further deferrals will be permitted. Each Participant’s Account will be maintained, credited and paid pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and the Participant’s elections. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may provide for the immediate distribution of all Accounts upon termination of the Plan as a whole or with respect to any Participant or group of Participants, but only to the extent permitted by Section 409A.
     9.2. Amendment . The Company may at any time amend this Plan in any respect, (i) in the case of amendments which have a material effect on the cost to the Company of maintaining the Plan, by action of the Board or, (ii) with respect to any other amendments, by action of the Administrator after consultation with the Company’s Legal Department; provided, however, that no such amendment shall materially or adversely affect the rights of any Participant under the Plan as of the date of such amendment, except as the Company’s Legal Department determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.
     9.3. No Alienation of Benefits . To the extent permitted by law, Participants and beneficiaries shall not have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber otherwise convey the right to receive any payments under this Plan, and any payments under this Plan or rights thereto shall not be subject to the debts, liabilities, contracts, engagements or torts of Participants or beneficiaries nor to attachment, garnishment or execution, nor shall they be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency. Any attempt, whether voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
     9.4. No Rights to Continued Employment . Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon an Executive the right to continue in the employ of the Company as an Executive or in any other capacity.

-9-


 

     9.5. Headings . The headings of paragraphs are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of the Plan.
     9.6. Applicable Law . The Plan shall be construed and administered under the laws of the District of Columbia without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof.
     9.7. Section 409A Transition Relief . The Company may, by action of the Administrator, authorize changes to time and form of payment elections but only to the extent consistent with the transition rules, and during the transition relief period, provided under Section 409A and guidance issued thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service.

-10-

Exhibit 10.3
Program Document
Fannie Mae Executive Life Insurance Program (ELIP)
as amended April 9, 2008
1.   PURPOSE
 
    The purpose of the Fannie Mae Executive Life Insurance Program (ELIP) (the “Program”) is to provide an arrangement under which Fannie Mae can assist interested key employees in acquiring and financing universal life insurance coverage. All insurance policies shall be owned by the Participant or his or her designee. Fannie Mae shall have no rights or interests in the insurance policies or proceeds.
 
    Neither the Program nor the Policies issued in connection therewith, nor any part of the death benefit payable with respect to any Participant thereunder, shall constitute group-term life insurance under Section 79 of the Internal Revenue Code. Notwithstanding any provision of the Program to the contrary, the Employer shall retain a right of individual selection with respect to amounts of insurance provided under the Program and eligibility of Employees to participate.
 
    The Program, to the extent constituting a welfare plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (“ERISA”) is intended to be a plan described in and qualifying for the exemption at 29 C.F.R. § 2520.104-24 and shall be construed accordingly.
 
2.   DEFINITIONS
 
    For purposes of this Program, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
  2.01   “Coverage Amount” means the Policy death benefit payable under the Participant’s Policy.
 
  2.02   “Coverage Level” means the life insurance death benefit the Employee is eligible for under the Program, determined based on the Employee’s job classification.
 
  2.03   “Disabled” A Participant is disabled if he or she is approved as disabled by the Social Security Administration or under any long-term disability plan sponsored by the Employer. The Program Administrator may require a
April 2008

-1-


 

      Participant to submit documentation periodically in order to determine that the Participant is or continues to be disabled under this definition.
 
  2.04   “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Program, which is January 1, 2004.
 
  2.05   “Employee” means an employee or former employee of the Employer who is eligible to participate in the Program.
 
  2.06   “Employer” means Fannie Mae.
 
  2.07   “Enrollment Age” means the Participant’s age at the time of enrollment in the Program as to the Participant’s initial Coverage Amount under the Program, and it means the Participant’s age at a subsequent enrollment for an increased Coverage Amount as to the increased Coverage Amount.
 
  2.08   “Insurer” means, with respect to a Participant’s Policy, the insurance company issuing the insurance policy on the Participant’s life pursuant to the provisions of the Program.
 
  2.09   “Participant” means an Employee who is participating in the Program.
 
  2.10   “Permanent Policy” means a Participant’s Policy having cash values (unreduced by any loans or withdrawals made by the Employee or policy owner) that, in the discretion of the Program Administrator, are projected to be sufficient to continue to provide death benefit coverage at least equal to the Participant’s Coverage Amount until the originally scheduled policy maturity date, with no further premium payments. The determination of whether a Policy is a Permanent Policy shall be made by the Program Administrator, in the exercise of his or her discretion after reviewing Policy projections provided by the Insurer or its agent and interest crediting rates.
 
  2.11   “Program” means the Fannie Mae Executive Life Insurance Program (ELIP), embodied herein.
 
  2.12   “Program Administrator” means the senior ranking officer in the Human Resources department and any individual or committee designated to act on his or her behalf with respect to any or all of the responsibilities noted hereunder. The Program Administrator shall have discretionary authority to construe the Program and to determine all matters thereunder. The Program Administrator does not make determinations under the insurance policy.
April 2008

-2-


 

  2.13   “Policy” means the life insurance coverage acquired on the life of the Participant by the Participant or other Policy Owner issued pursuant to the terms of this Program.
 
  2.14   “Policy Owner” means the Participant or that person or entity to whom the Participant has assigned his interest in the Policy.
 
  2.15   “Policy Year” means the twelve month period (and each successive twelve month period) beginning on the issue date of the Policy.
 
  2.16   “Premium Payment Years” means, with respect to a Participant’s Policy, the number of consecutive Policy Years, beginning with the first Policy Year, and continuing for the longer of: (1) all Policy Years ending at the end of the Policy Year during which the Participant is age fifty-five for insurance purposes or (2) five Policy Years.
 
  2.17   “Retirement” means a termination of the Participant’s employment with the Employer under circumstances where the Participant is entitled to an immediate annuity under the Federal National Mortgage Association Retirement Plan for Employees Not Covered Under Civil Service Retirement Law or under the Civil Service Retirement Law, whichever is applicable. For employees who are not participants in the Federal National Mortgage Association Retirement Plan for Employees Not Covered Under Civil Service Retirement Law, retirement means a termination of the Participant’s employment with the Employer at or after age 55 with 5 years of service or age 65 (without regard to years of service); provided, that, a “year of service” means a “Year of Service” as such term in defined in the Federal National Mortgage Association Retirement Savings Plan for Employees.
 
  2.18   “Total Policy Premium” means the level annual premium amount for the Participant’s Coverage that is projected to result in the Policy qualifying as a Permanent Policy if the annual premium amount is paid for each of the scheduled Premium Payment Years. The Total Policy Premium for a Participant’s Policy shall be determined in the discretion of the Program Administrator when the Participant enrolls for such coverage under the Program.
3.   ELIGIBILITY
  3.01   General. Each Employee who is designated by the Program Administrator as a member of the Employer’s senior management group shall be eligible to participate in the Program, provided that the Employee (and any other appropriate party, such as the Employee’s spouse or a
April 2008

-3-


 

      Policy Owner other than the Employee, as determined by the Program Administrator) relinquishes any rights to or interests in any policies providing coverage under the Executive Whole Life Plan and completes such other forms as the Program Administrator may require. Each such Employee on the Effective Date shall be eligible to participate in the Program as of the Effective Date. Each Employee subsequently satisfying such eligibility requirements shall be eligible to participate in the Program as of the date such Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements and the Coverage Amount shall be effective when the Insurer issues the policy.
4.   AMOUNT OF COVERAGE
  4.01   General.
  a.   A Participant shall be eligible for the Coverage Level stated in the offer of enrollment memo or pursuant to the Participant’s employment agreement.
 
  b.   Pre-Retirement Coverage. A Participant will be eligible for Pre-Retirement Coverage until the later of (i) age 60, (ii) the completion of 5 years of participation in the Program, or (iii) Retirement.
 
  c.   Post-Retirement Coverage. Post-Retirement Coverage is 50% of Pre-Retirement Coverage at the time of Retirement. Post-Retirement Coverage shall begin at the later of (i) age 60, (ii) the completion of 5 years of participation in the Program, or (iii) Retirement.
 
  d.   Disabled Participants. If a Participant becomes and remains Disabled the Employer will continue to make its scheduled premium payments as if the Participant were still actively employed. Coverage for a Disabled Participant remains at the pre-retirement level, as described in (b) above except that, for the purposes of determining the Coverage Level under this Program, Retirement will be deemed to occur at age 60 for a Disabled Participant. As a result, Pre-Retirement Coverage ends and Post-Retirement Coverage begins for a Disabled Participant upon the later of (i) age 60, or (ii) the completion of 5 years of participation in the Program.
  4.02   Promotions. Participants promoted to a job classification or position eligible for an increased Coverage Level shall be eligible for the increased Coverage Level effective as of the date of the promotion and such increased Coverage Level shall be effective when the Insurer issues the increased Coverage Level. The additional Coverage Amount available to the Participant under this Section shall be equal to the applicable
April 2008

-4-


 

      Coverage Level after the promotion reduced by any Coverage Amounts already in effect for a Participant. A Participant shall be eligible for an increased Coverage Amount only if he or she completes and submits the appropriate forms within the time period prescribed by the Program Administrator in enrollment materials provided to the Participant.
 
  4.03   Other. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, any benefits payable under the Program shall be limited to those provided by the applicable Policy and all the terms of such Policy (including, but not limited to, any requirements of insurability) shall apply under the Program. Under no circumstances will the Employer be liable for any amount claimed to be due under any Policy or for any Coverage amount or Coverage Level and any benefits due under the Program shall be limited to those provided by the Insurer under the Policy.
 
  4.04   Exclusions. If a Participant commits suicide within two years of policy issue, or if a Participant makes any material misstatement of information (smoker and/or employment status) and dies within two years of policy issue, then no benefits will be paid to the beneficiary of such Participant.
5.   PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS
  5.01   Premium Payments. The Employer will pay, on the Participant’s behalf, the Total Policy Premium for a Participant’s Policy within thirty (30) days of the beginning of each Policy Year that is a Premium Payment Year.
 
  5.02   Termination of Obligation to Pay Premiums. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Employer’s obligation to pay premiums with respect to the Participant’s Policy, shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
  a.   Termination of employment of the Participant with the Employer prior to the Participant’s death for reasons other than Retirement or being Disabled.
 
  b.   The written notice by the Employer to the Participant following a determination by the Employer to terminate this Program.
 
  c.   The death of the Participant.
 
  d.   The surrender or cancellation of the Participant’s Policy (other than in connection with the replacement of the Policy with another Policy pursuant to the provisions of the Program).
April 2008

-5-


 

  e.   The reduction of the Participant’s Policy death benefit to a level that is less than the Policy Coverage Amount, except where a reduction is made following a Participant’s Retirement in accordance with the schedule of benefits in Section 4.01.
  5.03   Calculation of Premiums. When an Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Program or becomes eligible for an increased Coverage Level, the Program Administrator shall determine, in his or her sole discretion, the Total Policy Premium that the Employer will pay on behalf of the Employee. The Total Policy Premium may not be sufficient to provide the Coverage Level set forth in section 4.01 due to changes in interest crediting rates on the Policy, Policy expenses, or other factors. The Employer is under no obligation to make additional premium payments.
6.   POLICY OWNERSHIP
  6.01   Ownership. The Policy Owner shall be the sole and exclusive owner of a Participant’s Policy and shall be entitled to exercise all of the rights of ownership.
 
  6.02   Possession of Policy. The Policy Owner shall keep possession of the Policy.
7.   GOVERNING LAWS & NOTICES
  7.01   Governing Law. This Program shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the District of Columbia.
 
  7.02   Notices. All notices hereunder shall be in writing and sent by first class mail with postage prepaid. Any notice to the Employer shall be addressed to Fannie Mae at its office at 3900 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20016, ATTENTION: Human Resources – Director of Executive Compensation and Benefits. Any notice to the Employee shall be addressed to the Employee at the address for the Employee maintained in the Employer’s records. Any party may change the address for such party herein set forth by giving notice of such change to the other parties pursuant to this Section.
April 2008

-6-


 

8.   NOT A CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT
    This Program shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between an Employee and the Employer or a Participant and the Employer, nor shall any provision restrict the right of the Employer to discharge an Employee or Participant, or restrict the right of an Employee or Participant to terminate employment.
9.   AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, ADMINISTRATION, CONSTRUCTION AND SUCCESSORS
  9.01   Amendment. The Employer shall have the right in its sole discretion, to amend the Program in whole or in part at any time and from time to time. In addition, the Program Administrator shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to amend the Program at any time. Written notice of any material modification or amendment shall be given promptly to each Participant.
 
  9.02   Termination. The Employer may terminate the Program without the consent of the Participants or Employees.
 
  9.03   Successors. The terms and conditions of this Program shall enure to the benefit of and bind the Employer, the Participant, their successors, assignees, and representatives. If, subsequent to the Effective Date of the Program, substantially all of the stock or assets of the Employer are acquired by another corporation or entity or if the Employer is merged into, or consolidated with, another corporation or entity, then the obligations created hereunder shall be obligations of the acquirer or successor corporation or entity.
10.   PLAN ADMINISTRATION
  10.01   Individual Administrator. If the Program Administrator is an individual, he or she shall act and record his or her actions in writing. Any matter concerning specifically the Program Administrator’s own benefit or rights hereunder shall be determined by the senior executive of Fannie Mae to whom the Program Administrator directly reports.
 
  10.02   Administrative Committee. If the Program Administrator is a committee, or if any of the duties or responsibilities of the Program Administrator are vested in a committee, action of the Program Administrator may be taken with or without a meeting of committee members; provided, action shall be taken only upon the vote or other affirmative expression of a majority of the committee members qualified to vote with respect to such action. If a
April 2008

-7-


 

      member of the committee is a Participant, he or she shall not participate in any decision which solely affects his or her own benefit under the Program. For purposes of administering the Program, the Program Administrator shall choose a secretary who shall keep minutes of the committee’s proceedings and all records and documents pertaining to the administration of the Program. The secretary may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Program Administrator.
 
  10.03   Rights and Duties of the Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall administer the Program and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish that purpose, including (but not limited to) the powers listed below:
 
      The Program Administrator shall have discretionary authority to construe and interpret the Program and determine all matters thereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Program Administrator shall have the discretionary authority:
  a.   to decide all questions of eligibility for participation in the Program;
 
  b.   to determine the amount of coverage;
 
  c.   to construe, interpret and administer the Program;
 
  d.   to make determinations required by the Program, and to maintain records regarding Participants’ benefits hereunder;
 
  e.   to compute and certify the amount of premiums payable on behalf of the Participants, and to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are to be paid;
 
  f.   to authorize all disbursements of premiums pursuant to the Program;
 
  g.   to maintain all the necessary records of the administration of the Program;
 
  h.   to make and publish such rules and procedures for the regulation of the Program as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;
 
  i.   to designate to other individuals or entities from time to time the performance of any of its duties or responsibilities hereunder; and
 
  j.   to hire agents, accountants, actuaries, consultants and legal counsel to assist in operating and administering the Program.
      The Program Administrator’s decisions on such matters shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all parties.
April 2008

-8-


 

  10.04   Bond; Compensation. The Program Administrator and (if applicable) its members shall serve as such without bond and without compensation for services hereunder.
11.   CLAIMS PROCEDURE
  11.01   Named Fiduciary. The Program Administrator is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under this Program.
 
  11.02   Claims Procedures. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Program shall be filed with the Program Administrator who shall make all determinations concerning such claim. Claims and controversies concerning the payment of benefits under the Policy shall be filed with the Insurer who shall make all determinations concerning payment of benefits under the Policy. The Program Administrator shall establish such procedures prescribed under Section 503 of ERISA, to review claims for benefits under the Program (see Appendix A). Any decision by the Program Administrator denying such claim shall be in writing and shall be delivered to all parties in interest in accordance with the notice provisions of Section 7.02 hereof. Such decision shall set forth the reasons for denial in plain language. Pertinent provisions of the Program shall be cited and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the Employee can perfect the claim will be provided. This notice of denial of benefits will be provided within 90 days of the Program Administrator’s receipt of the Employee’s claim for benefits. If the Program Administrator fails to notify the Employee of its decision regarding the claim, the claim shall be considered denied, and the Employee shall then be permitted to proceed with the appeal as provided in this Section.
 
      An Employee who has been completely or partially denied a benefit shall be entitled to appeal this denial of his/her claim by filing a written statement of his/her position with the Program Administrator no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notification of such claim denial.
 
      Following the review of any additional information submitted by the Employee the Program Administrator shall render a decision on the review of the denied claim in the following manner:
   a.   The Program Administrator shall make its decision regarding the merits of the denied claim within sixty (60) days following receipt of the request for review (or within 120 days after such receipt, in a case where there are special circumstances requiring extension of time for reviewing the appealed claim). The Program Administrator shall deliver the decision to the claimant in writing. If an extension
April 2008

-9-


 

    of time for reviewing the appealed claim is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Employee prior to the commencement of the extension. If the decision on review is not furnished within the prescribed time, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.
 
  b.   The decision on review shall set forth specific reasons for the decision, and shall cite specific references to the pertinent Program provisions on which the decision is based.
April 2008

-10-

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)
 
I, Daniel H. Mudd, certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 of Fannie Mae (formally, the Federal National Mortgage Association);
 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
   a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
   b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
   c.  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
   d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
   a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
   b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: August 8, 2008
 
   
/s/   Daniel H. Mudd
Daniel H. Mudd
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)
 
I, Stephen M. Swad, certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 of Fannie Mae (formally, the Federal National Mortgage Association);
 
2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
   a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
   b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
   c.  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
   d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
   a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
   b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: August 8, 2008
 
   
/s/   Stephen M. Swad
Stephen M. Swad
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION
 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ENACTED BY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 of Fannie Mae (the “Company”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Daniel H. Mudd, President and Chief Executive Officer of Fannie Mae, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Fannie Mae.
 
Date: August 8, 2008
 
/s/   Daniel H. Mudd
Daniel H. Mudd
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION
 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ENACTED BY SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 of Fannie Mae (the “Company”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen M. Swad, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fannie Mae, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Fannie Mae.
 
Date: August 8, 2008
 
/s/   Stephen M. Swad
Stephen M. Swad
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer